All around the load hook - O.P.O · 2 678 cally and successfully intensifies this development....

7Catalogue

All around the load hookACCESSORIES DIRECT FROM THE HOIST AND CRANE MANUFACTURER

AustriaSteyreggTel +43 732 6411110Fax +43 732 [email protected]

ChinaShanghaiTel +86 21 62572211Fax +86 21 [email protected]

FranceParisTel +33 1 39985060Fax +33 1 [email protected]

Great BritainBirminghamTel +44 121 7676400Fax +44 121 [email protected]

IndiaChennaiTel +91 44 43523955Fax +91 44 [email protected]

ItalyS. ColombanoTel +39 0185 358391Fax +39 0185 [email protected]

Portugal LisbonTel +351 21 4447160Fax +351 21 [email protected]

Singapore SingaporeTel +65 6271 2220Fax +65 6377 [email protected]

SpainMadridTel +34 91 4840865 Fax +34 91 [email protected]

SwitzerlandDänikenTel +41 62 8251380Fax +41 62 [email protected]

United Arab EmiratesDubaiTel +971 4 8053700Fax +971 4 [email protected]

USACharleston, SCTel +1 843 7671951Fax +1 843 [email protected]

Subsidiaries

Sales partners

You will find the adresses of over 100 sales partners on theinternet at www.stahlcranes.com under ›Contact‹.

STAHL CraneSystems _innovative and pioneering

STA

HL

Cran

eSys

tem

s

Lifti

ng te

chno

logy

|D

rive

tech

nolo

gy |

Cont

rol t

echn

olog

y

STAHL CraneSystemsEnthusiasm for innovation and continual growth

have been features of STAHL CraneSystems in

past years. As one of the world’s leading

manufacturers of hoisting and crane technology

and the leading manufacturer of explosion

protected material flow technology, we continue

to offer our customers technically pioneering,

revolutionary solutions. The development and

manufacture of individual off-standard solu-

tions, the successful customer care and the

decades-long availability of original parts are

always our fundamental principle. 12 subsidia-

ries and over 100 partners all around the world

mean that STAHL CraneSystems is represented

on all important markets.

> Consulting

> Project planning

> Production

> Quality assurance

> Erection

> Accessories

> Information

> Seminars

History _ Crane technology _ Chain hoists _ Wire rope hoists & winches _ Wheel block _ Crane kits _ Accessories _ Condit ion monitoring _ Ex plosion protection _ Seminars

The history

1

43 5

The long history of STAHL CraneSystems begins in August 1876. Rafael Stahl founds the

mechanical workshop ›Stahl and Weineck‹. The first products relate to the textile

industry. The company grows and in the mid-eighties of the century before last, circular

spring needle knitting machines are exported abroad. At the end of the 19th century

the founder’s sons introduce new, innovative ideas. The first lift is built and the promising

era of material handling begins. The first electric lifting block is being manufac-

tured in 1903 already. From 1921 onwards, the company is engaged in the explosion-

protection of electrical apparatus and material handling equipment, and systemati-

2

6 7 8

cally and successfully intensifies this development. Right up to the present day,

STAHL CraneSystems has always been a pioneer and one of the world’s leading suppliers

of explosion-protected electric hoist and crane technology. From 1945 onwards, the compa-

ny’s expansion continues at breakneck speed. STAHL CraneSystems develops into one of

the leading manufacturers of wire rope and chain hoists and overhead material flow tech-

nology. Again and again, brilliant technical achievements succeed in all fields. From 1975

on, the sales organisation is expanded on a national and in particular international level. Today,

STAHL CraneSystems is represented on all continents by 12 subsidiaries and over 100 partners.

1 The founder Rafael Stahl, 1845--1899 2 Circular spring needle knitting machine, 1893 3 First electric lifting block, 1903 4 The Elektus: The first portable miniature electric hoist in the world, 1950 5 First explosion-protected electric hoist, 1953 6 AS wire rope hoist, 19787 SH wire rope hoist, 1998 8 STD Vario dual chain hoist, 2008


1

2

3

4

STAHL CraneSystems supplies all crane components for overhead material

flow technology from a single source. Everything is possible, from simple work-

place solutions to interconnecting systems with complex automation. The safe

working load ranges from 125 kg to 160,000 kg. Is the ambience hot, cold, damp,

hazardous, or simply standard? No problem, STAHL CraneSystems has the right

solution for all areas. Modern manufacturing techniques and sophisticated

certified processes guarantee the consistently high quality of crane components

from STAHL CraneSystems.

1 Maximum hook height _ A single girder overhead travelling crane in a plastics moulding plant transports casting tools for retooling themachines. Maximum hook paths are possible even in low buildings with the special chain hoist with ›extra short headroom trolley‹2 Three bridge cranes of 40,000 kg S.W.L. each in operation. Two hoists with motor-driven rotating hooks work on each crane 3 In particular in buildings with a low noise level, the particularly quiet technology of cranes from STAHL CraneSystems is a welcomeadvantage 4 The three cranes with 51 m span have room to move in the large shop measuring 52 m x 85 m. If required, all six load hookscan be operated in synch from a single radio remote control

STAHL CraneSystems Info-Service _ Please ask for our brochure ›Crane technology‹ for more information on our cranes.

Crane technology

> Single girder overhead travelling cranes

> Double girder overhead travelling cranes

> Single girder suspension cranes

> Special cranes


5

3

2

1

4

The ST chain hoist programme from STAHL CraneSystems

ranks among the most distinctive and comprehensive on offer.

In use in thousands of applications for many decades, modern-

ised and optimised over and over again, the STAHL chain hoist is

a classic. Powerful, reliable and undemanding as regards main-

tenance and power consumption. The ST series is available in

13 S.W.L. ranges, from 125 kg to 6,300 kg. It can be used as a

stationary hoist with suspension hook or eye, with rigid moun-

ting, or with a push or electric trolley. In addition to the standard

designs, off-standard versions and individual solutions for

customers are available. The STAHL ST chain hoist programme

is also available in explosion-protected design for Zone 1, Zone

21 and Zone 22.

1 The ›short headroom trolley‹ with its headroom reduced by 33 % provides greater flexibility 2 The ›extra short headroom trolley‹ permits maximum hook paths with its headroom of a mere 210 mm (5,000 kg) or 185 mm (3,200 kg) 3 The ST05 chain hoist with S.W.L. ofup to 630 kg 4 The single-fall design of the ST05 chain hoist permits fast hoisting speeds for S.W.L.s up to 2,500 kg 5 Perfect team-work of dual chain hoists with crane technology from STAHL CraneSystems

STAHL CraneSystems Info-Service _ Pleaseask for our brochure ›Chain hoists‹ for moreinformation on our chain hoists.

Chain hoists

> Chain hoist

> Extra short headroom trolley

> Dual chain hoist

> Off-standard solutions


1

6

2

54

3

1 The AS 7 wire rope hoist supplements the SH series of wire rope hoists in the upper S.W.L. range up to 100,000 kg 2 KE monorailtrolleys with SH series wire rope hoists are available for S.W.L.s up to 25,000 kg 3 SH 6 wire rope hoist with UE monorail trolley, truevertical lift, lifting height of 25 m 4 TDC – twin drive concept, wire rope hoists on the twin drive concept are equipped as standard withtwo motor-gear units 5 AS 7 wire rope hoist with a double girder overhead travelling crane, SH wire rope hoists in combination withsingle girder overhead travelling cranes 6 The winch SHW 8 is used for loads from 32,000 kg

The adaptable wire rope hoists from STAHL CraneSystems are designed as

an uncompromisingly modular system and calculated for an S.W.L. range from

500 kg to 160,000 kg. The versatile SH series is available for the S.W.L. range

from 500 kg to 25,000 kg. The upper S.W.L. range up to 100,000 kg is covered by

the tried-and-tested AS 7. The SHW 8 winch programme extends the area of

application into the heavy load range up to 160,000 kg. A compact, sturdy

construction is concealed behind the attractive design of STAHL Crane-

Systems’ wire rope hoists. They are extremely reliable, extremely powerful

and have above-average service life. The particularly smooth, precise starting

and braking characteristics are common to all. All wire rope hoists and winches

from STAHL CraneSystems are also available in explosion-protected design

for Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22.

STAHL CraneSystems Info-Service _ Please ask for ourbrochures ›Wire rope hoists‹ and ›Winches‹ for moreinformation on our wire rope hoists and winches

> SH wire rope hoist

> AS 7 wire rope hoist

> SHW 8 winch

Wire rope hoists& winches


6

8

4

1 3

7

2

5

The modern, optimised SR wheel block system with its six frame sizes can be

used universally. It is suitable both for manufacturing cranes and crabs and for

off-standard applications. The wheels, guided by flanges on both sides, guaran-

tee quiet, runway-preserving travel, and can in addition be equipped with guide

rollers. The reliable drive options are pole-changing hollow shaft drives, SFD

frequency inverters or slimline pancake gears. Five standard configurations are

available for mounting them on the customers’ structures.

1 Affixed connection Type A _ A connecting flange is used to weld the wheel block end to a steel structure, the connection can be dismantled 2 Screwed connection Type S 3 Welded connection Type W _ the wheel block end is welded directly to the supportingstructure without any intermediate flange 4 Head connection Type H _ the wheel block is bolted on at the top 5 Inserted connectionType I _ the wheel block is plugged into a hollow profile and secured with bolts 6 The guide rollers are positive locking and securelymounted, and can be used even on relatively flat rails 7 As an option, the wheel blocks can be equipped with slimline pancake gears8 The wheel blocks form the basis of the AS 7 wire rope hoist crab

STAHL CraneSystems Info-Service _ Please ask for our brochure ›SR wheel blocks‹ for moreinformation on our wheel blocks

Wheel block

> Universal

> Flexible

> Reliable

> Your choice

> Maintenance-friendly

> Field-proven

> Compact


1

3

2

4

1 Crane endcarriages 2 Innovative, compact SFD 1 frequency inverter3 KSG crane control 4 Portable joystick transmitter

Crane kitsWith crane kits from STAHL CraneSystems, you can profit

from the outstanding quality of our lifting technology, drive

technology and control technology. We supply the various

high-tech crane components and the fundamental data for

erecting the crane. As regards lifting technology, we have the

world’s most comprehensive, complete range of products.

Choose from ST chain hoists in 13 S.W.L. ranges between 125 kg

and 6,300 kg, from 26 SH wire rope hoist variants in 5 frame

sizes up to 100,000 S.W.L. or SHW winches up to 160,000 kg.

Our accurate, high-performance drive technology too offers a

convincing variety of components: endcarriages for suspension

cranes and for overhead travelling cranes, and the modular

SR wheel block system for universal use offer the appropriate

solution for every travel function. Reliable control technology

with a wide selection of innovative, technically mature crane

electrics round off STAHL CraneSystems’ crane kit programme.

> Lifting technology

> Drive technology

> Control technology


1

5

4

8

2

6

3

7

1 ST chain hoist with electric trolley, see page 43 2 360 ° manual chain hoist, see page 51 3 TRU round stock grab, see page 1004 SRS round slings, see page 175 5 Workshop crane, see page 200 6 Calibrated digital load cell up to 10 t, see page 1967 Rotating sling-attachment collar, screw-on or weld-on, see page 188 8 MB work platform for fork-lift truck, see page 208

As global experts with many years of experience on hoists and crane systems, we know the

needs and requirements all around overhead material handling. STAHLplus, the direct marketing

organisation all around the load hook from STAHL CraneSystems, offers a detailed range of high-

quality yet cost-effective products. Profit from our experience, know-how and the advantage of

being able to purchase everything you need for your material handling from a single supplier.

[email protected]

Accessories> Crane technology

> Hoists

> Explosion protection

> Load suspension equipment

> Slings

> Sling accessories

> Weighing and measuring

> Material conveying and handling equipment

> Hydraulics

> Fork-lift truck attachments


1

3

2

4

1 SMC Multicontroller 2 SMC Multicontroller 3 Large-figure load display up to 150 mm4 micron6 radio transmitter with feedback

Condition monitoringCondition monitoring systems are in use wher-

ever production processes need to be monitored

and controlled. A wide range of crane compo-

nent data are recorded and monitored with

these high-quality electronic systems. This

minimises the possibility of complications and

avoids subsequent damage. Analysing the

recorded data enables individually adapted,

optimised maintenance intervals to be deter-

mined and the necessity of important repairs to

be ascertained. Condition monitoring systems

from STAHL CraneSystems prevent unexpected

downtimes, improve process and operational

reliability and thus increase cost-effectiveness.

> SLE motor management

> SMC Multicontroller

> SBC brake controller

> SSC cumulative load controller

> ALC automatic load display

> Radio transmitter with feedback from crane


3 4

2

1

1 Single girder suspension crane with 1,600 kg S.W.L. 2 SH ex wire rope hoists are available for gas explosion protection Zone 1 andZone 2, and dust explosion protection Zone 21 and Zone 22 3 The ST chain hoist in explosion-protected design is available in two framesizes up to a safe working load of 5,000 kg 4 Single girder overhead travelling crane with 5,000 kg safe working load and radio remotecontrol in the hazardous area of a chemical plant

STAHL CraneSystems is pioneering, dynamic and uncompro-

mising when the safety of persons and machines in areas

subject to gas and explosion hazards is at stake. All around

the world, STAHL CraneSystems is regarded as a specialist

for explosion protection. STAHL CraneSystems occupies a

prominent position in this field with our many decades of expe-

rience and know-how, our own fundamental research and

development, with approvals from the Federal Physico-Technical

Institute (PTB) and other test institutes in many countries. All

components of a crane or hoist without exception come from our

own production, from motor and brake to controls and control

pendant. This ensures maximum and high-quality explosion

protection. The stringent ATEX regulations on mechanical ex-

plosion protection are met. STAHL CraneSystems was the first

manufacturer of overhead material flow technology to implement

the ATEX 100a directive 94/9 in the full range of production and

is today the world’s leading manufacturer of explosion-protected

hoist and crane technology.

> Crane systems

> Wire rope hoists

> Chain hoists

> Manual chain hoists

Explosion protect ionHistory _ Crane technology _ Chain hoists _ Wire rope hoists & winches _ Wheel block _ Crane kits _ Accessories _ Condit ion monitoring _ Ex plosion protection _ Seminars

SeminarsInvest in the qualification of your staff. In STAHL CraneSystems you have a

competent partner at your side. For the knowledge you gain from us comes

directly from a manufacturer of lifting, drive and control technology. We convey

practical and theoretical knowledge to support you in your everyday work.

The programme of seminars comprising single-subject, basic and advanced

courses covers all the main product groups. We would also be pleased to

offer courses orientated on your individual specifications and requirements.

The following product and technical seminars are on offer at present: chain

hoists, wire rope hoists, combined wire rope and chain hoists, load suspension

equipment, material handling equipment, crane operators, and safety instruction

for chain and fork-lift truck operators. Each seminar concludes with a certificate.

STAHL CraneSystems Info-Service _ Please askfor our brochure ›Seminar programme‹ for moreinformation on our seminars

> Product seminars

> Technical seminars

> Individual customer seminars

Tel. +49 7940 128 -2354Fax +49 7940 128 -2300

Organisation and registrationPetra Rü[email protected]


Flexible, robust and high-powered _ The widest variety of hoists in the world, that’s what

STAHL CraneSystems offers you. Adaptable wire rope hoists and winches are designed for

lifting capacities from 125 kg up to 160,000 kg, robust chain hoists cover the lifting capacity range

from 125 kg to 6,300kg. The attractive design of the wire rope and chain hoists from STAHL

CraneSystems masks a compact, low-maintenance construction. All hoists are highly reliable,

extremely powerful and indestructible. Would you like to have all the details? We would be

pleased to give you information on the whole range and on our innovative system solutions.

STAHL CraneSystems GmbH, 74653 Künzelsau, +49 7940 128-0 or [email protected]

Lifting technology | Drive technology | Control technology

Hoists

Sling accessories

Load suspension equipment

Crane technology

Weighing and measuring

Material conveyingequipment

Hydraulics

Fork-lift truck attachments

Explosion protection

Information

SlingsChain slings, chain sling components, endless chain slings, chain sling accessories, rope slings, round and web slings,

wear protectors, chain slings for forestry application, chain slings for hot dip galvanising plants, suspension systems, sling rack

Weld-on hooks, swivel transport slings, eye bolts, lifting eye nuts, transport ring, carbine hooks, shackles,

anti-twist guard, clevis hook, sling attachment points

Grabs, clamps, barrel tongs, suction lifters, vacuum lifters, permanent lifting magnets, spreader beams,

C-hooks, loading forks, coil turning hooks

Crane systems, jib cranes, gantry and mobile cranes, small crane technology, radio remote controls, runway endstops,

suspension, control and handling equipment, wheel blocks

Chain hoists, wire rope hoists, winch, lever hoists, push trolleys, reel-type trolleys, adjustable beam clamps, cable winches, lubricants,

rope sheaves, balancers, cable reeling drums, cable pullers

Load cells, calibrated load cells, load indicators, digital load cells

Trolleys, scissor-type lifting tables, flat lifting tables, pallet lifting trucks, scissor-type pallet lifting trucks, machinery lifters, shifting skates, workshop cranes

Hydraulic cylinders, hydraulic pumps, toe jacks, hydraulic lifters, spreaders, pullers

Ex electric chain hoists, Ex wire rope hoists, Ex crane technology, Ex crane components, Ex manual chain hoists, Ex pneumatic chain hoists, Ex crane load cells, Ex manual cranes, Ex manual winches, Ex pneumatic

winches, Ex balancers, Ex mini-manipulator, Ex small crane systems

Glossary, Alphabetical index, Fax Order Form

Dump and stacking dump containers, working platforms, hinged bottom skips, telescopic crane jibs, Big Bag transport equipment,

gas cylinder cabinets, collection troughs, drum transport equipment

3

35

79

97

141

185

193

199

205

207

211

STAHLplus InfoSee page 64for more details

> fast _ the freewheeling facility permits the chain to be pulled through or the load attachedquickly

> safe _ forged suspension and load hooks open without breaking if the hoist is overloaded

> user-friendly _ short and ergonomically shaped lever with rubber handle makes the hoist easy to use

> long-lived _ all components of the load pressure brake are made of high-quality material and are corrosion-protected

> tested _ standardised surface-protected (galvanised) high-tensile round steel chains meet current national and international regulations

> compact _ extremely low deadweight and exceedingly compact con-struction enable it to be operated in restricted spaces

> protected _ enclosed design protects internal components from dust

Safe working load from 250 kg – 500 kg

Special price on request

New development: lever hoist for the low load range _ light and convenient

Each lever hoist is factory tested with overload and suppliedwith a test certificatewith serial number, and operating instruc-tions with integrated EC declaration of conformity.

All a

roun

d th

e lo

ad h

ook

3

Crane technology

Cranes from STAHL CraneSystems are the ideal solution for standard applications. They are easy to install and simple to use, and make working on machines in production bays and warehouses easier.

01_0

8EN

.FM

4

Crane technology

Overhead travelling and suspension cranes

What a good thing it is when the "classics under the roof" come from STAHL CraneSystems. Then the tried-and-tested functions required are achieved with an intelligent design and the most up-to-date technology. For example, minimum approach dimensions and comfortably large hook paths.

Technical features (standard range)• Single girder suspension cranes up to 10,000 kg• Single girder overhead travelling cranes up to 16,000 kg• Double girder overhead travelling cranes up to 160,000 kg• Also for use in hazardous areas:

We are the experts in explosion protection!

A range of cranes to suit all requirements• Our engineers provide on-site consultation• Easy-to-assemble components ensure minimum assembly and

maintenance time and thus low costs• Optimised component modules and certified quality assurance in

accordance with DIN ISO 9001/EN 29001 guarantee consistent high quality and short delivery times

• And after delivery: Our qualified maintenance team will carry out the legally stipulated inspections on your behalf.

• Secured spare parts availability even after many years

STAHL CraneSystems

is the experienced and creative partner for implementing indivi-dual material flow concepts right up to automatic cranes, special cranes and complex system solu-tions.

Overhead travelling crane with 2 wire rope hoists for single and tandem operation, with integrated load measuring system and large format display for monitoring loading of lorries.

Certification _ As a certified company it is your responsibility to engage companies for the accident prevention regulation test and maintenance of your material hand-ling systems who are themselves certified and whose staff are qualified persons as defined by the Decree on Safety in Operation.

Single girder overhead travelling crane with wire rope hoist.

01_0

8EN

.FM

5

Innovative crane technology

Cable harness reduced by 80% thanks to radio signal transmission.

As of now, STAHL CraneSystems GmbH is offering single girder overhead travelling cranes up to a safe working load of 16,000 kg with an innovative control concept achieving a new level of safety and operator-friendliness.The technology has been developed in collaboration with system partners who play leading roles in their particular fields.

Technical features• Single girder overhead travelling cranes up to 16,000 kg with radio

control as standard • Wireless signal transmission replaces cable-bound control pendants • A choice of three radio transmitters:

- quadrix compact transmitter, a mere 330 g in weight- micron 6 pushbutton transmitter- spectrum 1 joystick transmitter(detailed information on page 25)

• Main power supply with four-pole conductor line • Low-maintenance: no cables susceptible to wear • No cable loops mean space gains • Plug-and-socket connections for all electrics as standard

Suspended cables and mechanical fixtures for the hoist power supply are dispensed with completely.

The new crane technology in operation with an SH 30 wire rope hoist and an S.W.L. of 5,000 kg.

01_0

8EN

.FM

6

Crane technology

Single girder suspension cranes

The optimum up to 10,000 kg S.W.L. and spans up to 20 m

The single girder suspension crane from STAHL CraneSystems needs very little space. It runs on the lower flange of the crane runway which is mounted directly on the ceiling and achieves the greatest utilisation of space possible. In particular in the case of restricted production areas, this permits optimum utilisation of the width of the room.

Suspension cranes in neighbouring bays can be connected; the crane interlock functions completely free of jolts and knocks. The hoist can be moved onto the neighbouring crane together with its load and can reach any destination in the interlocked system.

Technical features• Compact _ minimum approach dimensions and efficient utilisation

of the available ceiling height • Long-lived _ robust rolled steel sectional girders or welded box

girders for the crane bridge, optionally in EH-A or EH-B version (sketch)

• Convenient _ quiet travel, smooth starting and braking • Wide-ranging _ Crane interlocks free of jolts or knocks for overhead

material transport across bays• Choice _ of flexible flat cable or contact-free conductor line as

power supply to the hoist• Lifting _ optionally with chain hoist up to 6,300 kg or wire rope hoist

up to 10,000 kg S.W.L.

Assembly of electrical components _ In particular in buildings with a low noise level, the particularly quiet technology of the cranes is a welcome advantage.

Fitters’ shop _ The single girder suspen-sion crane with 3,200 kg S.W.L. is in con-tinuous operation here.

EH-A EH-B

Railway construction _ The 12 suspension cranes ensure that the overhead transpor-tation in the production processes runs smoothly.

STAHLplus Info _ Please ask for dimensions, prices and detailed literature on wire rope and chain hoists. You will find more off-standard crane solutions on page 9.

01_0

8EN

.FM

7

Single girder overhead travelling cranes

Adaptable up to 16,000 kg S.W.L. and spans up to 30 m

The single girder overhead travelling crane from STAHL CraneSystems is flexible and astonishingly adaptable. It runs on the top flange of the crane runway. Its use enables rational, economical material flow solu-tions to be achieved even in low or small buildings. The existing space can be utilised to the full by using various installation variants. The crane bridge girder can be individually adapted either "flush at top" (EL-A), "flush at bottom" (EL-B) or "raised up" (EL-C). A clearance of approx. 100 mm to the ceiling is specified for single girder overhead travelling cranes. Particularly in low-ceilinged rooms, this permits minimum headrooms and optimum adaptation to the building profile. The height of lift can be increased even further by using a cantilever crab from STAHL CraneSystems.

Technical features• Perfect _ extremely adaptable thanks to various installation versions • Resilient _ drives calculated for the rugged conditions of crane duty • Computer-optimised _ sturdy rolled steel sectional girders or welded

box girders for the crane bridge • Convenient _ low noise generation, smooth starting and braking

characteristics • Choice _ of flexible flat cable or guarded conductor line as power

supply to the hoist• Accurate _ laser measurement of wheel axles for smooth running

characteristics and low wear

Plastics moulding _ A single girder overhead travelling crane transports the moulding tools for retooling the machines. The off-standard chain hoist with "extra short headroom trolley" permits maximum hook paths even in low rooms.

Three "hermaphrodite cranes" were de-signed partly from suspension and partly from overhead travelling components. The cranes were designed as overhead travelling cranes, but due to the wide span of 51 m were equipped with an extra suspended trolley in the centre. The three-point suspension permitted a crucial reduction of the weight and headroom of the crane bridges. The three off-standard cranes can be opera-ted synchronously from a single radio control if required. Combined in synchro-nous operation, they can transport up to 45,000 kg.

EL-A

EL-C

EL-B

The offset crane girder design enabled the maximum effective hook path to be achieved in spite of the very low ceiling.

01_0

8EN

.FM

8

Crane technology

Double girder overhead travelling cranes

Double strength up to 160,000 kg S.W.L. and spans up to 30 m

STAHL CraneSystems is the specialist for high-performance cranes in the upper S.W.L. range. This naturally includes the double girder overhead travelling crane with an S.W.L. of up to 160,000 kg and a span of up to 30 m. Large, unwieldy loads can be handled extremely safely and accurately. This is particularly true when several hoists equipped with a precise electronic synchro control are used in tandem opera-tion. The double girder overhead travelling crane can be integrated into planned or existing buildings utilising special installation variants. The top hook position brings particular advantages on a double girder overhead travelling crane. The load hook is lifted between the crane girders. Additional requirements such as maintenance platforms on crab or crane, cabins or higher crane travel speeds can be achieved quickly and easily.

Technical features• Computer optimised _ robust rolled sectional steel girders or

torsion-resistant welded box girders for the crane bridge• Convenient _ quiet running characteristics, smooth starting and

braking• Choice _ flexible flat cable or contact-free conductor line for the

power supply to the hoist• Accurate _ laser measurement of wheel axles for smooth running

characteristics and low wear• Lifting _ optionally with wire rope hoist or winch

Motor industry _ Crane technology around the clock. The toolmaking shop has been fully equipped with double girder overhead travelling cranes from STAHL CraneSystems. The cranes are easily accessible from integrated maintenance catwalks.

Example: double girder overhead travelling crane in paper manufacture

Paper manufacture _ Three wire rope hoists are mounted on the double girder overhead travelling crane with 30,000 kg S.W.L. The outer hoists ensure that the reels are handled without swinging, the centre hoist with a single hook is used for turning the paper reels if required.

STAHLplus Info _ Everything from one supplier? Just ask us! We provide on-site advice, plan projects and provide you with tailor-made solutions to suit your specific needs.

01_0

8EN

.FM

9

STAHL CraneSystems - your partner for off-standard solutions

Off-standard cranes

Practical experienceSTAHL CraneSystems enjoys every customer-specific challenge. Only when your individual solution needs to be planned, from a single hoist to custom-built cranes to computer-controlled automation, do we really have to extend ourselves. Then all our flexibility and dynamism are brought to bear. The highly motivated, experienced engineers and technicians at STAHL CraneSystems combine their comprehensive know-how with your specifications and ideas. Economical standard components from the whole range of products are used as well as economically optimised off-standard components and automation components. With your input, in a constructive process a solution is achieved that is practical, individual and precisely adapted to your application.

CompetentNumerous examples both in Germany and abroad prove the compet-ence of STAHL CraneSystems in the field of custom-built solutions. These projects are described in detail in separate reference leaflets. Just ask for them at www.stahlcranes.com.

Technical features• High-performance _ experience and know-how from more than

70 years of crane manufacture and centralised production• Innovative _ continuing development of the hoists and crane

components• Individual _ customer-specific system solutions• Partnership _ joint planning in consultation with our customers• Safe _ top quality ensured by certified processes• Rigorous _ statics and engineering to the latest DIN and EN

standards

Handling paper reels _ With a total of five axes of motion, paper reels up to 18,000 kg are reloaded quickly and safely.

Waste reloading station _ Multi-hook operation, automatic load positioning and loads up to 38,000 kg: STAHL CraneSystems supplied the whole system including the free-standing crane runway.

Aircraft engine maintenance _ State of the art crane systems from STAHL CraneSystems with safe working loads between 500 and 12,500 kg transport the valuable aircraft engines and their individual components to any point desired. All the cranes are equipped with frequency-controlled drives in order to be able to move the delicate engines extremely slowly and with minimum load swing. Wire rope hoists of the SHF 30 to SHF 60 series are used, some of the hoists were designed with true vertical lift. The cranes with two trolleys and separate joysticks for the individual hoists are particularly useful when rotating the engines.

01_0

8EN

.FM

10

Crane technology

Crane components

ModularThe perfect complement to STAHL CraneSystems hoists are crane components from our own production. Forward-looking, high quality components complement each other in the system and offer safety and economical use. With the aid of the modular components, the crane system is individually adapted to customer-specific wishes

Technical features• Optimised crane endcarriages_ KEL for single girder overhead

travelling cranes: 5 wheel diameters and 5 wheelbases KZL for double girder overhead travelling cranes: 5 wheel diameters and 6 wheelbases KEH single girder suspension cranes: 4 wheel diameters and 3 wheelbases

• Versatile SF crane travel drives _ Supplied as standard with two-step speeds 20/5 or 40/10 m/min, other speeds available on request. Stepless speed control as an option

• Flexible operation _ Cable-connected STH manual control pendantmicro and quadrix pushbutton transmittersspectrum joystick transmitter

• Power supply along crane bridge _ conductor line (in conjunction with radio technology)festoon cables (in conjunction with control pendants)

• Crane control _ Panel box with plug connections (in conjunction with radio technology)Panel box with terminal connections

1

7

2 3

4

6

5

1 Main power supply _ When a con-ductor line is used, no moving cables need be installed on the crane

2 STH manual control pendant _ The cost-effective solution, with load display on request

3 Radio remote controls _ Three ergonomic radio transmitters are avail-able: the micron and quadrix pushbutton transmitters and the spectrum joystick transmitter

4 KEL endcarriage _ For single girder overhead travelling cranes up to 16,000 S.W.L. Safe transmission of forces from the crane bridge thanks to high-strength friction grip bolts

5 KZL endcarriage _ For double girder overhead travelling cranes. Safe transmis-sion of forces from the crane bridge thanks to high-strength friction grip bolts

6 Crane control _ In combination with radio technology, the control is clearly arranged in a panel box on the crane bridge with plug connections as standard.

7 SF crane travel drives _ Low maintenance and with 2 speeds as standard. Integrated centrifugal masses ensure smooth starting and braking

01_0

8EN

.FM

11

Crane equipment

Performance-enhancingIn addition to the crane components, a great deal of additional mechanical, electrical and electronic equipment is available from STAHL CraneSystems. This increases the performance of the crane system still further and makes working with it particularly convenient. More important however, is the fact that state-of-the-art equipment improves process reliability and safety at work. The wide spectrum of crane equipment permits practical, safe solutions with extremely high cost-effectiveness.

The 10 most frequently ordered features• Cross and long travel limit switches• Radio remote control with pushbutton or joystick transmitter• Load monitoring and lifetime calculation with SMC for wire rope

hoists• Stepless speed control• Off-standard corrosion protection systems• Maintenance platforms along crane bridge• Anti-collision devices with light barriers• Equipment for outdoor use• Large-format LCD load display• Spreader beams and sling equipment

1

2

6 7

54

3

1 SFD1 frequency inverter _ For stepless speed control, mounted directly on cross and long travel drives

2 Reflection light barriers _ Cranes reliably "keep their distance"

3 LCD display _ Optional signal feedback to crane operator

4 SSC load summation _ Adds up the loads suspended on a maximum of four hooks and disconnects hoisting motion when the permissible limit load is exceeded

5 SMC Multicontroller _ When precise operating data and maximum safety are required

6 Large-format four-figure load display _ Installed here on two hoists. The inte-grated load summation monitors the total load on both hooks

7 Crane catwalk _ with grating, railing on both sides and electrically monitored access doors at both ends

01_0

8EN

.FM

12

Crane technology

Affixed connection AA connecting flange is used to weld the wheel block end to a steel structure, the connec-tion can be dismantled.

Screwed connection S A connecting flange is used to bolt the wheel block end to a steel structure.

Head connection HThe wheel block is bolted on at the top.

Welded connection W The wheel block end is welded directly to the supporting structure without any interme-diate flange.

Inserted connection I The wheel block is plugged into a hollow profile and secured with bolts.

With guide rollersThe guide rollers are mounted securely with positive-locking and can be used even with rela-tively flat rails.to SR 200 > 30 mm, up to SR 250 > 40 mm.

SR wheel block system

The components of the SR modular wheel block system derive from STAHL CraneSystems’ field-proven series programme. A number of different mounting methods guarantee universal and extremely flexible use.

Technical features• Universal _ can be used for wheel loads from 5,000 to 30,000 kg in six

frame sizes • Flexible _ five standard configurations for connection to customer’s

supporting structure • Reliable_ SF drives for every requirement, as low-maintenance

direct drives• Choice_ on request, drives with innovative SFD frequency inverter

mounted directly on motor • Maintenance-friendly _ wheel can simply be rolled out to the front • Field-proven _ series components with maximum performance • Compact _ on request with space-saving pancake gear a• Safe _ as an option, available in explosion-protected design in

compliance with ATEX

With pancake gearAs an option, the wheel block can be supplied with space-saving pancake gear.

The wheel blocks are suitable for universal use. Here they form the basis for the crab of an AS70 wire rope hoist. * Prices for versions with drive right / left on request.

Model Wheel load

Wheel Ø

Dimensions Rail width

Item No.

Price *version without

driveL1 L2 L3 h1 h2 Ø d1 b1 k[kg] [mm] [mm]

SR 125 5000 125 273 100 135 165 100 100 50, 60 40, 50 35 710 52 10 0SR 160 7000 160 345 125 172 190 100 125 52, 62,

7240, 50,

6036 710 52 10 0

SR 200 10000 200 408 125 189 235 100 125 54, 64, 74

40, 50, 60

37 710 52 10 0

SR 250 16000 250 437 160 208 295 100 160 54, 64, 74, 84

40, 50, 60, 70

38 710 54 10 0

SR 315 22000 315 500 160 230 350 100 160 64, 74, 84, 94

50, 60, 70, 80

39 710 52 10 0

SR 400 30000 400 658 200 322 440 155 200 75, 85, 95, 105

60, 70, 80, 100

-

L2 L1

d4

h2

h1

L3

k

b1

01_0

8EN

.FM

13

Jib cranes

Jib cranes offer many functional and economic advantages to facilitate efficient and safe lifting and moving of loads at the workplace.Jib cranes from STAHL CraneSystems offer even more: Their modular design ensures quick and easy operation. Together with hoists from STAHL CraneSystems, they provide a tailor-made solution for every workplace

Pillar jib cranes

This catalogue presents only a selection from the wide range, for safe working load ratings from 125 to 1,000 kg.If you cannot find the pillar jib crane you require, please enquire (enquiry form for jib cranes on page 19). Other jib cranes with square footplate and articulated jib can be supplied on request. We will send you a quotation free of charge without delay.

Technical features

Pillar jib crane:• Steel structure designed in compliance with

DIN 15018:-Hoisting class H2-Stress group B2

• Slewing range: 270°• Slewing by hand• Complete with cross travel endstops• Complete basic electrical equipment• Complete documentation including crane

test logbook• Anchor bolts and template available against

surcharge• Shear connector system available as an

option against surcharge

Electric chain hoist:• Quality chain hoist type ST • Main and creep hoisting speed• Standard height of lift = 3 m• Push trolley (electric trolley on request)• Contactor control• IP 55 protection• Control pendant incl. approx. 1.8 m control

cable• Chain box• Technical data for hoist on page 43

Detailed dimensions on request.

Model PS

Safe working

load

Jib length

Head-room

Flange width

Founda-tion

Shear connector

Plate size

Weight Item No.

P (GK) A B F � G Ø VP [kg][kg] [mm]

1,25-3,0 125(40)

3000 3290 55 900 680 259 810 517 01,25-4,0 4000 3290 55 1000 680 272 810 518 01,25-5,0 5000 3290 64 1100 680 298 810 519 02,5-3,0 250

(40)3000 3290 55 1050 680 260 810 521 0

2,5-4,0 4000 3290 82 1200 850 308 810 522 02,5-5,0 5000 3290 82 1300 850 420 810 523 05-3,0 500

(55)3000 3290 82 1300 850 334 810 525 0

5-4,0 4000 3290 82 1450 1050 400 810 526 05-5,0 5000 3290 100 1550 1050 534 810 527 010-3,0 1,000

(90)3000 3290 100 1600 1200 404 810 529 0

10-4,0 4000 3760 120 1800 1450 567 810 530 010-5,0 5000 3760 120 1950 1450 699 810 531 0

PS pillar jib crane

STAHLplus Info _Also available in explosion-protected design.

01_0

8EN

.FM

14

Crane technology

AS pillar jib cranes

Technical features



• Slewing range: 270°• Slewing by hand• Complete with cross travel stops• Complete basic electrical equipment• Complete documentation including crane




Electric chain hoist:• Quality chain hoist type ST• Main and creep hoisting speed• Standard height of lift = 3 m• Push trolley (electric trolley on request)• Contactor control• IP 55 protection• Control pendant incl. approx. 1.8 m control

cable• Chain box• See page 43 for technical data for hoist


Model AS

Safe work-ing load

Dimensions Weight Item No.

P (GK) A UK B F � G Ø VP[kg] [mm] [kg]

1,25-3,0 125(40)

3000 2500 2790 91 900 680 259 810 533 01,25-4,0 4000 2500 2790 91 1050 680 280 810 534 01,25-5,0 5000 2500 2790 91 1100 680 342 810 535 02,5-3,0 250

(40)3000 2500 2790 91 1050 680 259 810 537 0

2,5-4,0 4000 2500 2845 120 1250 850 403 810 538 02,5-5,0 5000 2500 2845 120 1350 850 437 810 539 05-3,0 500

(55)3000 2500 2845 120 1300 850 370 810 541 0

5-4,0 4000 2500 2845 120 1450 1050 403 810 542 05-5,0 5000 2500 2945 150 1650 1200 597 810 543 010-3,0 1,000

(90)3000 2500 2845 120 1600 1200 433 810 545 0

10-4,0 4000 2500 2945 150 1800 1450 623 810 546 010-5,0 5000 2500 3005 170 1950 1450 759 810 547 0


Model PR

Safe work-ing load


P (GK) A B F � G Ø VP[kg] [mm] [kg]

1,25-3,0 125(40)

3000 2710 82 950 680 253 810 805 01,25-4,0 4000 2710 82 1050 680 270 810 806 01,25-5,0 5000 2750 100 1150 680 325 810 807 02,5-3,0 250

(40)3000 2730 91 1100 680 263 810 808 0

2,5-4,0 4000 2730 91 1250 1050 444 810 809 02,5-5,0 5000 2790 120 1400 1050 533 810 810 05-2,0 500

(80)2000 2730 91 1200 680 243 810 811 0

5-3,0 3000 2750 100 1400 1050 436 810 812 05-4,0 4000 2790 120 1550 1050 499 810 813 010-2,0 1,000

(150)2000 2790 120 1450 1050 432 810 814 0

10-3,0 3000 2850 150 1700 1200 506 810 815 0

PR pillar jib crane

Technical features



• Slewing range: 360°• Slewing by hand• Complete with cross travel stops• Complete basic electrical equipment• Complete documentation including crane




Electric chain hoist:• Type ST quality chain hoist• Main and precision hoisting speed• Standard height of lift = 3 m• Push trolley (electric trolley on request)• Contactor control• IP 55 protection• Control pendant incl. approx. 1.8 m control


01_0

8EN

.FM

15

Wall-mounted jib cranes

This catalogue presents only a selection from the wide range, for safe working load ratings from 125 to 1,000 kg.

If you cannot find the wall-mounted jib crane you require, please enquire (enquiry form for jib cranes on page 19). We will send you a quotation free of charge immediately.

Technical features

Wall-mounted jib crane:• Steel structure designed in compliance with


• Slewing range: 180°• Slewing by hand• Complete with cross travel endstops• Including standard bearing brackets• Complete basic electrical equipment• Complete documentation including crane

test logbook• Wall bracket and bracket for supporting

pillar available against surcharge

Electric chain hoist:• Quality chain hoist type ST• Main and creep hoisting speed• Standard height of lift = 3 m• Push trolley (electric trolley on request)• Contactor control• IP 55 protection• Control pendant incl. approx. 1.8 m control

cable• Chain box• See page 43 for techjnical data of hoist


Model PW

Safe working

load

Jib length

Bracket sub-

assembly

Head-room

Flange width

Weight Item No.

P (GK) A B F [kg][kg] [mm]

1,25-3,0 125(40)

3000 A 940 55 70 810 501 01,25-4,0 4000 940 55 93 810 502 01,25-5,0 5000 940 64 110 810 503 02,5-3,0 250

(40)3000 A 940 55 70 810 505 0

2,5-4,0 4000 940 64 95 810 506 02,5-5,0 5000 940 82 140 810 507 05-3,0 500

(55)3000 A 940 82 90 810 509 0

5-4,0 4000 940 82 120 810 510 05-5,0 5000 940 100 205 810 511 010-3,0 1,000

(90)3000 A 940 100 123 810 513 0

10-4,0 4000 940 100 170 810 514 010-5,0 5000 B 1430 120 320 810 515 0

PW wall-mounted jib crane

Bracketsub-assembly

STAHLplus Info _Also available in explosion-protected design.

Inside running jib cranes (the trolley is protected, running in a hollow profile) are also available and suitable for low S.W.L.s. Price on request.

STAHLplus Info _Please ask for dimensions, prices and detailed literature on our chain hoists.

01_0

8EN

.FM

16

Crane technology

AW wall-mounted jib cranes

Technical features

Wall-mounted jib crane:• Steel structure designed in compliance with


• Slewing range: 180°• Slewing by hand• Complete with cross travel endstops• Including standard bearing brackets• Complete basic electrical equipment• Complete documentation including crane

test logbook• Wall bracket and bracket for supporting

pillar available against surcharge

Electric chain hoist:• Type ST quality chain hoist• Main and precision hoisting speed• Standard height of lift = 3 m• Push trolley (electric trolley on request)• Contactor control• IP 55 protection• Control pendant incl. approx. 1.8 m control



Model AW

Safe working

load

Jib length

Bracket sub-

assembly

Head-room

Flange width

Weight Item No.

P (GK) A B F [kg][kg] [mm]

1,25-3,0 125(40)

3000 A 940 91 115 810 549 01,25-4,0 4000 940 91 140 810 550 01,25-5,0 5000 940 91 160 810 551 02,5-3,0 250

(40)3000 A 940 91 115 810 553 0

2,5-4,0 4000 940 91 140 810 554 02,5-5,0 5000 940 120 240 810 555 05-3,0 500

(55)3000 A 940 120 170 810 557 0

5-4,0 4000 940 120 205 810 558 05-5,0 5000 B 1430 150 355 810 559 010-3,0 1,000

(90)3000 B 1430 150 265 810 561 0

10-4,0 4000 1430 150 310 810 562 010-5,0 5000 1430 150 355 810 563 0

Bracketsub-assembly

WK1 mobile pillar jib crane

No foundation or anchorage required, this jib crane can be used wherever it may be needed.

Advantages• Ready for use right away wherever it is needed

(simple extension lead)• Can be transported by bridge crane, fork-lift truck or trolley• Ideal for use in rented buildings (no damage to floor)• Extremely stable

Technical features• Slewing range: with rigid jib 270°, with articulated jib 310°• Designed in compliance with DIN 15018, 15019, 4132• Classification: hoisting class H2, stress group B2

(B3 with vH 12 m/min)• Paint: crane RAL 7043 (traffic grey), jib RAL 3003 (ruby red) with

warning stripes• Complete basic electrical equipment• Complete documentation including crane test logbook• User-friendly with easy-running trolley and jib• Belt brake prevents jib after-running under load• Many options adapted to users’ requirements• Robust, maintenance-free and extremely safe design

Prices without hoist and erection. For this crane disposable transport package is required for which we will charge you EUR 105.00. Off-standard heights and articulated jib on request. * without hoist, without fill weight.

Safe work-ing load

Model

WK 1 ...

L GH Fill weight

Crane weight*

Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg] [kg]100160200250320400500

100-4,715160-4,065200-3,665250-3,215320-2,600400-2,215500-1,750

4715406536653215260022151750

3635 2850 685677660650640625615

810 824 0810 825 0810 826 0810 827 0810 828 0810 829 0810 830 0

Fill weight 2,850 kg for foundation pillar 810 831 0Trolley for WK 1 ... 810 832 0STAHLplus Info _ You will find matching hoists on

page 43 ff. Other mobile crane designs for low S.W.L.s (lighter and lower base requirement) available on request.

01_0

8EN

.FM

17

WK3 mobile pillar jib crane

No foundation or anchorage required, this jib crane with integrated counterweight can be used wherever it may be needed.

Advantages• Ready for use right away wherever it is needed

(simple extension lead)• Can be transported by bridge crane, fork-lift truck or trolley• Ideal for use in rented buildings (no damage to floor)• Extremely stable

Technical features• Slewing range: 360°• Designed in compliance with DIN 15018, 15019, 4132• Classification: hoisting class H2, stress group B2

(B3 with vH 12 m/min)• Paint: crane RAL 7043 (traffic grey), jib RAL 3003 (ruby red) with

warning stripes• Complete basic electrical equipment• Complete documentation including crane test logbook• User-friendly with extremely easy-running trolley and jib• Belt brake prevents jib after-running under load• Many options adapted to users’ requirements• Trolley with steel wheels with Vulcolan coating• Robust, maintenance-free and extremely safe design

Rotary cranes for sewage farms available on request.

Prices for mobile crane incl. counterweight, without hoist and erection. For this crane disposable transport package is required for which we will charge you EUR 105.00. Prices for mobile crane without counterweight on request. In this case the safe working load is halved.Off-standard heights on request. * without hoist, without fill weight.

Safe working load with counterweight

Model

WK 3 ...

L GH Crane weight*

Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]200320400500600800

1,000

200-5,500320-4,000400-3,600500-3,100600-2,750800-2,2001000-1,750

4500400036003100275022001750

3600 1200118511601150114011251120

810 833 0810 834 0810 835 0810 836 0810 837 0810 838 0810 839 0

Fill weight 2,850 kg for foundation pillar 810 831 0Trolley for WK 3 ... 810 840 0

STAHLplus Info _ You will find suitable hoists on page 43 ff.

STAHLplus Info _Jib cranes and WK 1 mobile jib cranes with articulated jib (mobile design also available) on request.

01_0

8EN

.FM

18

Crane technology


Off-standard jib cranes

In this catalogue, we show you a selection of our wide range of jib cranes. Apart from these, we can offer you jib cranes with wire rope hoists for higher safe working loads and jib cranes for particular applications and requirements.

Fig. 1:Pillar jib crane for loading and unloading repair ships, S.W.L. of 5,000 kg with a free jib length of 16.5 m. Equipped with an inside-mounted slewing gear and a wire rope hoist from STAHL CraneSystems it defies wind and weather outdoors. Convenient operation both from the land and from the ship by radio remote control.

Fig. 2:Boat crane with counterweight, S.W.L. 70,000 kg, jib length 7.0 m

Fig. 3:Maintenance crane as articulated crane in off-standard design

Fig. 4:Boat crane on Brombach Lake

Fig. 5:Boat crane at Rammelmayr’s yacht wharf

Fig. 5

Fig. 3 Fig. 4

Fig. 2Fig. 1

01_0

8EN

.FM

19

Fax enquiry for jib cranes

Were you not able to find the jib crane you require in this standard range? No problem - we can still help you!

Please photocopy this page and fill in the required data and dimensions, then fax it to us.

We’ll be pleased to advise you and send you a quotation immediate

Wall mounted jib cranes

Pillar jib cranes

Please tickbasic type desired

c0780v06

e a

g

hHC

0

180°

......kg

c0779v06

0

b a

d

hHC

......kg

~270°

c0779v07

ba

d

hHC

0

......kg

~270°

0

c0780v05

e

a

g

hHC

180°

......kg

Simply copy - fill in - fax

Jib crane

................................... [kg] Safe workingn load

hH............................ [mm] Hook position

a .............................. [mm] Jib length/distance from joint for articulated jib

b .............................. [mm] Headroom

c .............................. [mm] Bottom edge of crane girder

d .............................. [mm] Length

� round / � square ... Floor plate

� Wall bracket

� Bracket on supporting pillar

................................. [mm] Wall thickness/pillar dims./I beam type

� Anchor plate

................................. [mm] Floor thickness/concrete quality (e.g. B25)

� I require a consultation

� I require a quotation

Company/name/customer No...................................................................................................................................................................

Street/P.O. Box ............................................................................................................................................................................................

Post code/town...........................................................................................................................................................................................

Contact person............................................................................................................................................................................................

Department/job title ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Telephone ..................................................................................... Fax........................................................................................................

Other

..............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................

Hoist

� Chain hoist with push trolley

� Chain hoist with electric trolley

Operating conditions

� Indoor use

..................................... °C Ambient temperature

................................V, Hz Supply voltage, frequency

01_0

8EN

.FM

20

Crane technology

KTlight

simple, light, fast

Thanks to its low deadweight and high degree of accuracy in manu-facturing processes, the new aluminium light crane system KTlight from STAHL CraneSystems guarantees optimum free running in compa-rison with classic steel suspension crane profiles.KTlight thus ranks among the most successful ideas in lifting and con-veying technology.

The deadweight is up to 50% lower compared with conventional light crane systems. The crane system can thus also be used in buildings with ceilings or upper structures which cannot support heavy loads.

The base element is a closed, dust-insensitive runway profile that is available in three different sizes. This permits individual solutions up to 2,500 kg S.W.L. to be implemented. The individual elements are both practical and cost-effective and can be combined and used exactly as required. The modular system is designed to permit simple pin and bolt assembly on site.

Powerful chain hoists from STAHL CraneSystems or complex handling equipment from ACS complement your KTlight small crane system per-fectly, safely and economically.

AL06 profile AL10 profile AL14 profile

EB suspended monorail

• Free-running _ precise manufacturing processes guarantee low rolling resistance over the whole length of the runway

• Quiet _ shock-free travel characteristics and perfectly smooth-running thanks to high-quality travel unit solutions

• Modern _ visually attractive and intelligent profile geometry with all-purpose system slots

• Innovative _ minimum deadweight combined with max. flexural rigidity• Modular _ choice of various power supply systems • Durable _ non-corrosive thanks to anodised surface• Compact _ raised designs for space-saving solutions

New

Safe work-ing load [kg]

63 80 125 250 320 500 630 1,000 1,250 1,600 2,000

Profile type Max. suspension spacing [mm]AL06 6250 5750 4850 3600 3200 - - - - - -AL10 10000 9550 8500 6650 6000 4950 4450 3550 3200 2850 2550AL14 10000 10000 10000 8450 7700 6450 5850 4700 4250 3800 3400

Customer-specific solutions in the motor and aviation industry with the aluminium light crane system

Cockpit assembly in the motor industry Safe handling of aircraft engine shells by means of suction lifter

STAHLplus Info _ We will find a solution for your indi-vidual specifications too. Please enquire!

STAHL CraneSystems offers you the complete range for overhead material handling in the lower to medium S.W.L. range up to 2,500 kg.

Prices of the crane systems on request.

01_0

8EN

.FM

21

EH single girder suspension crane

• High capacity _ designed for loads of up to 2,000 kg

• Ergonomic _ easy to move by hand• Safe _ negligible load swing as the trolley's

centre of gravity automatically finds the correct hoisting position

• Practical _ suspension spacings of up to 10 m with a max. load of 125 kg permit it to be mounted on existing building trusses and save on auxiliary structures

ZH double girder suspension crane

• High capacity _ designed for loads up to 2,500 kg, spans over 10 m are possible

• Ideal _ utilisation of the full height of lift as the hoist is suspended between the bridge girders

• Safe _ negligible load swing as the trolley's centre of gravity automatically finds the correct hoisting position

STAHLplus Info _ You will find suitable hoists on page 43 ff.Raised single and double gir-der suspension crane designs available on request.

S.W.L. [kg] 63 80 125 250 320 500 630 1,000 1,250 1,600 2,000Profile type Max. suspended clearance [mm]

AL06 6250 5750 4850 3600 3200 - - - - - -AL10 10000 9550 8500 6650 6000 4950 4450 3550 3200 2850 2550AL14 10000 10000 10000 8450 7700 6450 5850 4700 4250 3800 3400

S.W.L. [kg] 63 80 125 250 320 500 630 1,000 1,250 1,600 2,000Profile type Max. suspended clearance [mm]

AL06 6550 6050 5100 3800 3350 - - - - - -AL10 10000 10000 8950 7000 6300 5200 4650 3750 3350 3000 2700AL14 10000 10000 10000 8850 8100 6750 6150 4950 4450 4000 3550

Examples of off-standard solutions

Short headroom double girder suspension crane Double girder suspension crane with triple runway

01_0

8EN

.FM

22

Crane technology

* Multiple section girders

Safe working load

Track length Max. suspended clearance *

[kg] [mm] [mm]125 as required 8750250 8750500 6950

1,000 43001,250 38501,600 16002,000 750

KT 2000

versatile, automation-friendly, cost-effective

STAHL CraneSystems’ KT 2000 is a small crane system that will hold its own indefinitely whatever your requirements and your growth. This system lifts and transports loads up to 2,000 kg particularly easily and economically. Whether overhead monorails for linear transport or suspension cranes for wide-ranging overhead transportation are needed, this modular system makes anything possible, right up to complex automated material flow solutions.

• Versatile _ up-to-the-minute technology, top quality in a modular system for application-oriented flexibility with S.W.L.s up to 2,000 kg

• Automation-friendly _ all material flow applications can without exception be automated and extended

• Cost-effective _ fast project planning, speedy delivery, assembly and commission-ing, extremely maintenance-friendly, modular, flexible, and always extendable

→Circular monorail runway with a total length of 93 m in a radiator assembly line. The loads of 250 kg are lifted synchronously at two points in trolleys with STD 10 electric chain hoists. Example:

Monorail runway for 250 kg S.W.L., runway length 14000 mm, suspended on I girder, with electric chain hoist, hoisting speed 2/8 m/min, height of lift 3 m and push trolley. Festoon power supply.

Price on request

ha649en

Tractor assembly line

KT 2000

Direction of motion


01_0

8EN

.FM

23

KT-EH suspension cranes

Single and double girder suspension cranes with or without electric drives are particularly suitable for moving loads above floor level over wide areas. The available room height can be utilised to the full thanks to the particu-larly low headroom of our system.

* Multiple section girder

Safe working

load

Crane Crane runwayMax. crane

girder lengthLength Max. suspend-

ed clearance*[kg] [mm] [mm]125 11000 as required 8750250 10000 8200500 6550 6150

1,000 4200 4150

Example:Single girder suspension crane for 500 kg S.W.L., push design, crane girder length 6000 mm, crane runway 12000 mm long, suspended on I girder, with electric chain hoist, hoisting speed 1/4 m/min, height of lift 3 m and push trolley. Festoon power supply.

Price on request

Double girder suspension crane with electric drive for lifting, cross and long travel, in a toolmaker’s shop.* Multiple section girder

Safe working

load

Crane Crane runwayMax. crane

girder lengthLength Max. suspend-

ed clearance*[kg] [mm] [mm]500 11000 as required 5950

1,000 8800 41001,250 7500 35001,600 6200 10002,000 5300 750

Single girder suspension crane loading a panel saw in a joinery shop.

KT-ZH double girder suspension crane

The double girder construction permits the hoist to be raised up between the crane gir-ders. Thus the available room height can be utilised even more efficiently than with single girder suspension cranes.

Example:Double girder suspension crane for 1,250 kg S.W.L. with electric drive, crane girder length 7000 mm, crane runway 15000 mm long, suspended on I girder, with electric chain hoist, hoisting speed 1/4 m/min, height of lift 3 m and electric trolley. Cross and long travel both 2-speed at a ratio of 1:4. Festoon power supply.

Price on request

STAHLplus Info _ Raised single and double girder suspension cranes are available on request.

01_0

8EN

.FM

24

Crane technology

Fax enquiry for light crane systems


Normally, a monorail conveyor or a suspension crane cannot simply be ordered from the catalogue with an order number.There are some points that have to be taken into consideration when selecting the parts, as experts in this field we will be pleased to do this on your behalf.

Please fax us some data so that we can gain a rough idea of what you expect from your system.

Our specialist in your area will advise you without obligation and help you find the optimum solution on site. You will incur neither advance costs nor any obligation!

We will then send you a non-binding quotation fully meeting your expectations as regards technical features and price!

Please quote me the following KT 2000 system without obligation:

Type of system:

Technical data:

Safe working load ............................................ kg; Runway length ............................................... mm

Crane span* ...................................................... mm; Crane girder length........................................ mm

Dimension from ground to underside suspension structure ......................................................... mm

Suspension structure on:

� Profile girder � Concrete ceiling � Concrete truss � Wooden truss/joist

Dimensions b:.......................................... b1:........................................h: ............................................. mm

Concrete truss: � A, � B, � C, spacing between trusses/girders: ............................. mm

Hoist:

Electric chain hoist with � 1 or � 2 hoisting speeds: .............................................................m/min

Height of lift .................................m

Travelling speeds:

Trolley: ........................................... � manual; � electrically powered, v = ..........................m/min

Crane: ............................................ � manual; � electrically powered, v = ..........................m/min

Power supply:

Trolley: ........................................... � festoon cable with cable trolleys; � conductor line

Crane: ............................................ � festoon cable with cable trolleys; � conductor line

Voltage:

Operating voltage ........................V, ....................... Hz, Control voltage .................................. VAC

Notes / sketch: enclosed

� Monorail runway � Single girder suspension crane � Double girder suspension crane

* Dimension centre to centre runway rails (span)

Name/customer No.................................................................................................................................Company.................................................................................................................................................................................................Street/P.O. Box.................................................................................................................................................................................................Post code/town.................................................................................................................................................................................................Contact person.................................................................................................................................................................................................Department/job title.................................................................................................................................................................................................Telephone Fax.................................................................................................................................................................................................

01_0

8EN

.FM

25

Radio remote controls for cranes

Increasingly the control pendants commonly used for floor-controlled cranes are being replaced by radio remote controls. The advantages of a radio remote control are not merely its increased ease of operation, but also in improved performance and increased safety of the crane system. Please note: these radio remote control systems are only possible in conjunction with a contactor control for the hoist or crane.

There is a choice of three ergonomic radio transmitters:• "quadrix" compact transmitter with belt clip for

single hand operation • "micron 6" pushbutton transmitter with graphic display• "technos" joystick transmitter for maximum convenience

even in harsh conditions

"FSE 508" receiverStandard receiver, ideal for chain hoists, monorails or as part of a multi-receiver concept.

• Commands: 8 (digital) • Output: relay 4 A / 250 VAC• HF quality: -95 dBm / BER = 10 -2

• Receiving aerial: internal• Plastic case of 6PA 45/1 GF30

(fibreglass reinforced), standard shade: orange, IP 65 protection

• Power supply: 42-240 VAC• Weight approx. 1000 g• Dimensions: approx. 145x145x72 mm

(LxWxD)• Operating temperature: -25°C to +70°C

"FSE 516" receiverIdeally suitable for small hoists.

• Commands: 16 digital + 1 analog + infrared relay

• Output: relay 4 A / 250 VAC

• H quality: -115 dBm / BER = 10 -2

• Receiving aerial: internal• Power supply: 42-240 VAC• Dimensions: approx. 269x202x60 mm

(LxWxD) with plastic case• Operating temperature: -25°C to +70°C• Plastic or aluminium case,

type of protection IP 65• Weight approx. 1300 g or 3500 kg• CAN-Bus interface

"FSE 736 radiobus" receiverThe receiver for hoist applications and other stationary or mobile applications in industry.

• Commands: 36 digital or 28 digital + 8 analog

• Output: relay 4 A / 250 VAC

• HF quality: -115 dBm / BER = 10 -2

• Receiving aerial: external

• Power supply: 42-115, 100-240 VAC• Dimensions: approx. 270x160x115 mm

(LxWxD)• Operating temperature: -25°C to +70°C• Plastic or aluminium case,

type of protection IP 65• Weight approx. 3500 g• Various serial and analog interfaces,

CAN-Bus and Profibus-DP

"micron 6" pushbutton transmitter

• Up to 22 commands (digi-tal) + emergency stop

• Transmission frequency: 400-475; 868-928 MHz

• Internal rechargeable NiMH battery, 3.6 V / 2100 mAh

• Operating time approx. 12 h/100% DC

• Case in ABS plastic, impact resistant, standard

shade orange, IP 65 protection • Weight approx. 450 g• Dimensions: approx. 240x68x58 mm


"quadrix" compact transmitterThe ideal radio control transmitter for chain hoists, suspended monorails and crane systems, suitable for multi-receiver concept (MRC).

• Up to 8 commands (digital) + emergency stop

• Transmission frequency: 400-475; 868-928 MHz

• Rechargeable NiMH battery, 3,6 V / 650 mAh

• Operating time ap. 16 h/100% DC• Plastic case, type of protection IP 65• Weight approx. 330 g (incl. battery)• Dimensions: approx. 180x65x43 mm


"technos" joystick transmitterThe all-round talent for highly

demanding industrial use. Ergonomically designed for convenience and always ready at hand in hip or shoulder holster. • Commands: up to 32 (digital) or up to 24

(digital) + 8 (proportional) + emergency stop• Transmission frequency: 400-475; 868-928 MHz• Rechargeable NiMH battery FuB 05 AA,

6 V / 600 mAh• Operating time approx. 12 h/100% DC• Plastic case, type of protection IP 65• Weight approx. 1500 g (incl. battery)• Dimensions: approx. 236x140x165 mm (LxWxD)• Operating temperature: -20°C to +70°C

Matching transmitters:micron 6, quadrix, technos

Matching transmitters:quadrix, technos (for MRC only)

Matching transmitters:micron 6, technos

The radio remote control systems are adapted to your wishes and requirements. Let us know your application, we will work out a detailed quotation.The components shown below will give you a rough idea of the possibili-ties.

STAHLplus Info _ You will find information on STAHL CraneSystems’ new radio crane on page 5, or ask for detailed literature. Other radio systems on a radio crane (e.g. multi-receiver concept) and feedback systems are available.

01_0

8EN

.FM

26

Crane technology

STH 1 and STH 6 control pendants for contactor control

The STH 1 is a robust control pendant for hoists and cranes. The STH 6 is a particularly compact control pendant if only one direction of motion needs to be controlled. The switch elements are two-step. Single-step control pendants and other switching functions on request.

With

test

sw

itch

for

op. h

oist

lim

it sw

itch

With

hor

n sw

itch

Model

No.

of w

ires

requ

ired

[kg]

Item No. Price

without control cable

STH

1

x STH 1202-021 8

0.8

17 390 71 21 9x x STH 1206-021 9 17 390 70 21 9x x STH 1215-021 9 17 390 69 21 9x x x STH 1216-021 10 17 390 68 21 9x STH 1302-022 11

1.1

17 390 55 21 9x x STH 1306-022 12 17 390 54 21 9x x STH 1315-022 12 17 390 53 21 9x x x STH 1316-022 13 17 390 52 21 9

STH

6

x STH 6102-009 5 0.4 17 390 84 21 9 STH 12..- STH 13..- STH 6...

Technical dataRated operating data ~AC-15: A600

Ue = 600 V, ie = 1.2 AUe = 240 V, ie = 3 A

=DC-13: Q600Ue = 600 V, ie = 0.1 AUe = 250 V, ie = 0.27 A

Conventional thermal current I the 10 ARated insulation voltage Ui 600 V; pollution degree 3 in acc. with IEC 947-1Contact operation: Emergency stop button: positive opening

other: "n.c." or "n.o." without spring actionConnection: min. 1x 0.5 mm²; max. 1x 2.5 mm² or 2x 1.5 mm²Short-circuit protection: fuse max. 10 AØ of connection cable STH1: 8...26 mm; STH6: 7...15 mmType of protection in acc. with IEC 529 IP 65Approvals UL, CSACase Polypropylene RAL 3000Operating temperature Operation: -25°...+70° C; storage: -40°...+70° CApplied standards IEC 947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 337-1, VDE 0660-200, NF C 63-146

STH 2 control pendant for direct control

Robust control pendant for direct control without contactors of hoist and travel motions of chain hoists up to a motor output of 1.6 kW. The switch elements are two-step. Single-step control pendants and other switching functions on request.

Model

No.

of w

ires

requ

ired

[kg]

Item No. Price

without control cable

x STH 2109-08 8 0.5 17 390 48 21 9

x STH 2209-00 12 1.6 17 390 46 21 9

STH 21... STH 22...

Technical dataRated operating dataCategory of use in acc. with IEC 947-3, annexe A AC 3, AC 4; 1.6 kW - 240 V; 1.6 kW - 400 VConventional thermal current I the 12 ARated insulation voltage Ui 500 V; pollution degree 3 in acc. with IEC 947-1Contact operation: with spring actionConnection: 1x 2.5 mm² oder 2x 1.5 mm²Short-circuit protection: fuse max. 10 AØ of connection cable 10...22 mmType of protection in acc. with IEC 529 IP 65Case Fibreglass-reinforced polyester, RAL 3000Operating temperature Operation: -25°...+70° C

Storage: -40°...+70° CApplied standards IEC 947-3, EN 60947-3, VDE 0660-107, NF C 63-130

=

==

Switch elements

STH 1... STH 6...

=

=

Switch elements

=

=

Symbols for switch elements

Emergency stop

2 speeds

Control cableSurcharge per metre control cable, wired, incl. strain relief and STAHL plug on request.

01_0

8EN

.FM

27

Safe work-ing load

Model L GH LH LB R Flange width

Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]500 KPK 0,5-2,5

KPK 0,5-3,0KPK 0,5-3,5

353535354535

266231623682

250030003500

300030004000

150015002000

737382

205225250

810 326 0810 327 0810 328 0

1,000 KPK 1,0-2,5KPK 1,0-3,0KPK 1,0-3,5

353535354535

270232023722

250030003500

300030004000

150015002000

9191100

285310350

810 329 0810 330 0810 331 0

2,000 KPK 2,0-3,0KPK 2,0-3,5KPK 2,0-4,0

365036504650

324237424262

300035004000

300030004000

150020002000

110110120

365410450

810 332 0810 335 0810 336 0

3,200 KPK 3,2-3,0KPK 3,2-3,5KPK 3,2-4,0

365036504650

329237924322

300035004000

300030004000

150020002000

135135150

440550600

810 337 0810 338 0810 339 0

KPK gantry cranes

KPK gantry cranes are suitable for use indoors and outdoors in combi-nation with a manual or electric hoist. They are easy to move on flat, firm ground. The clear width LB can be variably adjusted by means of the clamp connection between supports and girder. The crane is easy to dismantle.Technical features• Steered wheels equipped with 4-fold direction locks• Wheel brakes fitted on 2 wheels• Up to 1,000 kg safe working load: wheel Ø 200 mm with Vulkolan coating• Above 1,000 kg safe working load: wheel Ø 250 mm with polyamide wheels• Can also be moved under load on flat, firm surfaces • Painted orange, RAL 2000• Scope of supply: crane with crane test book with pre-acceptance

and in-process inspection, operating instructions, without hoist• Accessories: hoist, electric/manual, power supply on request

Safe work-ing load

Model L GH LH R S BeamPE

Weight

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 V-103

V-104V-105V-106

3000400050006000

4000 3785378537853765

2100 2090309040905090

200200200220

500530580650

2,000 V-204V-205V-206V-207

4000500060007000

5000 4740471047104680

2600 3090409050906090

240270270300

630700780900

3,200 V-304V-305V-306V-307

4000500060007000

5000 4680468046504620

2600 3100410050806080

300300330360

7508509501100

5,000 V-505V-506V-507V-508

5000600070008000

5000 4615457545254525

2600 4100509060907090

360400450450

1000110011801300

V gantry cranes

V gantry cranes are suitable for use indoors and outdoors together with a manual or electric hoist. The pin connection ensures that the cranes are quick and easy to assemble. They are easy to move on flat, firm ground.Technical features• Steered wheels equipped with 4-fold direction locks• Wheel brakes fitted on 2 wheels• With steel wheels as standard,

rubber wheels, ratchet drive against surcharge • Can traverse under load• Painted orange, RAL 2000• Scope of supply: crane with crane test book with pre-acceptance

and in-process inspection, operating instructions, without hoist

Off-standard versions: other heights and widths, height adjustment with/without rack-and-pinion jacks, other wheels, support spindle on request.

Please note: A crane acceptance test is necessary from 1,000 kg S.W.L.


01_0

8EN

.FM

28

Crane technology

With heavy-duty polyurethane foam tyres

For moving the unloaded crane indoors and outdoors.

For gantry crane

Item No.

All stationary cranes

810 576 0

Aluminium gantry cranes

They are available in many different versions.Please enquire separately for suitable accessories and other designs!

Technical features• The crane to take along with you• Easy to transport• Height adjustable• Only plug connections, no bolt connections• Quick to erect• Low deadweight• For lifting in inaccessible places

The scope of supply comprises: 2 trestles, 1 aluminium profile girder, 1 lockable push trolley, without hoist (see page 50 ff).

Version Safe work-ing load

L a c Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]With hinged

trestles1,000 4000 1360-2360

1750-30002325-4025

129517432238

95105166

810 859 0810 354 0810 352 0

1,500 4000 1360-23601750-30002325-4025

129517432238

102126172

810 860 0810 361 0810 358 0



[kg] [mm] [kg]With hinged

trestles and

double girder

1,000 40006000

1735-27351735-2735

12951295

177225

810 571 0810 572 0

1,000 40006000

2124-33742124-3374

17431743

187235

810 861 0810 862 0

1,000 40006000

2709-44092709-4409

22382238

237285

810 573 0810 574 0

2,000 40006000

2227-34772227-3477

17521752

225273

810 863 0810 864 0

3,000 40006000

2645-37952645-3795

22222222

267351

810 865 0810 866 0

Accessory: movable trestles

Enables the unloaded gantry crane to be moved after erection.

The "forks" on the feet allow the trestles to remain in place during erection and dismant-ling.When under load, the spring-loaded casters are pushed in. The trestles then rest directly on the feet.

The feet can be individually height-adjusted.

1 set movable trestles = 4 "forks"

With heavy-duty polyurethane tread

For moving the unloaded crane indoors.

For gantry crane

Item No.

All stationary cranes

810 575 0

STAHLplus Info _ Subject to technical and dimensional modifications to the gantry cranes (pages 27-29).

01_0

8EN

.FM

29

Off-standard aluminium cranes and accessories

Here is a small cross-section of what we can offer. Please enquire!

Off-standard aluminium gantry crane for use in maintenance work in pumping stations, e.g. sewage farms.

Off-standard aluminium gantry crane, can be moved under load, with four independently extendable and retractable feet. Particuarlly suitable for restricted spaces.




[kg] [mm] [kg]Can be moved

under load with hinged

trestles

1,000 4000 1720-21202160-30102490-3790

150420122328

166192214

810 847 0810 848 0810 849 0

1,500 4000 1720-21202160-30102490-3790

150420122328

172198220

810 850 0810 851 0810 852 0



[kg] [mm] [kg]Can be moved

under load with double girder and

hinged trestles

1,000 40006000

2100-25002100-2500

15041504

237285

810 565 0810 566 0

1,000 40006000

2540-33902540-3390

20122012

263311

810 567 0810 568 0

1,000 40006000

2875-41752875-4175

23282328

285333

810 569 0810 570 0

1,500 400060008000

2100-25002100-25002100-2500

150415041504

237285321

810 868 0810 853 0810 856 0

1,500 400060008000

2540-33902540-33902540-3390

201220122012

263311347

810 869 0810 854 0810 857 0

1,500 400060008000

2875-41752875-41752875-4175

232823282328

285333369

810 870 0810 855 0810 858 0

Accessory: Cables/power supply

The aluminium gantry crane is supplied ready for connection and use.• Three-phase AC current 400 V/16 A, 50 Hz• Plug connection for electric chain hoist,

type of protection IP 66 • All electrical components are suitable for

indoor and outdoor use under normal operating conditions

Price on request.

Double girder Power supply with energy chain

Single girderPower supply with PUR helical con-ductor

01_0

8EN

.FM

30

Crane technology

Safe working load Weight Item No.[kg] [kg]

Standard1,000 54 810 369 0

With manual winch1,000 74 810 867 0

Aluminium derrick with manual winch

Foot designs for D und DW

Standard with pointed tip

with rubber disc and chain guard

with pointed tip and chain guard

Aluminium derrick type D

The aluminium derrick type D is collapsible and can easily be transported when folded up. It is equipped with a rotating suspension ring for attaching a hoist. The supports consist of aluminium sections.

Standard design: collapsible, with pointed tips, without hoist.Other designs on request.Accessories: On request, the derrick can be equipped with rubber discs and/or chain guards instead of pointed tips. (Price on request).

*1 Approval for transport of persons up to 150 kg in acc. with EN 795. Equipped with rubber discs and chain guards.*2 At max. spread (25°).

Safe working load

Model Lmin./max.

H *2min./max.

Spreadmin./max.

*2

Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]250500500

1,000

D-250D-500

D-500/EN795*1D-1000

1180/18801500/25001500/25001780/3000

940/15801150/20501150/20501380/2540

950/15001200/19501200/19501650/2350

10171727

810 422 0810 423 0810 424 0810 425 0

Aluminium derrick type DW

The aluminium derrick type DW is equipped with a manual winch with load pressure brake which holds the load securely in any position.The supports consist of aluminium sections.

Standard design: collapsible, with pointed tips, with manual rope winch and load hook.Other designs on request.Accessories: On request the derrick can be equipped with rubber discs and/or chain guards instead of pointed tips. (Price on request).

*2 At max. spread (25°).

Safe working load

Model Lmin./max.

H *2min./max.

Spreadmin./max.

*2

Overall lifting height

Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [m] [kg]200500

1,000

DW-200DW-500DW-1000

1180/18802100/25002400/3000

940/15801700/21001900/2400

950/15001500/20001900/2500

557

203545

810 426 0810 427 0810 428 0


Derrick type P/PL for passenger transport available on request.

Aluminium derrick

Serves to lift loads in particular in places which are inaccessible for conventional equipment.The aluminium derrick can be folded up (2000 mm long).• Enormous adjusting range thanks to

telescopic supports• Stability guaranteed• Non-slip rubber-metal discs on the

bottom of the adjustable supports

01_0

8EN

.FM

31

Item No.

Basic packageItems 2, 4, 8, 9, 11, 13

810 070 0

Length-dependent components (price per metre)Items 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 10

810 070 9

Technical features• C-rail section, Sendzimir-galvanised• Cable loop: 0.8 m• 1 PVC flat cable 4x2.5 mm²• Max. permissible travelling speed 100 m/min• Max. suspended clearance 1600 mm• Cable length = 1.1 x rail length + 3 m installation allowance• 630 mm support arm with girder clips (standard)

The festoon system is supplied complete. It is suspended from the beam by means of support arms and girder clips.

Item1 C-rail2 End stop3 Cable trolley4 Collector trolley5 630 mm support arm

+2 girder clips6 Rail coupler

7 Track support bracket8 Towing arm9 End clamp10 Cable11 Terminal box12 Rising mains (by others)13 Main isolator

WAMPFLER festoon power supply

VAHLE plastic conductor line power supply

The 4-pole "KBSL 4/40" plastic enclosed conductor line is supplied complete with mounting and connection accessories, support arms, conductor trolley and towing arm.

Technical features• Rated current 40 A, 100% DC• Max. voltage 600 V, 50 Hz• Number of poles: 4 (3-phase + PE)• Max. travelling speed 100 m/min• Max. suspended clearance 2000 mm• 600 mm support arm with girder clips (standard)• Weight: 2 kg/m• Standards: DIN EN 60204 - 32

Item No.

Basic packageItems 1, 4, 7, 9

810 384 0

Length-dependent components (price per metre)Items 2, 3, 5, 6

810 384 9

Item1 End cap2 40 A enclosed conductor line3 Rail holder 4 40 A conductor trolley

incl. 1 towing arm5 Rail coupler

6 600 mm support arm +2 girder clips

7 End feed8 Rising mains (by others)9 Main isolator

01_0

8EN

.FM

32

Crane technology

T80 radio remote control for chain hoists

The economical small control for optimised operating cycles ensuring a high standard of safety.

T80 radio remote controls offer an economical and convenient solution, not just in combination with hoists, conveyor belts, crabs and pumps.

In this catalogue we also offer you a mounting kit for fitting the control to STAHL CraneSystems chain hoists.

Technical features• High standard of safety thanks to micropro-

cessor technology and 4 bit addressing with over 16 million possibilities. Unintentional activation is thus reliably prevented

• Active EMERGENCY STOP system in compliance with EN 945-1 CAT. 3 with 2 EMERGENCY STOP relays

• Transmitter disable time programmable 0-12 min.• Transmitter for 2 receivers available on

request. Receivers can be controlled inde-pendently of one another or simultaneously (tandem operation)

• Can be used with contactor control only• Display for battery charge

N.B.: The battery integrated into the portable transmitter must be recharged as necessary. No separate replacement battery is available.

Subject to technical modifications

Safe working load kg 250 500 1,000 1,600 2,500 3,200 5,000

Hoisting speed m/min 2/8 2/8 2/8 2/8 2/8 1/4 0.75/3.2Number of chain falls 1 1 1 1 1 2 2Model ST0502-8/2 ST1005-8/2 ST2010-8/2 ST3016-8/2 ST5025-8/2 ST3016-8/2 ST5025-6/1Output kW 0.4/0.1 0.8/0.2 1.5/0.37 2.3/0.57 3.8/0.9 2.3/0.57 3.0/0.76Duty cycle % DC 35/15 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20Switching operations/hour 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240Travelling speed m/min 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20Control Contactor control with remote controlSupply voltage, 3~ 380-415 V, 50 HzWeights - electric trolley kg 34 59 88 107 166 130 201Item Nos. / pricesChain hoist with electric trolley and radio remote control, incl. travel limit switches,without installation

Price on request

STAHLplus Info _ We will be pleased to send you detailed information and technical data such as e.g. dimensions. Make use of our informa-tion service! Further hoists are to be found on page 43 ff.

Pre-disconnection is obligatory with travel speeds of 16 m/min (BGV D6).

STAHL CraneSystems electric chain hoist complete with radio remote control

Electric chain hoists from STAHL CraneSystems are the innovative classics in material handling. In combination with a radio remote control they facilitate your day-to-day work many times over. The operator can move around freely and choose the optimum position as regards visibility and safety margin. We are thus presenting to you in this catalogue a small selection from our comprehensive chain hoist range - equipped with T80 radio remote control.

* Please state control voltage when ordering receiver!

Model Item No.

Radio system(Transmitter + Receiver)12/24 V: T80S-06A-10B-00248 V: T80S-06C-10B-002230 V T80S-06B-10B-002

Mounting set

810 579 0810 580 0810 581 0

810 403 0

Transmitter T80TX-MX-10B10 buttons (6 function relays, 2 safety relayss)

810 577 0

Receiver T80RX-MQ-06B *Case with 10-pole standard plug, alternating/locking function 2x1

810 578 0

General system data

Frequency 433-434 MHz (69 channels)Range max. 50 / 200 mOperating temperature approx. -20° C ... +70° CAerial integrated

Transmitter TX1Protection IP 54Dimensions 160 x 70 x 35 mm (LxWxH)Weight 270 gPower supply battery, approx. 30h / 100% DC

Receiver RX1Protection IP 55Dimensions 145 x 140 x 55 mm (LxWxH)Weight 650 gPower supply 24/48/115/230 VAC

01_0

8EN

.FM

33

Buffers with brackets

The buffers with brackets are welded onto the lower flange of the runway. Depending on the trolley, the buffer can be bolted onto the short or the long side of the bracket.

*1 Max. weight of hoist and trolley including counterweight*2 E = 0.1415 x mka x v² x a [Nm], mka [t], v [m/min]

a = with travel limit switch: 0.72; a = without travel limit switch: 1.0v max.: 20 m/min

Model b

max.

l Safe working load of hoist

max.

E max.

*2

Trolley(crab)

*1

Wheel Ø

Item No.

[mm] [mm] [kg] [Nm] [kg] [mm]PA 50/200 200 350 3200 200 700 100

to 125

01 740 24 27 0PA 50/300 300 450 01 740 25 27 0PA 50/500 500 650 01 740 26 27 0

PA runway endstops

The runway endstops are clamped onto the runway. Drilling and welding is not necessary for assembly.Not suitable for trolleys with guide rollers.

Item No.

31 240 00 23 0

Uni buffer stop

The Uni buffer stop is clamped onto the runway. No drilling or welding is required for mounting. Not suitable for trolleys with guide rollers. For runway girders with parallel flanges only!

Safe working

load of hoist

Max. permissible hoist weight

Max. permissible approach speed

[kg] [kg] [m/min]125-2,000 180 28

2,500 225 253,200 225 224,000 325 205,000 600 166,300 600 148,000 1500 1210,000 1500 10

Information plates for cranes

Item No.Hand signals for guidance (DE)All hand signals important for crane operation for com-munication between loader and crane operator.PVC design, 600 x 400 mm

810 397 0

Crane hazard (DE)Sturdy aluminium design, 200 x 300 mm

810 398 0

Crane main switch (DE)In compliance with the regulations, designates the main switch of the crane or electric hoist enabling current to be disconnected for repairs or inspections.Sturdy aluminium design, 170 x 70 mm

810 399 0

Crane operating regulations (DE/EN)Notice from Employers’ Liability Insurance Association as per §§29-43 of accident prevention regulations "Cranes" (BGV D 6). Cellophane-covered cardboard, A4 with eyelet for hanging up

DE: 810 400 0

EN: 810 564 0

Size Flange width

Item No.

[mm]1 91 - 150 577 164 02 160 - 190 577 165 03 200 - 220 577 166 04 300 577 167 0

Two buffers are required for suspended mono-rails. Flange widths possible: 8 - 25 mm.

01_0

8EN

.FM

34

Crane technology

Maintenance-free suspensions for nearly all light crane systems

This innovative suspension is used in rugged ambient conditions (foundries) and in the motor industry.The advantages are: low deadweight, cost-effective from reduction in maintenance costs, safe and maintenance-free.Further suspension variants available on request.

Size Used for Item No.I complete with clamping cheeks 02 751 06 28 0

without clamping cheeks 02 751 07 28 0II complete with clamping cheeks 02 751 04 28 0

without clamping cheeks 02 751 05 28 0

STAHL MOVEit

Safe, ergonomic load handling device for single hand use with electric chain hoists

Technical features• Compatible _ for connecting to ST chain hoists• Economical _ can be plugged in fast and

easily, no wiring necessary• Safe _ the power flux chain-load hook is not

interrupted. The load chain is led through the MOVEit to the load hook.

Surcharge when purchasing an ST electric chain hoist on request.

Suspension complete with clamping cheeks

2

1

3 4

Other supply ranges STAHL CraneSystems

Handling devices

Customised handling devices are often the first choice for particular applications. Let us know your application, we will advise you and optimise your material flow.

1 Safe handling of aircraft engine shells with suctiongrab

2 Rail-guided manipulator with grab3 Articulated arm manipulator with grab4 Rail-bound telescopic rigid lifting axle, radio controlled5 Lifting pillar with articulated arm

Crane bottom hook block with electri-cally rotating load hook

2-sheave crane bottom hook block similar to H227-4 with elec-tromechanicallly driven load hook, ready wired, with terminal box (without electric control).

Price on requestOther designs on request.

Extreme ambient conditions (foundry)

35

Hoists

STAHLplus hoists are concentratedpower. Whether electrically or manuallyoperated – they always allow for easy lifting, moving and lowering of loads just as required. The wide S.W.L.range extending up to 50,000 kg and the flexible trolleys secure your materialflow on all common beam profiles.

02_0

8EN

.FM

36

Hoists

The SH wire rope hoist

• Universal five frame sizes with 26 S.W.L. variants

• Flexiblestationary design and trolleys in flexible configurations, for cranes and system manufacturers

• Compact the 'U' shape results in a short overall length

• Cost-effectivepractically maintenance-free, low wear, long life

• Demanding high-quality safety components as standard for increased safety at work

• Safe available in explosion-protected design in compliance with ATEX as an option

You will find wire rope hoists in explosion-protected design on page 84 of this catalogue.

Flexible

The SH range from STAHL CraneSystems is a world-wide optimum in crane and hoist techno-logy, compact, powerful and particularly maintenance-friendly.

Users, crane manufacturers and system manufacturers appreciate the modular system, built up on the basis of tried-and-tested, low-maintenance series components. This varied range permits use in individual solutions thanks to the practically unlimited combi-nations of the modules.

The SH range from STAHL CraneSystems is available for the S.W.L. range from 500 kg to 25,000kg.

They can be used in stationary version or complete with trolley or crab on standard cranes, off-standard cranes or in system manufacturing. Naturally the SH wire rope hoist programme is also available in explosion-protected design for use in Zone 1, 2, 21 and 22.

02_0

8EN

.FM

37

Perfect technology in detail

Stationary - single-grooved drum

Use as lifting and towing equip-ment, either stationary or mounted on trolleys. The rope drum is single-grooved.

KE monorail trolley

For monorail runways and single girder cranes. The trolley headroom is extremely low, thus long hook paths are possible in low-ceilinged rooms.

UE monorail trolley

For monorail runways and single girder cranes. The trolley width is extremely low, thus small clearance dimensions are possible.

DKE articulated trolleys

These trolleys are used on runways with narrow radii of bend.

Stationary - double-grooved drum

The double-grooved version is available if true vertical lift is required.

OE double rail crab

The extremely compact construc-tion permits low approach and headroom dimensions. Various track gauges can be supplied for all S.W.L. ranges.

02_0

8EN

.FM

38

Hoists

The AS wire rope hoist

• Up-to-dateinnovative drive technology in the form of cylindrical motor with monodisc magnetic brake

• Flexibleoutstandingly suited for integration into material handling systems

• Advantageous its construction with motor and drum on one axis permits it to be used in restricted spaces

• Maintenance-friendlyall important elements are easily accessible, lifetime lubrication of all gear steps in an oil bath

• Safe available in explosion-protected design in compliance with ATEX as an option


Tried and tested

The AS 7 range from STAHL CraneSystems supplements the SH range in the upper S.W.L. range from 25,000 kg to 100,000 kg.

This wire rope hoist is used as a stationary lifting or towing device or with crabs on bridge cranes or in systems.

The narrow and compact construction is of particular advantage here, the overall width permits it to be used when space is restricted.

On the AS 7 wire rope hoist, motor, gear and rope drum are lined up behind one another on a common axis. This central gear concept permits highperformance and high loads.

The AS 7 wire rope hoist programme is available as an option in explosion-protected design in acc. with ATEX for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22.

02_0

8EN

.FM

39

The SHW 8 winch

Powerful

The main components of the SHW 8 rope winch from STAHL CraneSystems derive from the reliable SH programme.

The systematically modular construction of this series permits almost unlimited combinations of the sub-assemblies to provide individual solutions, and ensures rational production at a high level of quality.

The SHW 8 winch is designed for safe working loads up to 160,000 kg.

Its extremely compact overall height derives from the special design of the rope drive.The winch is extremely versatile thanks to its flexible drive technology, its easy-to-use plug connections and extensive special equipment.

As with all STAHL CraneSystems hoists, the SHW 8 winch is also available as an option in explosion-protected design.

• Flexiblefield-proven sub-assemblies from the SH programme, bolt-on components and plug connections for simple transport and commissioning

• Powerfuldrives with different speeds, stepless speed control and smooth starting characteristics

• Versatileextensive special equipment such as additional holding brake, space heater, maintenance platform, large-format load display, travel limit switches

• Maintenance-friendlylargely maintenance-free, electrical components easy to replace thanks to plug connections

• Safeavailable in explosion-protected design in compliance with ATEX as an option


02_0

8EN

.FM

40

Hoists

SH / AS 7 and SHW 8 winch programme

⊗ Standard● Option

Model Safe working load up to [kg]

Standard reeving Reeving fortrue vertical lift

Stationary Double rail crab

Monorail trolley

OE KE UE DKESH 3 3,200

1/1, 2/1, 4/12/2, 4/2

⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ⊗SH 4 6,300 ⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ⊗SH 5 12,500 ⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ⊗

SHR 6 16,000 ⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ● ●

SH 6 25,0002/2, 4/2, 8/2

⊗ ⊗ ⊗ ● ●

AS 7 100,000 2/1, 4/1, 6/1, 8/1 ⊗ ⊗ ● ● ●

SHW 8 160,000 - 4/2-1, 8/2-1, 12/2-1 ⊗ ⊗

TDC Twin Dive Concept _ doubly safe and reliable

New hoist for transporting molten metalsCost-effective• Use of standard components• Identical construction for operating and

safety brake• Up to 60% higher safe working load when

not transporting molten metals

Safe• Brake does not need to be "run free" when

starting the lowering process • The twin drive concept prevents the load

dropping even if the gear should break • Two brakes with manual release for

emergency lowering - the load does not need to be "recovered"

Reliable• Smooth emergency braking• Friction linings are not constantly pressed

together, there is no danger of them sticking • Long-lived thanks to robust, fully enclosed

system

For transporting molten metals or similarly dangerous goods such as acids or lyes, hoists must meet the standard DIN EN 14492-2. The hoists must be so designed that the load cannot drop even if a component in the power flux should fail.

The new special hoist on twin drive concept (TDC) is STAHL CraneSystems’ solution for this difficult requirement. It offers maximum safety when transporting molten metals from 5,000 to 40,000 kg.

Wire rope hoists on twin drive concept are equipped as standard with two motor-gear units. The two motors are always controlled synchronously. The brakes mounted on both motors are designed so that in an emergency each one is capable of braking or holding the load by itself. Both brakes are activated in conjunction and function as operating and holding brakes. All drives are monitored by STAHL CraneSystems condition monitoring systems.

Safety-relevant electronics are in category of safety 3.

New

02_0

8EN

.FM

41

Off-standard solutions with wire rope hoists

Tool manufacture _ Here AS 7 wire rope hoists are used for true vertical lifting and lowering. High safe working loads and heights of lift are required.

Motor production _ The AS 7 wire rope hoists are equipped with maintenance platforms to permit maintenance work to be carried out safely. The ramshorn hooks can be rotated electrically for precise handling of the loads.

Power station _ SH 6 wire rope hoist with UE monorail trolley, true vertical lift, height of lift 75 m.

DKE articulated trolleys are used on runways with narrow radii of bend. They are equipped with guide rollers and travel around sharp bends with minimum wear.

Locomotive manufacture _ The three off-standard cranes with 6 SH 5 wire rope hoists have room to move in the large 52 x 85 m shop and if required can be controlled in conjunction from a single radio remote control.

02_0

8EN

.FM

42

Hoists

Chain hoists in series

The ST standard programme

Tried and tested umpteen thousands of times!

• Maximum safetyprovided by patented suspension directly on the chain guide

• Optimum utilisation of spacewith short headroom dimensions

• Precise and flexiblefrom 2 speeds as standard (not ST0501-8)

• Long lifein acc. with FEM, "power reserves" included

• Low maintenance costsfrom long-life brake and low-wear slipping clutch

• Maintenance-friendlythanks to innovative chain drive

• Fast availabilityYou order - we deliver immediately

ST chain hoists in explosion-protected design are to be found on page 85 of this catalogue.

STAHLplus Info _ Spare parts for hoists directly from the manufacturer.

Safety advice _ Chain hoists that can be moved by means of push or reel-type trolleys are subject to the accident prevention regulation BGV D6.

02_0

8EN

.FM

43

Chain hoist with hook suspension

A3A4

A8

A135

00

A9ha598v

A7A2

* The travel motor is mounted on the opposite sideSubject to technical and dimensional modifications.

Safe working load kg 125 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 3,200 5,000

Hoisting speed m/min 8 2/8 2/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 0.75/3.2Chain falls 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2Type ST0501-8 ST0501-8/2 ST0502-8/2 ST0502-8/2 ST1005-8/2 ST2010-8/2 ST3016-8/2 ST5025-6/1Output kW 0.2 0.2/0.05 0.4/0.1 0.4/0.1 0.8/0.2 1.5/0.37 2.3/0.57 3.0/0.76Duty cycle % DC 40 35/15 35/15 35/15 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20Switching operations/h c/h 240 240/480 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240Travelling speed m/min 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20Control ContactorSupply voltage, 3~ 380-415 V, 50 HzDimensions [mm]Chain hoist with hook suspension

A1A2A3A4A7A8A9

36723838528114515320

36723838528114515320

36723838528114515320

42823838528114515326

43240251435213513324

54749659039818115829

57549667739318115833

69752266446620615441

Chain hoist with trolley B1/C1B2B3B4B5B6B7

413/230164425

-62-

42...180

413/230164425

-62-

42...180

413/230164425

-62-

42...180

474/285164425

-62-

42...180

437/-24251930096338

58...300

545/-302589330102345

66...300

586/-310689338113341*

66...300

707/-480672480149403*

82...300Weights [kg]with hook suspension kg 18 18 18 18 41 75 82 138with push trolley kg 24 24 24 26 53 101 112 -with electric trolley kg 34 34 34 36 62 110 130 201PricesChain hoistwith hook suspension

Prices on request

Chain hoistwith push trolley

Prices on request

Chain hoistwith electric trolley

Prices on request

Chain hoist with push and electric trolley

125 - 500 kg (electric trolley only)

1,000 - 5,000 kg (push and electric trolley)

125 - 500 kg (push trolley only)

B3

A7A2 A4

B135

00

ha599v

B7 B2

A9

B5

ha596v

50-193151 272

123

274

C135

00

266

A9

A9

ha597env

B5

B3

A7A2

B135

00

B7B2

B4

A4

B6

only withelectrictrolley

only withelectrictrolley

Advantages by the dozen

Ready to use chain hoists from stock

We have compiled the most commonly purchased chain hoists from the the world’s most distinctive and comprehensive range, the ST. The advantages for you: a speedy general view of our standard range, a speedy decision for a quality hoist from STAHL CraneSystems, speedy delivery combined with the lowest price.

1 Brake2 Motor3 Suspension4 Slipping clutch5 Gear6 Chain guide7 Chain anchorage9 Control10 Bottom hook

block11 Chain box

• Maximum safety ensured by patented suspension directly on the chain guide

• Low-maintenance, extremely simple checking and replacement of chain sprocket thanks to overmounted shaft

• Height of lift 3 m• Powerful, robust hoist motor with

steady performance and long service life

• Newly developed ergonomic STH control pendant

• The ingenious safety slipping clutch protects against overload and limits the hoisting path

• Hard-wearing, surface-hardened and galvanised load chain

• Simple electrical connection by means of plug connectors for control pendant and travel motor

• Each chain hoist is tested with at least 25% overload

02_0

8EN

.FM

44

Hoists


Off-standard chain hoist versions

Chain hoists for particular tasks and requirementsWe are the specialists with the greatest experience in this field. Tell us what your problem is - we will be pleased to advise you and together we can work out the optimum solution.

The new STD Vario dual chain hoist offers greater flexibility as the distance bet-ween the hooks can be adjusted electrically. Thanks to the precisely adjustable spacing, the load is always safely attached.

Double girder suspension crane with two electric chain hoists for transporting long loads up to 5,000 kg with radio remote control (the illustration shows a version for 2x 250 kg).

Chain hoists with extremely high heights of lift in the service of the environment: always ready for use as maintenance hoists! Heights of lift up to 170 m available.

Standardheadroom

Shortheadroom

Extra shortheadroom

adjustable spacing between hooks

Full utilisation of height of lift. The crane hook can be raised up to the lower flange of the girder. Design with a dual chain hoist (two chain falls are driven simultaneously by one chain sprocket).

The STK extra short headroom trolley, the hoist that doesn’t waste a single millimetre of space .

Further advantages: extremely space-saving construction, patented chain drive for smooth, vibration-free lifting of load, no tilting of hook cross-bar thanks to 2 separate load chains.Headrooms min 136 mm (500 kg),max. 210 mm (5000 kg)

Thanks to the electrically adjustable spacing between the hooks, goods of varying lengths can be lifted and transported without difficulty and without using any additional speader beam.

Further advantages: safe attachment of load, no loss of headroom, simple power supply, absolute synchronicity, load hooks cannot be displaced inadvertently during lifting and travelling. Safe working load from 2 x 500 kg to 2 x 3200 kg.

02_0

8EN

.FM

45

Big Bag design Coupled chain hoists for 4-point load take-up

Extra short headrooms Cantilever crab

Hoists for the entertainment industry in compliance with BGV - C1

Twin chain hoist for great heights of liftST chain hoist with multiple falls


STAHLplus Info _ Electric belt hoists and compact, light maintenance chain hoists for 230 V / 50 Hz available on request.

02_0

8EN

.FM

46

Hoists

Lubricants

The special lubricants for wire ropes and chains considerably extend the service life of the suspension elements and also increase safety.

Advantages provided by special lubricants• Resistant to corrosive acids, lyes, salt water

and steam• Dissolve and prevent formation of corrosion

and rust• High penetration capacity ensures internal

lubrication of wire ropes• Excellent cleaning and lubricating capacity• Reduce friction and thus wear• Prevent electro-corrosion

Packaging ItemNo.

STAHL special chain spray 400 ml spray can 270 044 9Special lubricant for wire ropes and chains 400 ml spray can

5 l canister10 l canister25 l canister

812 861 0812 862 0812 863 0812 864 0

INP profileINP Dimensions Weight

H B S T [kg/m]80100120140160

80100120140160

4250586674

3.94.55.15.76.3

5.96.87.78.69.5

6.08.311.214.417.9

180200220240260

180200220240260

829098106113

6.97.58.18.79.4

10.411.312.213.114.1

21.926.331.136.241.9

280300320340360

280300320340360

119125131137143

10.110.811.512.213.0

15.216.217.318.319.5

48.054.261.168.176.2

380400450500550

380400450500550

149155170185200

13.714.416.218.019.0

20.521.524.327.030.0

84.092.6115.0141.0167.0

HEB profileHEB Dimensions Weight

H B S T [kg/m]100120140160180

100120140160180

100120140160180

6.06.57.08.08.5

10.011.012.013.014.0

20.426.733.742.651.2

200220240260280

200220240260280

200220240260280

9.09.510.010.010.5

15.016.017.017.518.0

61.371.583.293.0103.0

300320340360400

300320340360400

300300300300300

11.011.512.012.513.5

19.020.521.522.524.0

117.0127.0134.0142.0155.0

450500550600650

450500550600650

300300300300300

14.014.515.015.516.0

26.028.029.030.031.0

171.0187.0199.0212.0225.0

IPE profileIPE Dimensions Weight

H B S T [kg/m]80100120140160

80100120140160

4655647382

3.84.14.44.75.0

5.25.76.36.97.4

6.08.110.412.915.8

180200220240270

180200220240270

91100110120135

5.35.65.96.26.6

8.08.59.29.810.2

18.822.426.230.736.1

300330360400450

300330360400450

150160170180190

7.17.58.08.69.4

10.711.512.713.514.6

42.249.157.166.377.6

500550600

500550600

200210220

10.211.112.0

16.017.219.0

90.7106.0122.0

Profile specifications

STAHLplus Info _ It is only possible to show a small selection of beam profiles here. If you have a profile which is not listed and you wish to purchase one of our trolleys, please ask us.

02_0

8EN

.FM

47

Impact loadingThe safe working loads stated apply for loading the hoist without any impact. Light impacts such as arise from lifting and lowering or moving the load are permissible. Greater impacts, e.g. if the load drops onto the chain or wire rope, are not permissible!

ChemicalsHoists and suspension elements must not be used in the region of chemicals or in ambiences exposed to chemical vapours without considering the application - please consult us beforehand! Hoists exposed to chemicals or vapours must be decommissioned and sent to us for assessment.

Transporting personsTransporting persons with hoists is forbidden on principle! Only equipment especially approved for this purpose may be used for transporting persons. (Caution: note reduction of safe working load!)

Use in dangerous conditionsLifting or moving loads must be avoided as long as persons are within the danger zone of the load. Standing on or under a suspended load is forbidden.

Electrical hazardsThe suspension elements of hoists (e.g. load chain) must not be energised - e.g. used as an earth lead when welding! Please see the individual operating instructions for other electrical hazards such as e.g. on powered hoists! Electrical connection may only be performed by authorised persons or companies.

Instructions for use

These instructions for use provide only general information on the use of hoists and do not take the place of the operating instructions provided individual equipment!

Lifting processes using hoists may only be performed by a skilled user (instructed in both theory and practice). If used correctly, our hoists offer maximum safety, avoid injuries and damage, and have a long service life.

Modifications to state of delivery

Form and design of the hoists must not be modified, e.g. by mounting parts supplied by others, bending, welding, grinding, removing parts, drilling, removing safety devices such as interlocks, locking pins, safety latches, etc.

Restrictions of use

LoadingHoists from STAHL CraneSystems are intended for lifting and transpor-ting loads. Some hoists (e.g. general purpose appliances) can also be used for towing and lashing loads if this is specified in the operating instructions.

The safe working loads specified are calculated for a hoist subjected to straight traction and must not be exceeded. The suspension element of the hoist (e.g. hoist chain or wire rope) must not be led over edges or used to attach the load!

TemperatureHoists from STAHL CraneSystems can be used as a rule in tempera-tures from -20° to +50°C. These temperatures are guidelines and may be deviated from for particular hoists. You will find the information applicable for a specific hoist in the relevant operating instructions. Hoists can also be supplied for higher temperature ranges on request.Caution: At ambient temperatures below 0°C, watch out for the brake icing up. (Test lift before use - see also point "Tests before starting work" in the instructions for use).

02_0

8EN

.FM

48

Hoists

• The operator must not start moving the load until he has ensured that it is correctly attached and that no-one is in the danger zone.

• Before lifting, ensure that the load can be moved freely.

• Do not leave loads suspended or tensioned for a long period or unsupervised.

• Chain stoppers, slipping clutches etc. must not be used as operational limit switches.

• Do not allow hoists to drop from a great height. The hoist must always be set down on the ground correctly.


• Only undamaged hoists with legible S.W.L. and rating plates may be used.

• Each time before starting work, the equipment including suspension elements, equipment, supporting structure and suspension must be inspected for obvious defects and faults. The brake and the correct suspension of the hoist and the load must also be checked. To do so, lift, tow or tension a load over a short distance, then lower or release (test lift).

• Check that the load chain is sufficiently lubricated and free from damage or wear. A faulty load chain must be replaced before the hoist is used. Check load hook for cracks or damage. It must have a correctly functioning safety latch. Check the links of the load chain for damage. In the case of 2-fall hoists, the bot-tom hook block may turn over and twist the load chain. Check that the load chain is not twisted before using.

• Obviously damaged hoists or hoists known to have been overloaded or subjected to other damaging influences must be suspended from use and may only be used again after they have been tested and repaired if necessary.

• When selecting a hoist for a particular task, please check that hoist, suspension, load suspension equipment and suspension points as regards their lifting capacity, type, length and method of attachment are able to take up the load safely and without any unintentional movement (e.g. slipping).

• Load chains must not be subjected to load if they are twisted or knotted.

• The hoist’s suspension and load hooks must always be loaded at the base of the hook, never at the tip. They must have sufficient space and be able to move freely.

• When suspending the hoist, the operator must ensure that it can be operated without him being endangered by the hoist itself, the suspension elements or the load.

• The suspension and load hooks of the hoist must be form a perpendicular line above the centre of gravity (S) of the load to prevent the load swinging during the lifting procedure!

02_0

8EN

.FM

49

VLRP/G spur gear pulley block in flat construction with trolley for extremely narrow radius of bendPush trolley or reel-type trolleyS.W.L. 250 - 6,000 kg

Optional:Buffers, chain box, overload device

VLHP/G trolley for extremely narrow radius of bendExtremely low headroomPush trolley or reel-type trolleyS.W.L. 250 - 6,000 kg

Optional:Buffers, off-standard girder shapes

Yalelift LHP/G spur gear pulley block with integrated trolley (short headroom) Push trolley or reel-type trolleyS.W.L. 500 - 10,000 kg

Optional:Buffers, chain box

Towerlift ES spur gear pulley blockOff-standard chain guideWith chain boxS.W.L. 1,000 kg

Optional:Other heights of lift

Towerlift spur gear pulley blockOff-standard chain guideEnclosed housingS.W.L. 1,000 - 2,000 kg

Optional:Other heights of lift

An excerpt from our extendedrange of products

This excerpt shows you a selection of other hoists. Are you interested? If so, please ask!

VLRP/G spur gear pulley block in flat construction with trolley for extremely narrow radius of bendPush trolley or reel-type trolleyS.W.L. 250 - 6,000 kg

Optional:Buffers, chain box, overload device

02_0

8EN

.FM

50

Hoists

360° manual chain hoist

hand chain guide can rotate by 360°

The fully rotating hand chain guide permits the manual chain hoist to be operated from any direction.This permits working to the side, outside the danger zone. Horizontal towing and tensioning or operating from above open up new areas of use.• Surcharge for overload device up to

20,000kg: Item No.: 822 908 0, price on request.

Technical features• Powder-coated sheet steel design or

corrosion-resistant (CR design)• Extremely enclosed housing protects

against dirt. The inside components are protected even in rugged outdoor use

• The patented brake system functions quietly and holds the load safely in any position

• Suspension and load hooks rotating, with safety latch

• Galvanised load and hand chains (standard)

* minimum hook dimension

Safe work-

ing load

Chai

n fa

llsEf

fort

requ

ired

on

hand

cha

in Dimensions Hook dimension

Wei

ght Standard Sur-

chargeCR design Sur-

chargeA * D E F G H I K L M B C N Item

No.3 m

height of lift

per m height of

lift

Item No.

3 m height of

lift

per m height of

lift [kg] [daN] [mm] [kg]

5001,0002,0003,0005,00010,00020,000

1111236

213032383444

2x44

3003353955206548251010

133156182220220220303

148175203250250383555

139157183204204204250

139164192225242326391

206242283335352436501

2424313421136

-

617083959595396

7987100109109109125

110125156178285401461

17223038456885

24293540476874

14192230375056

91320293871196

822 000 0822 001 0822 002 0822 003 0822 004 0822 170 0822 244 0

822 171 0822 172 0822 173 0822 174 0822 175 0822 176 0on request

500 - 3,000 kg

20,000 kg

500 - 3,000 kgsingle-fall

5,000 kg 2-fall

10,000 kg 3-fall

20,000 kg 6-fall

02_0

8EN

.FM

51

VSplus manual chain hoists

VSplus manual chain hoists are made of high-quality steel. They are extremely robust while featuring a low deadweight and compact dimensions. The headroom is particularly low.

GL design available on request.

Optional• Hoists from 1,000 kg safe working load can

be equipped with an overload device in the form of a slipping clutch activated at 25% (±15%) overload. Retrofitting is possible without any problems.

• Chain box available for hoists up to 5,000 kg. Off-standard sizes on request.

Technical features• Safety brake (load pressure brake) reliably

holds the load in any position• Safety load hook with latch• High-tensile galvanised load chain• Roller and ball bearings in all rotating parts

ensuring smooth running• All mechanical parts protected against dust

and dirt• Hardened and tempered chain sprocket

with 4 precisely formed chain pockets• Chain hoist painted yellow, powder-coated• Load chain for 3.0 m height of lift and

hand-chain slack length 2.5 m, other lengths always possible

• Operating temperature: -10° to +50°C• Spare parts available

* When reeling 1 m hand chain See page 54 for other options. Subject to technical modifications

Safe working

load

Chai

n fa

lls

Dimensions Hook dimension Lift *

Effo

rt re

qui

red

on c

hain

at

rate

d lo

ad Weight with 3 m height of

lift

Item No.

Price Surcharge

3 m height of lift

per m height of lift (incl hand chain)

A F G H J L B C D

[kg] [mm] [mm] [mm] [daN] [kg] 5001,0002,0002,0003,0003,0005,000

1 1 1212 2

320370450530530620620

125147183147215183215

-------

-------

111125142125163142163

64687468847484

17153331384148

29303334383743

11152324272433

352318121296

26365437524144

911.218

15.328

24.738.7

812 975 0812 976 0812 977 0812 978 0812 979 0812 980 0812 981 0

ha010v

LJ

F

BD

C

C

A

ha011v

LD

JF

BC

C

A

500 - 3,000 kgsingle-fall

2,000 - 5,000 kg2-fall

02_0

8EN

.FM

52

Hoists

Aluminium manual chain hoist

• Low deadweight• High corrosion resistance• Threaded load pressure brake• Galvanised round link chain to DIN 5684-8

*1 When reeling 30 m hand chain*2 minimum hook dimension

Safe working load

Chain falls Load chain Effort required on handchain

Lift *1 Dimensions Weight*2

Item No.

Price3 m height

of lift

Surchargeper m

height of liftA B B1 H *1 M M3

[kg] [mm] approx. [daN] [mm] [mm] [kg]250500

1,0001,500

1111

5 x 155 x 15

6.3 x 19.17.1 x 21

14303642

15791579968732

150150174203

137137146147

51515961

325325370440

27272934

13131620

11111318

822 005 0822 006 0822 007 0822 008 0

2,0003,0005,000

223

6.3 x 19.17.1 x 217.1 x 21

404646

476370224

204240342

146147147

596161

510590620

3642.546.5

223543

223039

822 009 0822 010 0822 011 0

STAHLplus Info _ Stainless steel manual chain hoists available on request.

02_0

8EN

.FM

53

9/98 manual chain hoists

The manual chain hoists have a sturdy sheet steel housing. They are extremely robust while featuring a low deadweight and compact dimensions.

Technical features• Supplied as standard with slipping clutch

overload device• Industrial quality• Increased safety ensured by two ratchets• Housing powder-coated up to 10,000 kg

4-fall, galvanised from 10,000 kg 2-fall• Low effort required on hand chain• Suspension and load hooks with safety latch• Galvanised RUD quality load chain in acc.

with EN 818-7-T• Galvanised load chain in acc. with DIN 766• German certificate of origin

Optional• Stainless steel load and hand chain• Ball-bearing load hook• With chain box

* When reeling 30 m hand chain

Safe work-ing laod

Chain falls

Load chain Effort re-quired on chain at

rated load

Lift * Dimensions Hook dimension With with 3 m height of

lift

Item No.

Price Surcharge

3 m height of lift

per m height of lift

A A1 B B1 C H M M1 M2 M3[kg] [mm] ap. [daN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]500

1,0001,5002,0003,000

11122

5 x 156.3 x 19.1

8 x 246.3 x 19.1

8 x 24

2135393539

1165870640435320

141168212163202

8710212988108

108131146131146

4857685768

216256321286354

288345423491593

2226303438

3540445054

2025293339

1518222328

8.912.219.613.627

822 177 0822 178 0822 179 0822 180 0822 181 0

5,00010,00010,00015,00020,000

24234

10 x 3010 x 3013 x 3613 x 3613 x 36

4245313335

17085745037

236415346425463

128130218255293

168168282282282

8181141141141

412479568758787

70275582411151165

4158495569

64877190100

4665678595

3246536775

42105100135170

822 182 0822 183 0822 184 0822 185 0822 186 0

25,00030,00040,00050,000

52 x 32 x 42 x 5

13 x 3613 x 3613 x 3613 x 36

372x332x352x37

30503730

5108109261063

326405463531

282282282282

141141141141

798727790875

1233116012801470

768497110

112125140160

106118132150

8595106118

198270340396

822 187 0822 188 0822 189 0822 190 0

These manual chain hoists are also available in explosion-protected design.You will find the explosion-protected design on page 89 of this catalogue.

02_0

8EN

.FM

54

Hoists

YL ITP manual chain hoists with integrated push trolleys

Safe working load 500 - 5,000 kg

The manual chain hoist forms a compact unit together with the push trolley providing the advantage of extremely low headroom (hook dimension A). The hoist is moved horizontally by pushing on the load.10,000 kg safe working load on request.

YL ITG manual chain hoists with integrated reel-type trolleys

Safe working load 500 - 10,000 kg

The manual chain hoist forms a compact unit together with the reel-type trolley providing the advantage of extremely low headroom (hook dimension A). The hoist is moved horizontally by pulling on a hand chain. Other technical features correspond to the YL ITP model.

Corrosion resistant design

For areas of application with increased requirements on the surface (foodstuff industry, chemical industry, agriculture and sewage farms), the manual chain hoists with integrated trolleys can also be supplied in corrosion resistant design. Suitable protective surface coatings prevent or delay the development of corrosion. Thus the coating increases the service life of the treated component. The hoists are supplied as standard with stainless steel hand chains and galvanised load chains.

Explosion-protected design

These manual hoists can also be supplied in "explosion-protected design" for use in hazardous locations such as paint shops, foundries, on-/offshore applications, refineries, oil depots, galva-nising plants, etc. Please enquire.

Selecting special materials is effective against mechanically produced sparks such as occur during grinding and hammering processes, e.g.• stainless steel load and hand chains• fully corrosion resistant equipment• bronze-coated suspension and load hooks• solid bronze wheels• buffers• chain boxSee page 55 for hoist data and dimensions

Solid bronze wheels

STAHLplus Info _ To help you select a suitable trolley for your runway beam, you will find the specifications of all common profiles on page 46.

Options for VSplus and YL ITP/G manual chain hoists

VS and YL IT manual chain hoists can be equipped with chain boxes and slipping clutches (VSplus only). The table on the left summarises the options available.

See pages 50-51 and 55 for surcharges for options on manual chain hoistsSafe

work-ing load

SurchargesSlipping clutch (VS only) Chain box VS YL IT

Item No.

Chai

n fa

lls

For height of lift

Item No.

Chai

n fa

lls

For height of lift

Item No.[kg]

5001,0002,0002,0003,0003,000

-812 986 0812 986 0812 986 0812 986 0812 986 0

1 1 1212

12 m12 m12 m6 m10 m6 m

812 988 0812 989 0812 990 0812 991 0812 992 0812 993 0

111111

12 m12 m6 m12 m6 m12 m

822 900 0822 901 0822 902 0822 903 0822 904 0822 905 0

5,0008,000

10,00015,00020,000

812 986 0----

2----

10 m----

812 995 0----

2-4--

6 m-

3 m--

822 906 0-

822 907 0--

02_0

8EN

.FM

55

* See Page 54 for further options. Subject to technical modifications.

Safe working

loadt

Chai

n fa

lls

Min

imum

radi

usof

ben

d

Dimensions

Effo

rt re

quire

d on

han

d ch

ain

at ra

ted

load

Weight with 3 m

lift

Standard Surcharge CR design* Surcharge

Item No.

3 m height of lift

per m height of lift (incl.

hand chain)

Item No.

3 m height of lift

per m height of lift (incl.

hand chain)

A B C I F L L1[kg] [mm] [daN] [kg]

with

pus

h tro

lley

500 5001,0001,0002,0002,000

111111

90090090090011501150

245245272272323323

50-180180-30050-180180-30058-180180-300

242429293535

71.571.571.571.595.595.5

929292929191

270270310310360360

130130130130150150

212130303232

202127294446

812 919 0812 920 0812 921 0812 922 0812 923 0812 924 0

822 191 0822 192 0822 193 0822 194 0822 195 0822 196 0

3,0003,0005,0005,000

1122

1400140018001800

382382550550

74-180180-30098-180180-300

40404747

131131

142.5142.5

107107

149.5149.5

445445525525

180180209209

38383434

7779125129

812 925 0812 926 0812 927 0812 928 0

822 245 0822 246 0

on request

with

reel

-type

trol

ley

500 5001,0001,0002,0002,000

111111

90090090090011501150

245245272272323323

50-180180-30050-180180-30058-180180-300

242429293535

76.576.576.576.59898

929292929191

270270310310360360

130130130130150150

212130303232

242532334950

812 939 0812 940 0812 941 0812 942 0812 943 0812 944 0

822 197 0822 198 0822 199 0822 200 0822 201 0822 202 0

3,0003,0005,0005,00010,000

11224

14001400180018001800

382382550550760

74-180180-30098-180180-300125-310

4040474752

132.5132.5148.5148.5170

107107

149.5149.5113

445445525525430

180180209209200

3838343444

8284130134

175.0

812 945 0812 946 0812 947 0812 948 0812 950 0

822 203 0822 204 0822 205 0822 206 0

on request

500 - 3,000 kg

ha014v

LL1 B

D

BA

F I

C

ha015v

B

D

I

YL ITG YL ITP

Technical features• Safety brake (load pressure brake) reliably holds the load in any

position• Safety load hook with latch• High-tensile galvanised load chain• All mechanical parts protected against dust and dirt• Gear mechanism with high degree of efficiency ensuring little effort

is required to hoist loads• Chain hoist painted yellow, powder-coated, and trolley black

(YL ITP/G) or in corrosion resistant design (YL ITP/G CR) • Load chain for 3.0 m height of lift and hand chain slack length 2.5 m,

other lengths always available• Operating temperature: -10° to +50°C

* Surcharge per additional m hand chain length

Safe working load F1 H1 L P1 T1 Surcharge *

[kg] [mm] Item No.500

1,0002,0003,0005,000

999999103102

2424

23.532

30.5

363413463518628

179179179179179

134134134134134

812 255 0812 255 0812 255 0812 255 0812 255 0

Manual chain hoists with integrated trolley

5,000 kg

ha016v

LL1 B

D

BA

F I

C ha017v

B

D

I

YL ITG YL ITPWith parking brake with hand chain for 3 m height of lift (option against surcharge)

STAHLplus Info _ Other tempera-ture ranges from -50° to +70°C and dust protected design available on request.

02_0

8EN

.FM

56

Hoists

Aluminium manual chain hoists with trolleys

Compact construction

These light aluminium manual chain hoists are available both with push trolley and with reel-type trolley.

Technical features• Short headroom (hook dimension)• Very low running resistance• Fast, easy assembly• Low deadweight• Asbestos-free brake linings• German certificate of origin

Accessories available on request:• Parking brake• Buffers• Design for curved tracks (only in combina-

tion with reel-type trolley)

*1 when reeling 30 m hand chain*2 for 3 m runway height

Safe working

load

Chai

n fa

lls

Load chain

Flange width

B

Lift *1

Effort on hand

chain for lifting

Weight*2

With push trolley With reel-type trolleyRunning

re-sistance

Item No.

Price Surcharge Effort on hand chain for travel-

ling

Travel path *1

Item No.

Price Surcharge3 m height

of liftper m

height of lift

3 m height of lift

per m height of

lift[kg] [mm] [mm] [mm] [daN] [kg] [daN] [daN] [m]500 1 5 x 15 50 - 146

147 - 3021579 30 22.5 15.5 822 021 0

822 022 06.5 7.8 822 033 0

822 034 01,000 1 6.3 x 19.1 50 - 135

136 - 220968 36 28.0 24.0 822 023 0

822 024 010.0 10.0 822 035 0

822 036 01,500 1 7.1 x 21.0 66 - 185

186 - 310732 40 45.0 27.0 822 025 0

822 026 011.5 9.8 822 037 0

822 038 02,000 2 6.3 x 19.1 66 - 185

186 - 310476 40 49.0 36.0 822 027 0

822 028 015.0 9.8 822 039 0

822 040 03,000 2 7.1 x 21.0 74 - 196

197 - 310370 43 76.0 39.0 822 029 0

822 030 011.0 6.3 822 041 0

822 042 05,000 3 7.1 x 21.0 74 - 192

193 - 302224 46 93.0 63.0 822 031 0

822 032 017.0 6.3 822 043 0

822 044 0

Safe working

load

Flange wdith

B

Dimensions

A A1 B1 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 C2 C4 H L M M3[mm][kg] [mm]

500 50 - 146147 - 302

234 148 122200

99 24 20 137 51 25 60 296 90 27 12

1,000 50 - 135136 - 220

287 173 122163

140 31 20 146 59 25 83 350 140 29 16

1,500 66 - 185186 - 310

350 200 168225

146 40 23 147 61 32 108 424 172 34 20

2,000 66 - 185186 - 310

350 208 168225

146 40 23 147 59 32 108 438 172 36 22

3,000 74 - 196197 - 310

428 235 182243

149 46 30 147 61 35 150 476 195 41 35

5,000 74 - 192193 - 302

492 330 190258

283 53 30 147 61 36 148 595 223 41 43

02_0

8EN

.FM

57

M

AL

HM

2

A1

D2

B3 B B2B1

C

M3B6

ha020v

D1


Safe working

load

Chai

n fa

lls

Load chain Flange width

B

Lift*1

Effort on hand chain for lifting

Weight*2


resistanceItem No.

Price Surcharge Effort on hand chain for travelling

Item No.


of liftper m

height of lift3 m height

of liftper m

height of lift[kg] [mm] [mm] [mm] [daN] [kg] [daN] [daN]500 1 5 x 15 50 - 146

147 - 3021165 21 20.1 15.5 822 207 0

822 208 06.5 822 219 0

822 220 01,000 1 6.3 x 19.1 50 - 135

136 - 220870 32 26.7 24.0 822 209 0

822 210 010 822 221 0

822 222 01,500 1 8 x 24 66 - 185

186 - 310640 39 50.6 30.0 822 211 0

822 212 011 822 223 0

822 224 02,000 2 6.3 x 19.1 66 - 185

186 - 310435 35 44.6 36.0 822 213 0

822 214 015 822 225 0

822 226 03,000 2 8 x 24 74 - 196

197 - 310320 39 76 39.0 822 215 0

822 216 011 822 227 0

822 228 05,000 2 10 x 30 74 - 192

193 - 302170 42 97 63.0 822 217 0

822 218 017 822 229 0

822 230 010,000 4 10 x 30 119 - 215

216 - 31285 45 182.5 - - 21 822 231 0

822 232 010,000 2 119 - 215

216 x 312- - - 822 233 0

822 234 015,000 3 148 - 310 - - - 822 235 020,000 4 158 - 310 - - - 822 236 025,000 5 170 x 310 - - - 822 237 0

Safe working

load

Flange wdith

B

Dimensions

A A1 B1 B2 B3 B6 C ØD1 ØD2 H L M M2 M3[mm][kg] [mm]

500 50 - 146147 - 302

234 141 122200

24 99 108 25 50 135 244 93 22 20 15

1,000 50 - 135136 - 220

287 168 122163

31 140 131 21 65 135 289 142 26 25 18

1,500 66 - 185186 - 310

350 212 166228

40 146 146 31 85 135 359 172 30 29 22

2,000 66 - 185186 - 310

350 163 166228

40 146 131 31 85 135 446 172 34 33 23

3,000 74 - 196197 - 310

428 202 182243

46 149 146 31 120 135 495 209 38 39 23

5,000 74 - 192193 - 302

492 236 190258

53 283 168 32 120 195 592 223 41 46 32

10,000 119 - 215216 - 312

650 415 242291

62 248 168 42 150 270 615 253 58 65 46

24/98 manual chain hoists with trolley

Compact construction

These manual chain hoists are available both with push trolleys and with reel-type trolleys

Technical features• With 9/98 manual chain hoist, see page 53.• Equipped as standard with slipping clutch

overload protection• Wheels with maintenance-free ball-

bearings• Galvanised load and hand chain, load chain

in acc. with DIN 5684-8• German certificate of origin

Also available on request:• Parking brake• Limiting buffers• Rack-and-pinion drive• Design for curved runways (only in

combination with reel-type trolley)• Fully galvanised trolley

These manual chain hoists are also available in explo-sion-protected design. You will find the explosion-protected design on page 91 of this catalogue.

02_0

8EN

.FM

58

Hoists

28/98 manual chain hoists with trolleys

Short headroom design

These manual chain hoists are extremely compact and have a short hook dimension. They are available both with push trolley and with reel-type trolley.

Technical features• Short headroom (hook dimension)• Equipped as standard with slipping clutch

overload protection• Two load axles - trolley with excellent

running characteristics• Very low running resistance thanks to

machined wheels with roller bearings• Galvanised hand chain in acc. with DIN 766• German certificate of origin


*1 Dimensions in brackets up to top of hand chain sheave

Safeworking

load

Chai

n fa

lls

Load chain

Flange width

B

Lift *1

Effort on hand

chain for lifting

Weight*2


re-sistance approx.

Item No.

Price Surcharge Effort on hand chain for travel-

ling

Travel path*1

Item No.


of liftper m

height of lift3 m height

of liftper m

height of lift

[kg] [mm] [mm] [mm] [daN] [kg] [daN] [daN] [m]500 1 5 x 15 82 - 185

186 - 3101165 22 35 10 822 045 0

822 046 04 9.8 822 057 0

822 058 01,000 1 6.3 x 19.1 76 - 196

197 - 310870 35 42 16 822 047 0

822 048 05 9.8 822 059 0

822 060 01,500 1 8 x 24.0 125 - 192

193 - 302640 39 76 24 822 049 0

822 050 05 6.5 822 061 0

822 062 02,000 2 6.3 x 19.1 76 - 196

197 - 310435 36 78 32 822 051 0

822 052 010 9.8 822 063 0

822 064 03,000 2 8 x 24.0 125 - 192

193 - 302320 40 104 48 822 053 0

822 054 010 6.5 822 065 0

822 066 05,000 3 8 x 24.0 140 - 215

216 - 312215 41 165 50 822 055 0

822 056 09 4.5 822 067 0

822 068 010,000 - - 822 069 0

822 070 015,000 - - 822 071 020,000 - - 822 072 025,000 - - 822 073 0

Safe working

load

Flange wdith

B

Dimensions

A A1 A2 A5 B1 B2 B4 C1 C2 C3 ØD1 H M[mm][kg] [mm]

500 74 - 185186 - 310

481 189 172 118 129135

144 108 372 107 30 85 222 22

1,000 74 - 196197 - 310

600 215 209 140 145145

149 131 489 150 30 120 264 26

1,500 106 - 192193 - 302

697 250 223 154 137162

156 146 560 150 (175)*1

37 120 327 32.5

2,000 74 - 196197 - 310

600 183 209 172 145145

149 131 489 150 30 120 325 32.5

3,000 106 - 192193 - 302

697 223 223 182 153162

156 146 560 150 (175)*1

37 120 384 37

5,000 119 - 215216 - 312

818 267 253 227 183183

248 146 567 185 42 150 507 41

10,000on request15,000

20,00025,000

These manual chain hoists with trolleys are also availa-ble in explosion-protected design. Please enquire!

02_0

8EN

.FM

59

29/98 manual chain hoists with reel-type trolleys

Extremely short headroom construction

These manual chain hoists with reel-type trolley have an extremely short headroom (hook dimension)

Technical features• Extremely short headroom (hook dimension)• Overload protection by means of slipping

clutch• Excellent running characteristics• German certificate of origin


Safeworking

load

Chai

n fa

lls

Load chain

Flange width

B

Lift*1

Effort on hand

chain for lifting

Effort on hand chain

for travelling

Travel path*1

Dimensions Weight*2

Item No.

Price3 m height

of lift

Surchargeper m

height of lift

A A1 B1 B2 B6 C C1 H L1 L2 M

[kg] [mm] [mm] [mm] [daN] [daN] [m] [mm] [kg]1,000 2 5 x 15 74 - 150

151 - 220221 - 310

582 23 9 7,8 565 233 132 272 456456548

214 127 140 160 190 30 75 822 074 0822 075 0822 076 0

2,000 2 6,3 x 19,1 82 - 156157 - 210211 - 306

435 36 13 9,8 670 265 157 335 486486582

293 167 163 170 235 36 145 822 077 0822 078 0822 079 0

3,200 2 8 x 24 106 - 223224 - 310

320 42 10 6,3 805 325 178 265 516603

326 199 193 200 265 42 225 822 080 0822 081 0

5,000 4 8 x 24 119 - 215216 - 312

160 35 12 6,5 930 410 187 268 472568

323 204 239 270 310 45 370 822 082 0822 083 0

6,300 4 8 x 24 119 - 215216 - 312

160 43 15 6,5 930 410 187 268 472568

323 204 239 270 310 45 370 822 084 0822 085 0

10,000 2 16 x 45 155 - 310 35 19 28 4 1150 500 381 400 425 300 270 300 300 45 1020 822 086 016,000 4 16 x 45 185 - 310 17,5 19 28 4 1465 665 381 400 335 410 392 400 400 55 1625 822 087 020,000 4 16 x 45 185 - 310 17,5 19 28 4 1465 665 381 400 335 410 420 400 400 55 1660 822 088 025,000 4 16 x 45 185 - 310 17,5 19 28 4 1465 665 381 400 335 410 472 400 400 69 1680 822 089 030,000 6 16 x 45 185 - 310 17,5 19 28 4 560 822 090 0

1,000 - 6,300 kg

1,000 - 6,300 kg 10,000 - 30,000 kg

Also available on request:• Chain box• Parking brake• End buffers• Non-sparking version• Trolley fully galvanised• Ball-bearing load hook

These manual chain hoists with reel-type trolleys are also available in explosion-protected design. Please enquire!

10,000 - 30,000 kg

02_0

8EN

.FM

60

Hoists

Subject to technical modifications

Surcharge for parking brake with hand chain for 3 m runway height up to 5,000 kg: Item No. 812 204 0, price on request (cannot be retrofitted)Surcharge per aditional metre hand chain slack on request

Safe working

load

Flange width

B Min

. ra

dius

of

ben

d Dimensions Weight Standard CR version

Item No.

Item No.

A D D1 D2 H1 L L1 O P1 P2 T[kg] [mm] [kg]

500 50-220160-300

900 7792

16 25 30 30.545.5

260 130 60 168 146 146187

8.010.6

812 116 0812 117 0

812 141 0812 142 0

1,000 50-220160-300

900 82.597.5

17 30 35 30.545.5

260 130 60 168 150 150187

9.012.0

812 118 0812 119 0

812 143 0812 144 0

2,000 66-220160-300

1150 98.5113.5

22 40 47 30.545.5

310 150 80 168 155 155189.5

16.019.3

812 122 0812 123 0

812 145 0812 146 0

3,000 74-220160-300

1400 114129

26 48 58 3045

390 180 112 168 160 160191.5

32.035.8

812 124 0812 125 0

812 147 0812 148 0

5,000 90-220180-300

1800 132.5147.5

33 60 70 3045

450 209 125 168 167.5 167.5191.5

48.052.2

812 126 0812 127 0

812 149 0812 550 0

HTP push trolleys

Loads can easily be moved horizontally with these push trolleys. Manual chain hoists and lever hoists can easily be mounted.

They run on the lower flange of an I-beam and can easily be adjusted to the corresponding flange width.

The push trolleys have ball-bearing wheels making it easy to push the load.

Painted black, powder-coated or corrosion resistant (CR version).

As an option, a brake can be supplied for fixing the trolley in its parking position (up to max. 5,000 kg).

For use in hazardous areas, "explosion-protected design" on request.

With parking brake

Safety advice _ Chain hoists that can be moved by means of push or reel-type trolleys are subject to the accident prevention regulation BGV D6 Cranes and must therefore be tested annually.

02_0

8EN

.FM

61

HTG reel-type trolleys

Loads can positioned precisely with these reel-type trolleys. Manual or electric chain hoists and lever hoists can easily be mounted.They run on the lower flange of an I-beam and can easily be adjusted to the corresponding flange width.The reel-type trolleys have ball-bearing wheels making it easy to push the load. Painted black, powder-coated or corrosion resistant (CR version).Hand chain slack for 3 m runway height.

A brake for fixing the trolley in its parking position can be supplied as an option (up to max. 10,000 kg).

For use in hazardous areas, "explosion-protected version" on request.

* minimum radius of bend Subject to technical modifications

Surcharge for parking brake with hand chain for 3 m runway height up to 5,000 kg: Item No. 812 204 0, price on request (cannot be retrofitted)from 8,000 - 10,000 kg: Item No. 822 238 0, price on request (cannot be retrofitted)Surcharge per additional metre hand chain slack on request

Safeworking

load

Flangewidth

B

Dimensions

Wei

ght

Standard Sur-charge

CR version Sur-charge

(hand chain slack 2.70 m)

per m

ha

nd c

hain

sl

ack

(hand chain slack 2.70 m)

per m

ha

nd c

hain

sl

ack

A C D D1 D2 F H1 I L L1 L2 O P P1 P2 R* T ItemNo.

ItemNo.[kg] [mm] [kg]

500 50-220160-300

7792

- 16 25 30 46 30.545.5

71.5 260 130 - 60 110 168 146 900 146187

810.6

812 087 0812 088 0

812 217 0812 218 0

1,000 50-220160-300

82.597.5

- 17 30 35 46 30.545.5

71.5 260 130 - 60 110 168 150 900 150187

912

812 089 0812 096 0

812 219 0812 224 0

2,000 66-220160-300

98.5113.5

- 22 40 47 46 30.545.5

95.5 310 150 - 80 110 168 155 1150 155189.5

1619.3

812 097 0812 098 0

812 225 0812 232 0

3,000 74-220160-300

114129

- 26 48 58 46 3045

131 390 180 - 112 110 168 160 1400 160191.5

3235.8

812 099 0812 102 0

812 233 0812 234 0

5,000 90-220180-300

132.5147.5

- 33 60 70 45.5 3045

142.5 450 209 - 125 110 168 167.5 1800 167.5191.5

4852.2

812 103 0812 104 0

812 235 0812 236 0

8,000 125-310 276 52 30 80 114 113 45 170 430 200 - 150 163 - - 1800 270 104 812 105 0 812 237 010,000 125-310 276 52 30 80 114 113 45 170 430 200 - 150 163 - - 1800 270 104 812 106 0 812 238 015,000 125-310 270 70 35 110 155 113 45 170 870 200 115 150 163 - - 5000 270 230 812 107 0 812 239 020,000 125-310 270 70 35 110 155 113 45 170 870 200 115 150 163 - - 5000 270 230 812 108 0 812 240 0

500 - 5,000 kg

8,000 - 10,000 kg 15,000 - 20,000 kg

With parking brake 500 - 5,000 kg

To help you select a suita-ble trolley for your runway beam, you will find the specifications of all com-mon profiles on page 46.

02_0

8EN

.FM

62

Hoists

* Minimum flange width *1 Surcharge per further m hand chain slack on request

Safeworking

load

Max. hoist weight

Flange width

Dimensions Effort required at rated load

Weight With push trolley With reel-type trolleyItem No.

Item No.

hand chain

slack 2.5 m

Sur-charge

*1A B L H W R D E N O

[kg] [kg] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg]500 100 55 - 102

105 - 15245 60 150 125 160

21075 52 15 - - - 3 823 000 0

823 001 0-

1,000 120 55 - 102105 - 152156 - 203207 - 254

60 75 190 150 170220270325

99 60 20 90 100 10 5-6 823 002 0823 003 0823 004 0823 005 0

823 028 0823 029 0823 030 0823 031 0

2,000 250 74 - 127127 - 180190 - 243254 - 305

80 100 255 195 215265330390

123 75 27 90 100 16 11-12 823 006 0823 007 0823 008 0823 009 0

823 032 0823 033 0823 034 0823 035 0

3,200 150 90 - 143149 - 203203 - 254251 - 305

100 120 300 235 250310360410

144 90 35 95 100 25 18-19 823 010 0823 011 0823 012 0823 013 0

823 036 0823 037 0823 038 0823 039 0

5,000 300 106 - 156160 - 210210 - 260255 - 305

125 150 375 295 275330380425

174 117 40 130 135 20 31-32 823 014 0823 015 0823 016 0823 017 0

823 040 0823 041 0823 042 0823 043 0

6,300 200 106 - 156160 - 210210 - 260255 - 305

125 150 375 300 275330380425

174 117 40 130 135 25 33-34 823 018 0823 019 0823 020 0823 021 0

823 044 0823 045 0823 046 0823 047 0

8,000 550 fix (119) * 160 190 450 365 bw+150 220 145 45 135 270 16 85-90 823 022 0 823 048 010,000 600 fix (131) * 160 190 450 370 bw+150 220 145 45 135 270 19 90-95 823 023 0 823 049 012,500 150 fix (143) * 160 190 450 375 bw+150 220 145 45 135 270 23 95-100 823 024 0 823 050 016,000 700 fix (155) * 200 240 560 445 bw+185 272 165 42 155 300 20 135-145 823 025 0 823 051 020,000 800 fix (170) * 200 240 560 455 bw+185 272 165 42 155 300 25 140-150 823 026 0 823 052 025,000 900 fix (185) * 200 240 560 460 bw+195 272 165 42 160 380 25 150-160 823 027 0 823 053 0

Trolleys

Galvanised

Loads can be transported horizontally with these trolleys.They run on the lower flange of an I-beam and can easily be adjusted to the corresponding flange width.Manual chain hoists and cable pullers can easily be mounted.

Optional• Buffers• Off-standard surface treatment• Static load test with manufacturer’s

certificate in acc. with EN 50049

Technical features• Push trolley or reel-type trolley versions• Safe working load 500 - 25,000 kg• Suspension suitable for all types of hoist• Stable non-distorting 3 bolt design • Maintenance-free lifetime lubricated ball

bearings with 2 RS seals • Heavy duty design, long-lived even in the

most severe conditions• Trolleys from 8,000 kg with zinc primer and

alcyd paint• Hand chain slack 2.5 m, other lengths

always possible• Stainless steel hand chain available on

request

ha018v

N

H

LR

W

O BA

E

D

02_0

8EN

.FM

63

Trolleys

Stainless steel

Loads can be transported horizontally with these trolleys.They run on the lower flange of an I-beam and can easily be adjusted to the corresponding flange width.Manual chain hoists and lever hoists can easily be mounted.

Technical features• Push trolley or reel-type trolley versions• Safe working load 500 - 3,200 kg• Trolleys made completely of stainless steel

(material AISI 316)• Hand chain slack 2.5 m, other lengths

always possible

* Surcharge per further m hand chain slack on request

Safeworking

load

Max. hoist weight

Flange width

Dimensions Effort required at rated load

Weight With push trolley With reel-type trolleyItem No.

Item No.

hand chain slack 2.5 m

Surcharge *A B L H W R D E N O

[kg] [kg] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg]500 100 55 - 102

105 - 15245 60 150 125 160

21075 52 15 - - - 3 823 054 0

823 055 0-

1,000 120 55 - 102105 - 152156 - 203207 - 254

60 75 190 150 170220270325

99 60 20 90 100 10 5-6 823 056 0823 057 0823 058 0823 059 0

823 067 0823 068 0823 069 0823 070 0

2,000 250 74 - 127127 - 180190 - 243

80 100 255 195 215265330

123 75 27 90 100 16 11-12 823 060 0823 061 0823 062 0

823 071 0823 072 0823 073 0

3,200 150 90 - 143149 - 203203 - 254251 - 305

100 120 300 235 250310360410

144 90 35 95 100 20 18-19 823 063 0823 064 0823 065 0823 066 0

823 074 0823 075 0823 076 0823 077 0

* Surcharge per further m hand chain slack on request

Safe working load

Max. hoist weight

Flange width

Wheel Ø With push trolley With reel-type trolleyWeight Item

No.Weight Item

No.hand chain slack 2.5 m

Surcharge *[kg] [kg] [mm] [mm] [kg] [kg]500 100

fix

60 / 75 16 823 078 0 17 823 082 01,000 120 60 / 75 16 823 079 0 17 823 083 02,000 250 80 / 100 30 823 080 0 31 823 084 03,200 150 100 / 120 46 823 081 0 47 823 085 05,000 300 125 / 150 77 823 090 0 78 823 086 06,000 500 125 / 150 83 823 091 0 84 823 087 08,000 550 160 / 190 154 - 157 823 088 010,000 600 160 / 190 165 - 167 823 089 0

Articulated trolleys

The articulated trolley suspension permits extremely small radii of bend to be travelled.

Technical features• Push trolley or reel-type trolley design• Safe working load 500 - 10,000 kg• Hand chain slack 2.5 m, other lengths

always possible• Stainless steel hand chain available on

request

Optional• Buffers• Off-standard surface treatment• Static load test with manufacturer’s


Optional• Buffers• Static load test with manufacturer’s


ha018v

N

H

LR

W

O BA

E

D

02_0

8EN

.FM

64

Hoists

UNO lever hoists

Lever hoists are fully adaptable and can be used effectively for lifting, pulling and clam-ping applications. They are ideal for moving and positioning heavy machinery, installing overhead cables and securing loads. Thanks to their compact size they can be used effec-tively even in the most confined spaces.

Safe working load

Dimensions Hook dimension Leverage at

rated load

Weight with

1.5 m lift

Standard Surcharge

Item No.

1.5 m height of lift


A E F J L B C D[kg] [mm] [mm] [daN] [kg]

250 500 7501,5003,0006,000

240282350420520700

160160290410410410

72104110120190200

98116150175200210

778090100115120

201724284255

212425303845

141217213136

252514223435

2.22.87112130

812 071 0822 239 0812 072 0812 073 0812 074 0812 075 0

Technical features• Frame structure, gear and brake housing

deep-drawn sheet steel• Freewheeling facility for fast handling• Safety brake with asbestos-free brake

linings• Load chain in class 8 (T) in acc. with EN 818• Painted yellow, powder-coated

750 - 6,000 kg

500 kg250 kg

750 - 6,000 kg250 - 500 kg

02_0

8EN

.FM

65

Safe work-

ing load

Dimensions Hook dimension

Leve

rage

at

rate

d lo

ad

Weight with

1.5 m lift

Aluminium Surcharge

Item No.

1.5 m height of

lift

per m height of

liftA E F J L B C D[kg] [mm] [daN] [kg] 7501,0001,5003,000

315325380455

300300300400

106109138168

154154177212

105105103118

20232736

22232633

14162024

16221828

6.46.61018

812 266 0812 267 0812 268 0812 269 0

Aluminium lever hoists

The enclosed housing, hand lever and handwheel are made of high-tensile aluminium alloy. The precise needle bearings ensure that little effort is required to lift loads.

This lever hoist is indispensable wherever low weight is important, e.g. in service vehicles.

The standard freewheeling facility permits the load chain to be pulled through in both direc-tions for fast attachment of the load.

Safety Advice _When using the lever hoists on pages 64-66, please observe minimum load (approx. 3% of rated load)!

ha035v

LD

JF

BA

E

C

Model Safe working

load

Dimensions

(See UNO for sketch)

Leve

rage

at

rate

d lo

ad

Weight with 1.5 m

lift

Standard Surcharge

Item No.

1.5 m height of

lift


A C E F J L[kg] [mm] [daN] [kg]

D 85 7501,5003,0006,00010,000

322389403532805

2730344654

443443570570570

112189197197305

142171179218218

10399103142142

3831404237

8.216.319.632.960

812 905 0812 906 0812 907 0812 908 0812 909 0

D 95 1,5003,000

314376

2325

315443

156189

141177

91.5105

2749

9.916.5

812 915 0812 916 0

D 85 annealed cast iron lever hoists

Sturdy design: enclosed housing, cover, handwheel and bottom block made of high-quality annealed cast iron.

Ideal for moving heavy machinery and securing heavy loads. Facilitates laying pipes in shafts and trenches.

Design with slipping clutch and freewheeling facility on request.

Version with roller chain (type C 85) available on request.

D 95 annealed cast iron lever hoists

The basic technical characteristics correspond to model D 85. Their lower dead-weight and the extremely small dimension between upper and lower hooks are a convincing argument for their use.

The automatic load pressure brake prevents the brake being released unintentionally even if the load should swing. Ideal for securing loads.

The chain freewheeling facility is a standard feature.

Design with slipping clutch on request.

D 85

D 95

02_0

8EN

.FM

66

Hoists

53/03 lever hoists - superior quality

The best lever hoist ever!

Lever hoists are fully adaptable and can be used effectively for lifting, pulling and clamping applications. They are ideal for moving and positioning heavy machinery, installing overhead cables and securing loads. Thanks to their compact size they can be used effectively even in the most confined spaces.

The housing is made of aluminium for 250 kg and 500 kg, S.W.L. , of sheet steel for 800 to 9,000 kg S.W.L.

Technical features• Long life, low maintenance requirement thanks to precise matching of the individual

components• Extremely short lever lengths and low deadweight make for particularly simply handling • Non-slip hand wheel• Rubber handle screw-locked • Reinforced hook safety latch• Automatically functioning enclosed load pressure brake• Freewheeling facility for pulling the unloaded chains through fast• Easy release of brake, particularly when used for securing loads• Housing for 250 - 500 kg: made of aluminium, light and corrosion-resistant;

800 - 9,000 kg: made of robust sheet steel• Galvanised load chain in acc. with EN 818-7• 3-year warranty

Safe working

load

Hous

ing

No.

of f

alls

Stan

dard

he

ight

of l

ift

Leve

rage

at

rate

d lo

ad

Chain Dimensions Weight (standard height of

lift)

Standard Surcharge

Item No.

Standard lifting height


A B C D E F G H[kg] [m] [daN] [mm] [mm] [kg]250500

Alu-minium

11

1.0 2024

3.2 x 9.04.2 x 12.2

7493

88100

3235.5

150180

6268

1112

2124.5

205246

1.62.6

822 012 0822 013 0

8001,6002,5003,2006,3009,000

Steel 111123

1.5 293634373839

5.6 x 15.87.1 x 20.19.0 x 24.810.0 x 28.110.0 x 28.110.0 x 28.1

119126150159217304

144159173190190190

364347506085

245265265415415415

97100102112112112

141921

24.53442

243237395073

280335375395540680

5.78.011.215.026.040.0

822 014 0822 016 0822 017 0822 018 0822 019 0822 020 0

STAHLplus Info _ All lever hoists are suitable for lashing loads in acc. with EN 12195.

Also available on request:• Visual and acoustic overload display on

lever • Apparatus protected by slipping clutch

New

02_0

8EN

.FM

67

SRKX rolling clamp

1,000 to 3,000 kg

Easy-to-fit assembly aid for attaching and moving loads along beams.

Can quickly be adapted to the beam width by turning the central spindle.

Locking lever ensures secure positioning.Spindle and shackles galvanised to prevent corrosion.

Safeworking

load

Model A B C D E H I L O Weight ItemNo.

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 SRKX1 82-109 60-150 258 26 22 20 53 160 46 2.5 812 274 02,000 SRKX2 60-155

136-19175-200200-300

344444

4242

2020

3030

71.571.5

260260

6060

9.910.3

812 275 0812 276 0

3,000 SRKX3 128-171150-212

75-200200-320

375495

5050

2222

30.530.5

95.595.5

310310

8080

17.519.5

812 277 0812 278 0

Safe work-

ing load

Model Amin.max.

B C D E F Gmin.max.

H Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 STKX1 75-230 186-350 84 4 215 115-150 146-198 20 3.8 812 133 02,000 STKX2 75-230 186-350 94 6 215 115-150 147-200 20 4.6 812 134 03,000 STKX3 80-320 232-455 122 8 255 180-225 220-285 22 9.2 812 135 05,000 STKX5 90-310 242-445 129 10 255 180-225 222-285 28 11 812 136 010,000 STKX10 90-320 268-480 146 14 275 175-220 215-280 38 17.2 812 137 0

STKX adjustable beam clamp

With the STKX beam clamp, suspension points can quickly be provided on I-beams for hoists, sheaves and loads. The central spindle mechanism makes it simple to mount it firmly and securely on a beam. The spindle can be locked in position.

Technical features• Secure and fast attachment to steel beams• Extremely low overall height thanks to

built-in suspension bar• Positive locking connections relieve the

load on beam flanges• Adjustable gripper range facilitates variable

applications• Operating temperature range -10° to +50°C• Also available with suspension shackle on

request

Safety Advice _The STKX beam clamps must only be used as an attachment point on an exi-sting steel structure or a crane girder. Only clamps as shown on pages 102 ff. may be used as lifting clamps for trans-porting girders.

STAHLplus Info _ YRC reinforced beam clamp available on request.

YRC

02_0

8EN

.FM

68

Hoists

AF automatic brake cable winches, galvanised

The AF automatic brake cable winches for hoisting and towing are supplied as standard with a gear cover.

Technical features• High quality spur gear• Automatic brake• Cable strength 1770 N/mm², type of cable in compliance with EN 12385-4• Mechanism group in compliance with DIN 15020: 1Em• Surface treatment: galvanised yellow (except for 4AF Mini, powder-coated, black)• Effort on hand crank for the hoisting forces given: 20 daN• N.B. Type 30 AFD does not have GS approval

Technical data and description are not binding. Subject to technical modifications.

Automatic brake cable winches Model- galvanised

4 AFMD 4 AFD 6 AFD 8 AFD 12 AFD 20 AFD 30 AFD

Towing force on 30% incline, rolling load [kg] 350 500 750 850 1500 2500 3664

Hoisting force lowest cable position [kg] 190 340 500 650 900 1180 1994

Hoisting force highest cable position [kg] 80 190 240 270 490 650 1419

Fig. 1 2 3 4 5 - 6

Drum Ø [mm]Min. load for braking function [kg]Hand crank length [mm]RatioDimensions with handcrank (LxWxH) [mm]

2710155

1:2.57195x211x96

4010155

1:2.57197x250x96

45102001:3.5

240x265x128

5410250

1:4.85290x265x167

6310250

1:9.71295x294x170

7610290

1:9.71330x294x170

8050290

1:21.85345x365x180

Max. drum capacity DIN 15020 (Ø [mm] x L [m])Min. breaking force of rope [kg]Net weight approx. [kg]

3 x 85832.2

4 x 1210282.7

5 x 1316063.7

6 x 1921105.5

7 x 1328807.4

8 x 1037607.8

9 x 13440613.7

Item No. 812 883 0 812 884 0 812 885 0 812 886 0 812 887 0 822 240 0 822 241 0

Price on request

Accessories required

Cable with load hook Ø [mm]-Length [m]

38

412

514

619

713

810

913

Item No. 812 893 0 812 894 0 812 895 0 812 896 0 812 897 0 822 242 0 822 243 0

Price on request

Safety Advice _Transporting persons with these cable winches is not permitted!

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6

STAHLplus Info _Please do not forget the wire rope when ordering!

Fig. 3

02_0

8EN

.FM

69

Technical data and description are not binding. Subject to technical modifications.

Automatic brake cable winches Model- stainless steel

4 AFMID 4 AFID 6 AFID 8 AFID 12 AFID

Towing force on 30% incline, rolling load [kg] 450 500 750 870 1500

Hoisting force lowest cable position [kg] 190 340 500 650 900

Hoisting force highest cable position [kg] 80 180 240 270 490

Fig. 1 - 2 - 3

Drum Ø [mm]Min. load for braking function [kg]Hand crank length [mm]RatioDimensions with handcrank (LxWxH) [mm]

2710165

1:2.57202x245x96

3610165

1:2.57195x211x96

45102001:3.5

232x265x130

5410255

1:4.85290x270x167

6310255

1:9.71295x294x170

Max. drum capacity DIN 15020 (Ø [mm] x L [m])Min. breaking force of rope [kg]Net weight [kg]

3 x 85832.2

4 x 1210282.8

5 x 1416064.4

6 x 1921105.2

7 x 1328807.6

Item No. 812 888 0 812 889 0 812 890 0 812 891 0 812 892 0

Price on request

Accessories required

Stainless steel cable with load hook Ø [mm]-Length [m]

38

412

514

619

813

Item No. 812 579 0 812 580 0 812 581 0 812 582 0 812 583 0

Price on request

AFI stainless steel (INOX) automatic brake cable winches

The particularly corrosion-resistant AFI automatic brake cable winches for hoistingand towing are made of stainless steel. They are supplied as standard with a gear cover.

Technical features• High quality spur gear• Automatic brake• Cable strength 1770 N/mm², type of cable in compliance with EN 12385-4• Mechanism group in compliance with DIN 15020: 1Em• Corrosion-proof, made of stainless steel• Effort on hand crank for the hoisting forces given: 20 daN

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

Theatre winch, driven by battery-powered screwdriver Winch with belt

STAHLplus Info _Compact hoisting winches, ratchet winches and automatic brake belt winches and rope winches with free-wheel drum available on request.

We also supply off-standard designs for particular requirements. Please enquire!

Worm gear winch with load pressure brake

02_0

8EN

.FM

70

Hoists

Technical features• Compact, robust construction• Maintenance-free ball bearings• Mechanism group in acc. with DIN 15020:

1 Bm• 230 V A.C. current or 230/400 V three-phase

current, 50 Hz• IP 54 protection, isolation class B• Overload protection from 1,000 daN tensile

force on cable upwards• German certificate of origin

43/86E electric cable winch

The electric cable winch is a highly professional multipurpose winch. It is particularly appreciated in the building trade.It is available optionally for single phase A.C. current or three-phase current. Pneumatic versions available on request.

The winch meets all relevant safety standards and corresponds to European regulations, in particular machinery directives 89-392, 91-368.

*1 with 30 m cable, hook, control pendant and 3.0 m power supply cable*2 with grooved drum

Safe working load

(1st cable layer)

No. of cable layers

CableØ

Effective cable length Cable speed

Weight without cable

Single phase A.C. current 230 V, 50 Hz 3-phase current 230/400 V, 50 Hz

1st cable layer

Last cable layer

Output Cable winch complete*1

Cable winchw/o cable and access.

Output Cable winchw/o cable and access.

Item No. Item No. Item No.[kg] [mm] [m] [m/min] [kg] [kW] [kW]125 4 4 6.4 (5) *2 32 (30) *2 11.0 25 0.37 822 091 0 822 103 0 0.37 822 097 0250 4 4 7.1 (5.6) *2 35 (34) *2 7.0 35 0.37 822 092 0 822 104 0 0.37 822 098 0500 4 6 5.7 (4.8) *2 30 (29) *2 4.0 38 0.37 822 093 0 822 105 0 0.37 822 099 0990 3 8 8.4 (6.8) *2 30 (29) *2 6.0 53 1.3 822 094 0 822 106 0 1.3 822 100 0

1,000 3 8 8.4 (6.8) *2 30 (29) *2 6.0 53 1.3 822 095 0 822 107 0 1.3 822 101 02,000 3 11 8.0 (6.3) *2 30 (29) *2 6.0 150 1.3 822 096 0 822 108 0 2.6 822 102 0

Accessories Item No.

Cable-Ø 4 mm-Ø 6 mm-Ø 8 mm-Ø 11 mm

822 109 0822 110 0822 111 0822 112 0

Load hook pressed onto cable -500 kg-1,000 kg-2,000 kg

822 140 0822 141 0822 143 0

*3 Dimensions in ( ) for version for single-phase A.C. current*4 Dimensions in ( ) refer to side cheek on bearing side

Safe working load

(1st cable layer)

DimensionsA1 A2

*3A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 B

*4B1*4

C C1 C2 D D1 D2

[kg] [mm]125 205 165

(195)171 35 43 135 27 13 405

(230)375

(200)215 140 4 60 130 9

250 260 165(195)

222 34 78 150 32 15 405 375 250 140 6 60 150 11

500 260 165(195)

222 34 82 145 33 15 405 375 250 140 6 76 150 11

9901,000

345 216(240)

289 45 97 200 48 17 575 535 270 155 10 108 180 13

2,000 440 216(240)

358 61 171 200 69 20 600 550 385 171 15 146 245 17

Off-standard versions

We can only show you a small selection of winches in this cata-logue. Over and above this, we can supply the right winch for nearly every requirement.

Tell us what you need - we will advise you and quote you a suitable winch!

STAHLplus Info _When ordering, please state length of cable and load hook required.

02_0

8EN

.FM

71

238/99 worm drive manual winch

The worm drive manual winches are extremely versatile for use in workshops, production areas and on building sites. They are extremely robust and long-lasting.

Technical features• Robust design• Great cable lengths possible• Crank removable, length individually adjustable• Design in accordance with DIN 15020• Cable simply attached with cable clamp• Two speeds from 2,000 kg by means of spur gear• German certificate of origin

Available on request:• Hot-dip galvanised version• Separator for two rope lead-offs

Safe working load

No. of cable layers

Cable Dimensions Effort required

at rated load

Lift per crankshaft

rotation

Manual winch(without cable and hook)

max. length

Ø Weight ItemNo.

(1st cable layer)

(top cable layer)

A A4 B B1 C[kg] [m] [mm] [mm] [daN] [mm] [kg]

250 5001,0001,5002,0003,0005,000

87220534875

1,1331,7333,435

13975664

100686340556435

46810111318

293313348378410436436

350350350350380380380

410440490490740825865

121138164164208260298

170190260263419550613

591420121734

44422524

11/218/169/18

131626286078115

822 113 0822 114 0822 115 0822 116 0822 117 0822 118 0822 119 0

Accessories for 238/99 and 260/76

Item No.

Cable-Ø 4 mm-Ø 6 mm-Ø 8 mm-Ø 9 mm-Ø 10 mm-Ø 11 mm-Ø 12 mm-Ø 13 mm-Ø 18 mm

822 130 0822 131 0822 132 0822 133 0822 134 0822 135 0822 136 0822 137 0822 138 0

Load hook pressed onto cable-500 kg-1,000 kg-1,600 kg-2,000 kg-3,200 kg-5,000 kg

822 140 0822 141 0822 142 0822 143 0822 144 0822 145 0

You will find explosion-protected manual winches on page 96 of this catalogue.

02_0

8EN

.FM

72

Hoists

260/76 spur drive manual winches

The spur drive manual winches are extremely versatile for use in workshops, production areas and on building sites. They are extremely robust and long-lasting.

Technical features• Robust, practically enclosed sheet steel housing• Mechanism group to DIN 15020: 1Dm• Foldaway crank from 2,000 kg• Automatically functioning load pressure brake• Improved cable life thanks to large drum diameter• German certificate of origin

Safe working load Wire rope Dimensions Efort required

at rated load

Lift per crankshaft

rotation

Manual winch(without rope and hook)

Max. length

Ø Weight ItemNo.

(1st layer) (top layer)

A B B1 C C4[kg] [m] [mm] [daN] [mm] [kg]

300500

1,0002,000

200335770

1,690

11.810.812.09.0

66812

200200290230

270270295540

100100125240

300300290340

265265265265

19211832

74301816

10101523

822 120 0822 121 0822 122 0822 123 0

Accessories for 238/99 and 260/76

Item No.

Cable-Ø 4 mm-Ø 6 mm-Ø 8 mm-Ø 9 mm-Ø 10 mm-Ø 11 mm-Ø 12 mm-Ø 13 mm-Ø 18 mm

822 130 0822 131 0822 132 0822 133 0822 134 0822 135 0822 136 0822 137 0822 138 0

Load hook pressed onto cable-500 kg-1,000 kg-1,600 kg-2,000 kg-3,200 kg-5,000 kg

822 140 0822 141 0822 142 0822 143 0822 144 0822 145 0You will find explosion-protected manual

winches on page 96 of this catalogue.

Rope lead-offI for 300 - 500 kgII for 1,000 - 2,000 kg

02_0

8EN

.FM

73

Sheaves, wire rope blocks and steel jacks

An excerpt from our extended accessories programme. Please enquire!

Wire rope blocks

With revolving hook conforming to DIN 15401 with safety latch, or swivel eye conforming to DIN 82006.

The wire rope blocks are available in two versions:

GG/R: with grey cast iron sheave and slide bearing(100-125 mm in polyamide PA6-6)

ST/K: with steel sheave and ball bearing

External sheave Ø [mm] 80 100 130

Safe working load [kg] 125 130 150

Ø at base of groove [mm]Width of groove [mm]Depth of groove [mm]Width of rim [mm]Width of base plate [mm]Length of base plate [mm]Thickness of base plate [mm]Ø of bolt holes [mm]Distance between holes [mm]Overall height [mm]Weight approx. [kg]

679

6.513401306109694

0.57

83118.516401426101081150.73

108131119451906101561491.40

Item No. 812 491 0 812 492 0 812 493 0

Price

No. 161 sheave with support, with rectangular footplate

With steel housing, painted.Rope sheaves made of grey cast iron with drilled hub bore.

Sheaves with supports with transverse plates are also available on request. Please enquire.

No. 31 No. 36 No. 41 No. 46

02_0

8EN

.FM

74

Hoists

SIKU RAKUSafe

working load

Head

room

Heig

ht

of li

ft

Height of

claw in lowest

position

Wei

ght

Item No.

Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,5003,0005,00010,00015,000

725725725800800

350350300300340

7075709095

1220244258

812 805 0812 806 0812 807 0812 808 0812 809 0

812 810 0812 811 0812 812 0812 813 0812 814 0

No. 180 sheave with support

With housing of folded sheet steel, painted.

Rope sheaves made of steel with maintenance-free ball bearings, groove turned.

No. 829 wire rope guide sheave

For wall-mounted and portable windlasses. Steel housing, painted.

Rope sheaves made of grey cast iron, hub boring drilled, groove turned.

STAHLplus Info _Wire rope guide sheaves are also available with swivel eyes or roller bearings. Please enquire.

DIN steel jacks

Steel jacks conforming to DIN 7355, with lifting steel housing.

They are available in 2 versions:

SIKU: Version with safety crank and folding handleRAKU: Version with ratchet safety crank and folding handle

N.B.: Other versions, e.g. with large footplate, on request.

STAHLplus Info _ All steel jacks available as stainless steel version (all components in stainless steel) for food industry and chemical industrie.Price on request

02_0

8EN

.FM

75

Cable pullers

This portable equipment for pulling, lifting, lowering, clamping and securing loads over long distances was developed especially for applications in industry, in particular civil engineering, power line construction, shipbuilding, oil refineries, etc.It is simple and safe to use.

The supply comprises the cable puller with handlever and an original wire rope with coloured strand.

* With overload protection = shear pin in forwards lever, shears off at 25% overload. Spare shear pins in operating lever or carrying handle

** Prices for spare parts (incl hook) on request.

Version Safe working load

*

Lever pull at rated load

Rope advance

per double stroke

Lever length

Wire rope diameter

Dimensions Standard rope

length**

Weight without

wire rope

Item No.

Price

with standard rope length

A B C C1[kg] [daN] [mm] [m] [kg]

Profi 8001,6003,200

243050

606040

800790/1190790/1190

8.411.516.0

430545680

240270330

-97110

607291

202010

71421

812 206 0812 207 0812 208 0

Technical features

• Housing made of high-tensile aluminium alloy

• Compact construction with low deadweight

• Overload protection by means of shear pin in forward lever. Spare pins are to be found in the operating lever or carrying handle and can be replaced under full load, i.e. without removing the load from the rope

• Simple rope guide mechanism

• Special wire rope with steel core and 6 strands - one coloured - pressed into a safety hook at one end and tapered at the other for easy threading.

• Low-wear, parallel mounted clamping system avoids wear on the rope by distributing the surface pressure evenly

• Long stroke path = high working speed

• Easy to clean

800 kg

1600 kg

3200 kg

STAHLplus Info _ Professional line cable pullers are approved by the Employers’ Liability Insurance Association for transporting passengers.

for rugged operating condi-tions

ha019vA C1

B

C

S.W.L. b h l m s t[kg] [mm]800

1,6003,200

212332

202129

110120163

202332

171822

7886116

Off-standard designMotor-driven multi-purpose puller for transport of material and persons. Portable, ideal if place of application changes frequently. Please enquire!

02_0

8EN

.FM

76

Hoists

Spring balancers, S.W.L. from 0.4 to 3 kg

Technical features• Cast aluminium housing• Cable: steel wire• Low-friction cable drive• Adjustable stop for upward stroke• Additional safety suspension mounting• Insulated link for snap hooks• Without locking facility

Safeworking

load

Unwound cable length

Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]0.4-1.0 1.0-2.0 2.0-3.0

1.6 0.6 0.6 0.7

812 300 0 812 301 0 812 302 0

Spring balancers, S.W.L. from 2 to 14 kg


Safeworking

load


Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]2.0-4.0 4.0-6.0 6.0-8.0 8.0-10.0 10.0-14.0

2.5 2.9 3.2 3.5 3.7 4.0

812 815 0812 816 0812 817 0812 306 0812 307 0

Spring balancers, S.W.L. from 2 to 8 kg


Safeworking

load


Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]2.0-4.0 4.0-6.0 6.0-8.0

2.0 2.02.32.5

812 303 0812 304 0812 305 0

02_0

8EN

.FM

77

Balancers, S.W.L. from 10 to 25 kg

Technical features• Housing made of aluminium, extremely sturdy• Cable: steel wire• Cable drive: low-friction• Tapered drum body mounted in ball bearings• Fine balance in lifting range with infinitely variable

load setting• Suspension: revolving safety hook with safety latch• Drop safeguard facility in the event of spring break

Safe working load


Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]10.0-14.014.0-18.018.0-22.022.0-25.0

2.0 5.56.68.08.5

832 000 0832 001 0832 002 0832 003 0

Spring balancers, S.W.L. from 0.4 to 6.8 kg

Technical features• Housing: steel• Drum: steel• Cable: steel, galvanised• With locking facility

Safe working load


Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]0.4-2.32.0-4.53.5-6.8

2.4 2.03.64.1

812 818 0812 819 0812 820 0

Balancers, S.W.L. from 4.5 to 17 kg

Technical features• Housing, cover and drum: plastic• Cable: steel wire; cable length adjustable• Suspension: revolving and adjustable hook; snap

hook• Cable intake: elastic and adjustable with automatic

locking facility• Load setting: infinitely variable• Drop safeguard facility in the event of spring break• Integrated locking facility for locking the cable drum• See page 95 for explosion-protected balancers

Safe working load


Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]4.5-7.06.0-10.09.0-14.013.0-17.0

2.0 3.33.43.63.8

812 821 0812 822 0812 823 0812 824 0

02_0

8EN

.FM

78

Hoists


Technical features• Housing made of aluminium, extremely sturdy• Cable: steel wire• Cable drive: roller-type mouthpiece• Tapered drum body mounted in ball bearings• Further information see 75 to 105 kg

Safe working load


Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]10.0-15.015.0-20.020.0-25.025.0-30.030.0-35.035.0-45.045.0-55.055.0-65.065.0-75.0

2.0 10.310.611.211.511.812.412.513.614.5

812 825 0812 826 0812 827 0812 828 0812 829 0812 830 0812 831 0812 832 0812 833 0


Technical features• Cast aluminium housing• Cable: steel wire• Cable drive: roller-type mouthpiece• Tapered drum body mounted in ball bearings• Fine balance in lifting range with infinitely variable

load setting• Suspension mounting: safety swivel hook with latch• Drop safeguard facility in the event of spring break• Insulated design (against ground current)• Locking facility (for securing the load at the required

height)

Safe working load


Weight Item No.

[kg] [m] [kg]75.0-90.090.0-105.0

2.0 17.318.0

812 834 0812 835 0

Technical features• Plastic housing• For mounting on wall or ceiling• IP 42 protection• Voltage max. 500 V• Line: H05VV-F, complying with

CEI 20-35 standards• 1.5 m line length outside drum• Operating temperature range

-5° C to +40° C• Manufactured in compliance with

IEC 1242 and 1316 standards• Current at collector: 10 A• Built-in overheating protection• Double earthing contacts

No. of coresCable cross- section

Wound length

Voltage at collector

Wei

ght Item

No.

[mm²] [m] [kg]1 x 2.51 x 61 x 162 x 1

2 x 1.5

15.014.08.514.011.0

1x 10 A, 42 V1x 20 A, 42 V1x 40 A, 42 V2x 10 A, 42 V2x 10 A, 42 V

4.0 812 286 0812 287 0812 288 0812 289 0812 290 0

2 x 2.53 x 1

3 x 1.53 x 2.5

8.512.510.07.0

2x 10 A, 42 V2x 10 A + PE2x 10 A + PE2x 10 A + PE

812 291 0812 292 0812 402 0812 293 0

4 x 14 x 1.54 x 2.55 x 1

5 x 1.5

10.58.05.57.55.5

3x 10 A + PE3x 10 A + PE3x 10 A + PE4x 10 A + PE4x 10 A + PE

4.5 812 294 0812 295 0812 296 0812 297 0812 406 0

7 x 17 x 1.58 x 1

8 x 1.5

6.03.05.53.0

7x 10 A7x 10 A8x 10 A8x 10 A

5.0 812 298 0812 299 0812 308 0812 309 0

Spring-action cable reeling drums

79


STAHL CraneSystems is distinguishedby long years of experience and competence on the field of explosionprotection. STAHLplus offers a selec-tion of products and systems from the wide range of equipment available.

03_0

8EN

.FM

80


European explosion protection

ATEXExplosive atmospheres

Directive 94/9/EC

Harmonisation of statutory regulations of member states for equipment and protective systems intended for use in areas subject to explosion hazards.

Marking of equipment

for gas II 2 G Ex de IIB T4 Electrical explosion protection

ll 2 G ck T4 Mechanical explosion protection

for dust II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T120° Electrical explosion protection

ll 2 D ck T120° Mechanical explosion protection1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 Equipment groupI = miningII = all other areas

2 Equipment category1 = can be used in Zone 0 or in Zone 202 = can be used in Zone 1 or in Zone 213 = can be usedr in Zone 2 or in Zone 22M1 = mining (comparable to Zone 0 and 1)M2 = mining (comparable to Zone 2)

3 AtmosphereG = GasD = Dust

4 Explosion-protected device

5 Type of protection5.1 Electrical explosion protection in areas subject to gas explosionse = increased safetyd = flameproof enclosurepx = pressurised apparatus for use in Zone 1 und 2,

indoors, non-explosive atmosphere py = pressurised apparatus for use in Zone 1, indoors Zone 2pz = pressurised apparatus for use in Zone 2ia = intrinsic safety (required for Zone 0)ib = intrinsic safety (adequate for Zone 1 and 2)ma = encapsulation (required for Zone 0) mb = encapsulation (adequatefor Zone 1 and 2) nA = non-sparking equipment (Zone 2)nC = sparking equipment with protected contacts (Zone 2)nL = restricted energy equipment (Zone 2)

5.2 Electrical explosion protection in areas with combustible duststD A21 = protection by housing (in compliance with procedure A for Zone 1)tD B21 = protection by housing (in compliance with procedur B for Zone 21)pD = pressurised enclosureiaD = intrinsic safety (required for Zone 20)ibD = intrinsic safety (required for Zone 21 and 22)maD = encapsulation (required for Zone 20)mbD = encapsulation (adequate for Zone 21 und 22)

5.2 Mechanical explosion protectionc = constructional safetyd = flameproof enclosurep = pressurised enclosurek = liquid encapsulationfr = restricted breathing enclosure (Zone 2 only)

6 Explosion group(given only for equipment for gas Ex area)I = methane (mining)IIA = propaneIIB = ethyleneIIC = (most hazardous group, e.g. hydrogen)

7 Temperature classes(Maximum permissible temperature of a surface which may be exposed to gas)T1 = 450°CT2 = 300°CT3 = 200°CT4 = 135°CT5 = 100°CT6 = 85°C

8 IP code1st figure: protection against contact5 = dust protected6 = dustproof

2nd figure: protection against water0 = no protection1 = vertical drips2 = water drips onto equipment at 15° inclination3 = spray water4 = splash water5 = water jet6 = temporary immersion7 = permanent immersion

9 Maximum surface temperature(given only for equipment for dust Ex area).

Maximum permissible temperature of a surface which may be exposed to dust.Assessment by user:a) Limit temperature 1 = 2/3 of minimum ignition temperature of

dust presentb) Limit temperature 2 = minimum glow temperature of dust present

minus 75k (applicable for layers up to 5 mm).The lower limit temperature must be above the specified max. surface temperature of the equipment.

Directive 99/92/EC

Minimum regulations for improving the health and safety of employees who might be endangered by explosive atmospheres.

03_0

8EN

.FM

81

Explosion-protected material handling equipment from the EXperts

STAHL CraneSystems is a leading and competent partner for solutions in gas and dust explosion protection world-wide. This is underlined by numerous approvals for Zone 1- from the Federal Physico-Technical Institute in Braunschweig and from other test institutes, e.g. in Belgium, Canada, Poland, Switzerland, Czech Republic and Hungary.

STAHL CraneSystems can always offer an economical solution whatever the explosion protection requirements may be. The table below summarises zone classifications and equipment allocation (equipment category in accordance with 94/9/EC).

Gases, mists, vapours Explosive atmosphere is present:

ATEX Ex programme from STAHL CraneSystems

Zone 0 → Category II 1 G constantly or for long periods

Zone 1 → Category II 2 GZone 21 → Category II 2 D

occasionally SHex, ASex wire rope hoist, STex chain hoists, crane components

Zone 2 → Category II 3 GZone 22 → Category II 3 D

rarely and for short periods SHex, ASex wire rope hoist, STex chain hoists, crane components

The full range

cannot be shown here. This catalogue contains only a small selection from the extensive range of explosion-protected hoists and material handling components.

Further information - fast and comprehensive

We would be pleased to send you further information in print - just ask at www.stahlcranes.com.

We would also be pleased to visit you for a personal discussion - naturally free of charge and without obligation!

Cutaway photos or postersProduct informations Broschures

Ex-poster

Explosion-protected wire

rope hoists

Explosion-protected

chain hoists

Explosion-protec-ted crane

components

KT 2000ex small crane technology

(as download only)

SH ex wire rope hoist programme

ST ex chain hoist programme

SH ex wire rope hoist programme, Zone 1 and Zone 2

03_0

8EN

.FM

82


Explosion-protected cranes

When it is a question of the safety of man and machine in hazardous areas, STAHL CraneSystems is pioneering, forceful and systematic.

With our experience and our know-how from many decades, our own fundamental research and our own R&D, with approvals from the Federal Physico-Technical Institute (PTB) and other test institutes in many countries, STAHL CraneSystems occupies a special position in this field.

All components of a crane or hoist are strictly from our own production, from motor and brake to control and switchgear.

This ensures optimum, high-quality explosion protection.

The new rigorous ATEX regulations on mechanical explosion protection are of course met.

STAHL CraneSytems was the first manufacturer of overhead material flow technology to implement the ATEX directive 94/9/EC in its production programme.

Single girder suspension crane (1600 kg S.W.L.) used for transporting compo-nents during maintenance work outdoors. The construction of the explosion-protected chain hoist enables the whole crane bridge to be utilised to the full.

Single girder overhead travelling crane (5000 kg S.W.L.) operated by radio remote control in a hazardous area in a chemical plant. Transport of hoppers over several levels.

• Experiencedthe world's leading specialist for explosion protection engineering

• Stricteverything from one supplier and from our own production

• Pioneeringdesign in compliance with ATEX in certified quality

• High qualityextremely safe and accurate

• Comprehensive technology for use in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 21 and Zone 22

References- Linde AG, Höllriegelskreuth- Wacker-Chemie GmbH, Burghausen- BASF AG, Ludwigshafen- Bayer AG, Leverkusen- Hoechst AG, Frankfurt- Degussa AG, Hanau und Frankfurt- Clariant, Burgkirchen- InfraServ, Burgkirchen- Qatar Gas, Qatar

ATEX

03_0

8EN

.FM

83

Explosion-protected crane components

The explosion-protected crane components, as specified in EC directive 94/9/EC, are designed optionally for use in potentially explosive atmospheres in combination with gas or in combination with dust.Make use of their sturdy design, compact construction, maintenance friendliness and reliability in conjunction with the economic advantages of series production for your crane manufacturing.

For further information, please ask for our Product Information brochure on explosion-protected crane components.

In the section on explosion-protected crane electrics, STAHL Crane-Systems offers controls, power supply systems with accessories and control pendants as are required for crane manufacturing.

These components are taken from STAHL CraneSystems’ wide range of standard cranes.

STAHL CraneSystems travel drives are adapted to the requirements of material handling.

The explosion-protected travel drives comply with the equipment group and category of the EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):For gas: ll 2G, ll 3G orFor dust: ll 2D, ll 3D

On the basis of K.Lex (n) endcarriages for overhead travelling cranes, modern single girder and double girder overhead travelling cranes up to an S.W.L. of 50,000 kg and a span of 30 m can be manufactured.

The explosion-protected overhead travelling crane endcarriages K.Lex (n) comply with the equipment group and category of the EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):For gas: ll 2G, ll 3G orFor dust: ll 2D, ll 3D

On the basis of KEHex endcarriages for suspension cranes, modern suspension cranes up to an S.W.L. of 10,000 kg and a span of 20 m can be manufactured.

The explosion-protected suspension crane endcarriages KEHex com-ply with the equipment group and category of the EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):For gas: ll 2G orFor dust: ll 2D

Explosion-protected endcarriages for suspension cranes Zone 1, 21 Explosion-protected endcarriages for o.h.t. cranes Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

Explosion-protected travel drives Zone 1, 2, 21, 22 Explosion-protected crane electrics Zone 1, 2, 21, 22

03_0

8EN

.FM

84


Two great ranges:

• SHex/ASex wire rope hoists for Zone 1 and 21, safe working load up to 100,000 kgin type of protection Ex de IIB T4, on request IIC T4and Ex tD A21 IP66 T120°

• SHex n/ASex wire rope hoists for Zone 2 and 22, safe working load up to 100,000 kg, in type of protection Ex denA IIB (llC) T3, on request T4and Ex tD A22 IP66 T120°

These wire rope hoists are available in various versions, e.g. stationary hoists, hoists with monorail trolleys, or in combination with double-rail crabs.

Special equipment to suit your requirements:

For example: • bronze wheels, • bronze-coated load hooks, • rust-resistant wire ropes and much more.

Basic structure of a single girder suspension crane with electric chain hoist in explosion-protected design

Explosion-protected small crane technology

STAHL CraneSystems has developed the wordl’s first and only small crane system in compliance with ATEX for Zone 1, 2, 21 and 22.

The basis is provided by the innovative KT2000 small crane system. This high-quality modular system is specially designed for the S.W.L. range up to 2000 kg. The basic element of the KT2000 system is the maintenance-friendly, easy to inspect rail. The low-maintenance travel unit with exterior wheels runs easily and smoothly.

Extensive modifications were carried out on the field-proven KT2000 small crane system to to meet the requirements for explosion protection.

Light crane system with electric chain hoist in the hazardous area in front of a paintshop in which tractor components are coated with a special paint. In addition to the off-standard colour for the small crane system, the demands for an explosion-protected design for Zone 2 are met here.

The generation of explosion-protected wire rope hoists

SHex n electric wire rope hoist with "short headroom" trolley for Zone 2

03_0

8EN

.FM

85

Chain hoists for use in Zone 21 / 22 on request.

Safe working load kg 250 500 1,000 1,600 2,000 2,500 3,200 5,000

Hoisting speed m/min 8/2 4/1 6/1 5/0.8 5/0.8 4/0.7 2/0.3 2/0.3No. of chain falls 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2Output kW 0.4/0.08 0.4/0.08 1.2/0.17 2.0/0.24 2.0/0.24 2.0/0.24 2.0/0.24 2.0/0.24Duty cycle %DC 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20 40/20Switching operations/hour c/h 240/240 240/240 240/240 240/240 240/240 240/240 240/240 240/240Travelling speed m/min 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20 5/20Control Contactor controlSupply voltage, 3~ 400 V, 50 HzStationary chain hoist

Chain hoistwith push trolleyChain hoistwith electric trolley

ST_ Ex chain hoist programmewith ATEX certification

STex/Zone 1 explosion-protected chain hoists are the hoists presumably used most frequently in hazardous conditions. STAHL CraneSystems’ comprehensive explosion protection knowhow and the assured quality are complemented by the safety factor of many years of experience. Now STAHL CraneSystems, market leader in explosion-protected hoisting and crane technology, has the first and only complete Ex chain hoist programme complying with ATEX. The basis is the new ST chain hoist programme, ranking among the most distinctive and comprehensive on offer internationally. All components come from a single supplier, from our own production.

In the following you will find an excerpt from the wide range of explosion-protected chain hoists for Zone 1.

Chain hoists for use in Zone 21/22 and on request as belt hoists.

Technical features

• Low headroom permits hook height to be utilised to the full

• Standard height of lift 3 m

• 2 hoisting speeds as standard

• 2 travel speeds as standard on powered trolleys

• Powerful, robust hoist motor with constant performance and long operating times

• Newly developed er-gonomic 2-step SHW 5ex control pendant

• Patented safety slipping clutch protects against overload and limits the hoisting path

• Single-fall chains (up to 2,500 kg) and high-performance motors permit great heights of lift

• Asbestos-free long-life brake

An excerpt from our standard explosion-protected range - STex/Zone1 chain hoists

STAHLplus Info-Service _ For more informa-tion and dimensions, please ask for our Product Information on explosion-protected chain hoists.

STex electric chain hoist with electric trolley for Zone 1

STAHLplus Info _ Every electric chain hoist is tested with at least 25% overload.

• Long-lasting, surface-hardened and galvanised load chain

• Designed in accordance with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX) for equipment group II, category 2G

• Explosion protection in accordance with EN: Ex de IIB T4 (standard), Ex de IIC T4 as alternative

• Protection class to EN 60529: IP 54• Permissible ambient temperature:

-20°C to +40°C• Supply voltages: 380, 400, 415, 500 V, 50 Hz;

60 Hz on request• Control voltage: 42 V (standard), 230 V as

alternative

ATEX

03_0

8EN

.FM

86


The hoisting speeds apply with 2 m control hose. The speeds are reduced with longer hose lengths. Max. height of lift 8 m.

Safe working

load

No.

of

chai

n fa

lls

Outp

ut

Hoisting speed with

Lowering speed

Air consumption with rated load

Air s

uppl

y

Hose

size

insi

de Ø


Pricefor

3 m height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of liftrated

loadno

loadwith rated

loadHoist-

ingLow-ering

A B C D E F H J M

[kg] [kW] [m/min] [m³/min] [mm] [mm] [kg]125 1 0.4 15 40 30 0.5 0.7 G3/8 9 328 232 367 92 213 109 177 148 19 9.5 820 078 0250 1 0.4 8 20 16 0.5 0.7 G3/8 9 328 232 367 92 213 109 177 148 19 10.5 820 079 0500 1 1.0 10 20 18 1.2 1.6 G1/2 13 458 316 505 122 292 148 234 194 28 21 820 080 0980 1 1.0 5 10 10 1.2 1.6 G1/2 13 458 316 505 122 292 148 234 194 28 23 820 081 0

Mini pneumatic chain hoist

Mini pneumatic chain hoists in the "Economy" version can be used in hazardous areas thanks to the drive medium of compressed air.

The low deadweight and compact dimensions make them extremely easy to use. The are very easy to transport.

Technical features

• Extremely low headroom• Standard height of lift 3 m• Infinitely variable hoisting speeds• Suitable for oil-free operation, no additional oiler necessary• Sensitive pressbutton control with EMERGENCY STOP, control hose

2 m (standard), up to 6 m on request• Extremely compact with minimum weight• Insensitive to dust, humidity and temperatures from -20°C to

approx. +50°C• Classification of mechanism group acc. to FEM: 1Bm• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

II 3 GD IIA T4 (X)• Compressed air supply 6 bar• New low-wear braking system• Also suitable for towing horizontally• Available with push trolley as an option

Mini pneumatic chain hoist with hook suspension

STAHLplus Info _ Every pneumatic hoist is tested with at least 25% overload.

Also available with push trolley as an option. Please enquire.

ATEX

03_0

8EN

.FM

87

Mini manipulator

With the aid of the mini manipulator, loads can be guided, lifted, lowered and shifted manually with one hand. The hoisting and lowering speeds can be regulated precisely with the pushbutton control.

The low weight makes the mini manipulator very easy to operate.

Mini manipulators are available with S.W.L.s of 125 or 250 kg.

Technical features

• Very low headroom• Max. 3 m height of lift• Steplessly adjustable hoisting speeds• Suitable for oil-free operation• Precision pushbutton control with EMERGENCY STOP• Extremely compact with very low weight • Not susceptible to dust, damp and temperatures from

-20°C to approx. +50°C• Classification according to FEM: 1Bm• Classification according to EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

II 3 GD IIA T4 (X)• 6 bar compressed air connection• Novel low-wear braking system • One-handed operation for lifting, lowering and guiding loads

Safe work-ing load

DimensionsD E F G H K M R S T U

[kg] [mm]125 92 213 104 177 83 29 19 160 250 190 195250 92 213 104 177 83 29 19 160 250 190 195

Model Safe working

load

No. of chain falls

Output Hoisting speed with

Lowering speed


Compres-sed air

connec-tion

Hose size Chain dimen-sions

Chain weight

Weight with 3 mheight of

lift

Item No.

Pricefor

3 m height of liftrated

loadno load with rated

loadLifting Lowering inside Ø

[kg] [kW] [m/min] [m³/min] [mm] [kg/m] [kg]mini 125 125 1 0.4 15 40 30 0.5 0.7 G3/8 9 4x12 0.35 9.5 820 296 0mini 250 250 1 0.4 8 20 16 0.5 0.7 G3/8 9 4x12 0.35 10.5 820 297 0

Also available with push trolley as an option. Please enquire.

ATEX

STAHLplus Info _ Every pneumatic hoist is tested with at least 25% overload.

New

03_0

8EN

.FM

88


Model Safe working

load

No.

of

chai

n fa

lls

Outp

ut

Hoisting speed with

Lowering speed


Com

pres

sed

air

conn

ectio

n Hose size Chain dimen-sions

Chain weight

Weight with 3 mheight of

lift

Item No.

Pricefor

3 m height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of liftrated

loadno

loadwith

rated loadLifting Lowering inside Ø outside Ø

[kg] [kW] [m/min] [m³/min] [mm] [kg/m] [kg]025TI LM2T 250 1 1.0 20 42 38 1.2 1.5 G1/2 13 19 7x21 1.0 53 820 082 005TI LM2T 500 1 1.0 11 19 17 1.2 1.5 G1/2 13 19 7x21 1.0 53 820 083 01TI LM2T 1,000 1 1.0 5.5 11 11 1.2 1.5 G1/2 13 19 7x21 1.0 54 820 084 02TI LM2T 2,000 2 1.0 2.7 5.5 5.5 1.2 1.5 G1/2 13 19 7x21 1.0 60 820 085 0

3TI LM3,2T 3,200 1 3.5 5 10 10.8 4 5.5 G3/4 19 31 13x36 3.8 119 820 086 06 TI LM6,3T 6,300 2 3.5 2.5 5 5.4 4 5.5 G3/4 19 31 13x36 3.8 234 820 087 0

10TI LM10-16T 10,000 2 3.5 1.6 3.2 3.4 4 5.5 G3/4 19 31 16x45 5.8 286 820 088 016TI LM10-16T 16,000 3 3.5 1 2 2.1 4 5.5 G3/4 19 31 16x45 5.8 370 820 089 0

Profi pneumatic chain hoist

Profi pneumatic chain hoists are designed for use in industry. They can be used in hazardous areas thanks to the drive medium of compressed air.Stationary chain hoists with safe working loads up to 100 t and various trolley versions are available on request.

Technical features

• Extremely low headroom, extremely robust construction• Standard height of lift 3 m• Infinitely variable hoisting speeds• Sensitive pressbutton control with EMERGENCY STOP, control hose 2 m• Suitable for oil-free operation• Extremely compact with minimum weight• Overload protection standard from 1,000 kg S.W.L. (EU version)• Insensitive to dust, humidity and temperatures from

-20°C to approx. +70°C• Classification of mechanism in acc. with FEM: up to 2,000 kg 1 Am,

from 3,200 kg 1 Bm• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

II 2 GD IIA T4 (X) / II 3 GD IIB T4 (X)• Compressed air supply 6 bar• Version up to IIC T6 possible. Please enquire.

Profi pneumatic chain hoist with powered trolley

ATEX

*1 Hoist installed*2 Hoist hooked on

Safe working

load

DimensionsA B

maxC

(b)d D E F G H J K L M N

*1 *2[kg] [mm]250500

1,000

250 130 b+36 70 185 137 39 145 152 ---

563 95 28 42 116

2,0003,2006,300

250292500

130113141

b+36b+60b+70

7084165

185191205

137187154

464679

145233233

152250250

-635763

611798919

95107215

283040

424251

116136236

10,00016,000

490 146146

b+70 165 318318

197199

109 308382

267310

944997

11311216

215 4255

6682

236Travel speed for S.W.L.: 250 - 6,300 kg: 9/14 m/minTravel speed for S.W.L.: 10,000 - 16,000 kg: 5/12 m/minLower flange width b max for S.W.L.: 250 - 2,000 kg: 300 mmLower flange width b max for S.W.L.: 3,200 - 16,000 kg: 310 mm

03_0

8EN

.FM

89

9/98 explosion-protected manual chain hoists with hook suspension

For use in Zone 1 hazardous areas.

Technical features

• Equipped as standard with slipping clutch overload protection• Compact sheet steel housing• Industrial quality• Increased safety thanks to two ratchets• Housing powder-coated up to 10,000 kg, 4-fall, galvanised from

10,000 kg, 2-fall• Galvanised RUD quality load chain in acc. with EN 818-7-T• Galvanised hand chain in acc. with DIN 766• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

II 2G IIB c T4 or T3, also available for II 2D c 135° or 200°C • German certificate of origin

Also available on request:• Stainless steel chains• Ball-bearing load hook

N.B.: 9/98 manual chain hoist in standard version on page 53.

ATEX

Safe working load

Chain falls Load chain Hand chain Lifter after reeling 30 m hand chain

Effort on hand chain at rated load approx.

Weight Item No.

Pricefor

3 m height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of lift

at 3 m runway height

per additional m height of lift

[kg] [mm] [daN] [kg]500 1 5.0x15.0 5x23.8 1165 21 8.9 1.5 820 090 0

1,000 1 6.3x19.1 870 35 12.2 1.8 820 091 01,500 1 8.0x24.0 640 39 19.6 2.3 820 092 02,000 2 6.3x19.1 435 35 13.6 2.7 820 093 03,000 2 8.0x24.0 320 39 27 3.7 820 094 05,000 2 10.0x30.0 170 42 42 5.5 820 095 010,000 4

210.0x30.013.0x36.0

5x23.85x18.5

8574

4531

105100

9.78.6

820 096 0820 097 0

15,000 3 13.0x36.0 5x18.5 50 33 135 12.4 820 098 020,000 4 37 35 170 16.2 820 099 025,000 5 30 37 198 20.0 820 100 030,000 2 x 3 50 2x33 270 24.8 820 101 040,000 2 x 4 37 2x35 340 32.4 820 102 050,000 2 x 5 30 2x37 396 40.0 820 103 0

Safe work-ing load

DimensionsA A1 B B1 C H M M1 M2 M3

[kg] [mm]500

1,0001,500

141168212

87102129

108131146

485768

216256321

288345423

222630

354044

202529

151822

2,0003,0005,000

163202236

88108128

131146168

576881

286354412

491593702

343841

505464

333946

232832

10,000 415346

130218

168282

81141

479568

755824

5849

8771

6567

4653

15,00020,00025,000

425463510

255293326

282 141 758787798

111511651233

556976

90100112

8595106

677585

30,00040,00050,000

8109261063

405463531

282 141 727790875

116012801470

8497110

125140160

118132150

95106118

03_0

8EN

.FM

90


Explosion-protected manual chain hoists with hook suspension

For use in Zone 1 and Zone 2 hazardous areas. Three versions are available:- Basic: Explosion protection class II 3G llB c T3 (Zone 2)- Medium: Explosion protection class II2G IIB c T3 (Zone 1)- High: Explosion protection class II 2G IIC c T3 (T4*) (Zone 1)

* (T4 available on request depending on application)

Technical features

• Low headroom• Low effort on hand chain• Automatic load brake• Industrial quality of gear and chain drive• Fast-running parts in bronze or bronze-coated• Load and suspension hook bronze-coated (Medium, High)• Galvanised load chain (Basic, Medium, High), NIROSTA chain

available as an option• Galvanised hand chain (Basic, Medium) or NIROSTA (High)• High safety factor

Also available on request:• Overload protection• Special surface coating

Safe working load for version

Chain falls

Load chain

Effort on hand

chain at rated load

approx.

Weight BasicII 3G IIB c T3

MediumII2G IIB c T3

HighII 2G IIC c T3

BasicMedium

High at 3 m runway height

Item No.

Price for 3 m

height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of lift

Item No.

Price for 3 m

height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of lift

Item No.

Price for 3 m

height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of lift[kg] [mm] [daN] [kg]

500 500 1 5.0 21.0 8.0 820 135 0 820 144 0 820 153 01,000 1,000 1 6.3 24.0 10.5 820 136 0 820 145 0 820 154 01,600 1,250 1 7.1 29.5 15.0 820 137 0 820 146 0 820 155 02,000 1,250 1 7.9 33.5 21.0 820 138 0 820 147 0 820 156 03,200 2,000 1 10 38.0 30.5 820 139 0 820 148 0 820 157 05,000 3,750 3 7.1 36.0 35.0 820 140 0 820 149 0 820 158 010,000 6,000 3 10.0 43.0 76.0 820 141 0 820 150 0 820 159 016,000 10,000 5 10.0 47.0 155.0 820 142 0 820 151 0 820 160 020,000 12,000 6 10.0 2x45.0 250.0 820 143 0 820 152 0 820 161 0

Safe working load for version

Dimensions

BasicMedium

High A B D E F F1 G

[kg] [mm]500 500 82 56 90 48 30 24 260

1,000 1,000 83 63 100 59 36 29 3001,600 1,250 90 75 115 69 39 31 3452,000 1,250 98 85 132 82 42 34 3803,200 2,000 106 92 160 94 48 39 4355,000 3,750 90 75 188 94 56 47 57510,000 6,000 106 92 283 122 75 68 79016,000 10,000 106 92 340 205 90 81 102020,000 12,000 153 153 390 390 90 81 1040

500 - 3,200 kg 5,000 - 10,000 kg 20,000 kg

ATEX

Stahlplus Info _ See page 92 for manual chain hoists with trolleys. Other versions on request.

03_0

8EN

.FM

91

Explosion-protected manual chain hoists with push or reel-type trolley

For use in Zonen 1 hazardous area.

Technical features

• Small hook dimension• With 9/98 manual chain hoist (see page 89)• Overload protection by means of slipping clutch as standard• Trolley with two load suspension bolts, excellent running

characteristics• Machined wheels with maintenance-free roller bearings • Galvanised load and hand chains, load chain in acc. with DIN 5684-8• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

II 2G IIB c T4 or T3, also available for II 2D c 135°C or 200°C• German certificate of origin

Also available on request:• Stainless steel chains• Ball-bearing load hook

N.B.: 24/98 manual chain hoist with trolley in standard version on page 57.

Safe working

load

Chain falls

Load chain

Girder flange width

B

Effort on hand chain at rated load

approx.

Lift after reeling

30 m hand chain

Weight With push trolley With reel-type trolley

at 3 m runway height

peradditional

m lift

Item No.

Pricefor

3 m height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of lift

Item No.

Pricefor

3 m height of lift

Surchargeper m

height of lift

Lifting Travel[kg] [mm] [daN] [mm] [kg]500 1 5x15 1N: 50-146

2N: 147-30221 6.5 1165 20.1 2.5 820 104 0

820 105 0820 116 0820 117 0

1,000 1 6.3x19.1 1N: 50-1352N: 136-220

32 10 870 26.7 2.8 820 106 0820 107 0

820 118 0820 119 0

1,500 1 8x24 1N: 66-1852N: 186-310

39 11 640 50.6 3.3 820 108 0820 109 0

820 120 0820 121 0

2,000 2 6.3x19.1 1N: 66-1852N: 186-310

35 15 435 44.6 3.7 820 110 0820 111 0

820 122 0820 123 0

3,000 2 8x24 1N: 74-1962N: 197-310

39 11 320 76.0 4.7 820 112 0820 113 0

820 124 0820 125 0

5,000 2 10x30 1N: 74-1922N: 193-310

42 17 170 97.0 6.5 820 114 0820 115 0

820 126 0820 127 0

10,000 4 10x30 1N: 119-2152N: 216-312

45 21 85 182.5 10.7 --

820 128 0820 129 0

10,000 2 13x36 1N: 119-2152N: 216-312

Dimensions and weights on request

--

820 130 0820 131 0

15,000 3 13x36 1N: 148-310 - 820 132 020,000 4 13x36 1N: 158-310 - 820 133 025,000 5 13x36 1N: 170-310 - 820 134 0

Safe working

load

DimensionsA A1 B1 B2 B3 B6 C D1 D2 H L M

1N 2N[kg] [mm]500

1,0001,500

234287350

141168212

122122166

200163228

243140

99140146

108131146

252131

506585

135135135

244289359

93142172

222630

2,0003,0005,00010,000

350428492650

163202236415

166182190242

228243258291

40465362

146149283248

131146168168

31313242

85120120150

135135195270

446495592615

172209223253

34384158

10,00015,00020,00025,000

Dimensions on request

M

AL

H

A1

ØD2

B3 B B2B1

CØD

2

B6Ha646

ATEX

03_0

8EN

.FM

92


Surcharge per m lift of manual chain hoist or reel-type trolley on request.

Safe working load in version

Chai

n fa

lls

Girder flange width

W Push trolley Reel-type trolleyBasic

II 3G IIB c T3Medium

II2G IIB c T3High

II 2G IIC c T3Basic

II 3G IIB c T3Medium

II2G IIB c T3High

II 2G IIC c T3Basic

MediumHigh Item

No.for

3 m height of lift

Item No.

for3 m height

of lift

Item No.

for3 m height

of lift

Item No.

for3 m height

of lift

Item No.

for3 m height

of lift

Item No.

for3 m height

of lift[kg] [mm]500 500 1 55-102

105-152160210

820 162 0820 163 0

820 185 0820 186 0

820 208 0820 209 0

--

--

--

--

--

--

1,000 1,000 1 55-102105-152156-203207-254

170220270325

820 164 0820 165 0820 166 0820 167 0

820 187 0820 188 0820 189 0820 190 0

820 210 0820 211 0820 212 0820 213 0

820 231 0820 232 0820 233 0820 234 0

820 252 0820 253 0820 254 0820 255 0

820 273 0820 274 0820 275 0820 276 0

1,600 1,250 1 74-127127-180190-243254-305

215265330390

820 168 0820 169 0820 170 0820 171 0

820 191 0820 192 0820 193 0820 194 0

820 214 0820 215 0820 216 0820 217 0

820 235 0820 236 0820 237 0820 238 0

820 256 0820 257 0820 258 0820 259 0

820 277 0820 278 0820 279 0820 280 0

2,000 1,250 1 74-127127-180190-243254-305

215265330390

820 172 0820 173 0820 174 0820 175 0

820 195 0820 196 0820 197 0820 198 0

820 218 0820 219 0820 220 0820 221 0

820 239 0820 240 0820 241 0820 242 0

820 260 0820 261 0820 262 0820 263 0

820 281 0820 282 0820 283 0820 284 0

3,200 2,000 1 90-143149-203203-254251-305

250310360410

820 176 0820 177 0820 178 0820 179 0

820 199 0820 200 0820 201 0820 202 0

820 222 0820 223 0820 224 0820 225 0

820 243 0820 244 0820 245 0820 246 0

820 264 0820 265 0820 266 0820 267 0

820 285 0820 286 0820 287 0820 288 0

5,000 3,750 3 106-156160-210210-260255-305

275330380425

820 180 0820 181 0820 182 0820 183 0

820 203 0820 204 0820 205 0820 206 0

820 226 0820 227 0820 228 0820 229 0

820 247 0820 248 0820 249 0820 250 0

820 268 0820 269 0820 270 0820 271 0

820 289 0820 290 0820 291 0820 292 0

10,000 6,000 3 min. 131(fix)

bw+

150

820 184 0 820 207 0 820 230 0 820 251 0 820 272 0 820 293 0

Safe working load in version

Dimensions

BasicMedium

High A B E F F1 G N R L O n

[kg] [mm] [m]500 500 45 60 15 30 24 315 - 75 150 - 2.5

1,000 1,000 60 75 20 36 29 360 90 99 190 100 2.51,600 1,250 80 100 27 39 31 420 90 123 255 100 2.52,000 1,250 80 100 27 39 31 455 90 123 255 100 2.53,200 2,000 100 120 35 48 39 525 95 144 300 100 2.55,000 3,750 125 150 40 56 47 690 130 174 375 135 2.510,000 6,000 160 190 45 75 68 935 135 220 450 270 2.5

ATEX

Explosion-protected manual chain hoists with push or reel-type trolley

For use in Zone 1 and Zone 2 hazardous areas. Three versions are available:- Basic: Explosion protection class II 3G llB c T3 (Zone 2)- Medium: Explosion protection class II2G IIB c T3 (Zone 1)- High: Explosion protection class II 2G IIC c T3 (T4*) (Zone 1)

* (T4 available on request depending on application)

Technical features

• Low headroom• Low effort on hand chain• Automatic load brake• Industrial quality of gear and chain drive• Fast-running parts in bronze or bronze-coated• Bronze wheels with maintenance-free roller bearings• Load and suspension hook bronze-coated• Galavanised load chain (Basic, Medium, High), NIROSTA chain

available as an option • Galvanised hand chain (Basic, Medium) or NIROSTA (High)

Also available on request:• Overload protection• Buffers• Special surface coating

03_0

8EN

.FM

93

28/98 HR/HH explosion-protected manual chain hoists with trolley

Manual chain hoists with trolley are described in the chapter on "Hoists" on page 58. These can also be supplied in off-standard design using special materials for use in hazardous areas.

The S.W.L. range and dimensions are as shown on page 58.

Prices on request.

Technical features

• Compact construction• Short hook dimensions• Overload protection by means of slipping clutch as standard• Galvanised load chain in acc. with DIN 5684-8• Galvanised hand chain in acc. with DIN 766• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

II 2G IIB T4 and II 2D 135°C

29/98 HH explosion-protected manual chain hoists with reel-type trolley

Extremely short headroom

These manual chain hoists with reel-type trolley which can also be employed in hazardous areas when special materials are used correspond to those shown on page 59 as regards S.W.L. range and dimensions.

Prices on request.

Technical features• Extremely short headroom (hook dimension)• Overload protection by means of slipping clutch• Excellent running characteristics• German certificate of origin• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

up to 6,300 kg: II 2G IIB T4 and II 2D 135°Cfrom 10,000 kg: II 2G IIB T3 and II 2D 200°C

Accessories available on request:• Chain box• Parking brake• Buffers• Fully galvanised trolley• Ball bearing load hook

Stahlplus Info _ You will find all common profile specifications on page 46 to enable you to select the correct trolley for your runway beam.

ATEX

ATEX

03_0

8EN

.FM

94


Single girder manual overhead travelling cranes

with reel-type drive, safe working load from 1,000 up to10,000 kg.

• Spans up to 14000 mm• Designed in acc. with DIN 15018 H1/B2• Low effort on hand chain thanks to indirect

drive• Hand chains for 6 m runway height• Primer and top-coat RAL 2000 yellow-

orange• Classification in acc. with 94/9/EG (ATEX):

II 2G IIB c T4 or T3, also available for II 2D c 135° or 200°C

Single girder suspension cranes

with reel-type drive, safe working load from 1,000 up to10,000 kg.

• Spans up to 14000 mm• Designed in acc. with DIN 15018 H1/B2• Low effort on hand chain thanks to indirect

drive• Hand chains for 6 m runway height• Primer and top-coat RAL 2000 yellow-

orange• Classification in acc. with 94/9/EG (ATEX):

II 2G IIB c T4 or T3, also available for II 2D c 135° or 200°C

Also available as articulated crane with push drive (the attachment of the trolley to the bridge girder is articulated) for a safe working load up to 1,500 kg and a span up to 7000 mm.

Explosion-protected cranes

for use in hazardous areas, Zone 1 and 21.

ATEX

Also available witout main girder

ATEX

Also available without main girder in various versions:

Version A with screw-on adapters• 1 set of endcarriages• 1 set of screw-on adapters• No welding necessary

Version B with screw-on adapters for main girder to be set on top• 1 set of endcarriages• 1 set of screw-on adapters

Version C with weld-on adapter plates• 1 set of endcarriages• 1 set of weld-on adaptersOther versions available on request.

A

B

C

ATEXStahlplus Info _ You will find suitable hoists with trolley on page 91 ff.

03_0

8EN

.FM

95

LD explosion-protected digital load cells

Digital load cells for use in hazardous areas in acc. with ATEX.

Technical features• Precision mechanical-electronic system (DMS) in integrated

construction, extremely low wear as there are no moving mechanical parts during load measurment

• 7-segment LED display, thanks to integrated measuring procedure result appears "fast" even if the load is still vibrating strongly

• Plus-minus display for weighing from full load to "zero", tare function for direct display of net weight

• Accuracy of display capacity: +/-0.03%• Digit height: 40 mm• Reading distance: 40 m• Power supply from maintenance-free 12 V accumulators, display

flashes when recharging necessary • Duration of use of maintenance-free accumulator: 120 hours• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX):

II 2G Ex de IIC T6

Scale range Model Display graduation

Weight Item No.

[kg] [kg] [kg]0 - 2500 - 500

0 - 1,0000 - 2,0000 - 5,000

LD 0,25 EExLD 0,5 EExLD 1 EExLD 2 EExLD 5 EEx

0.10.20.512

4747474755

820 073 0820 074 0820 075 0820 076 0820 077 0

ATEX

Explosion-protected balancer

for use in Zone 2 hazardous areas in acc. with ATEX.

ATEXSafe

working loadUnwound

cableWeight Item

No.[kg] [m] [kg]

5.0-11.08.5-15.0

8 12.0 820 294 0820 295 0

Technical features

• Unwound cable length: 8 m• Sheet-steel frame, powder-coated• Conical plastic drum• Nylon rope• Precise, low-friction rope guide• 16 locking positions per rotation• Recoil brake• Infinitely variable spring force by means of

handwheel• Special flat spring (lower spring tension

when rope is unwound)• Classification in acc. with EC directive

94/9/EC (ATEX): II 3G

Stahlplus Info _ Other scale ranges on request.

Stahlplus Info _ Load suspension equipment in explosion-protected design up to 1,000 kg S.W.L. available on request.

Weight: approx. 12 kg

03_0

8EN

.FM

96


Explosion-protected manual winches

Two frame sizes for safe working loads up to 125 kg.

Technical features

• Approvals for lifting and lowering loads• Mechanism group 1Bm• Permissible ambient temperatures

WH 050: -10°C to +50°C, WH 1: -20°C to +40°C• Mounting position and rope lead-off can be determined as required

by turning the winch• Minimum load 1 kg• Classification in acc. with EC directive 94/9/EC (ATEX): II 2G IIB T4

Prices on request.

Safe working load

Model Rope Ø Max. cable length

Effort on crankhandle

[kg] [mm] [m] [kg]63125

WH 05WH 1

34

2827

8...1012...14

Explosion-protected pneumatic winches

Various frame sizes in the power range of 1.0 kW to 6.0 kW for safe working loads up to 3,000 kg. Mechanism group 1 Bm in acc. with FEM.

Technical features

• Extremely compact construction• High rope capacity• Air pressure required: 6 bar• Various controls for different requirements

Prices on request.

Max. safe working load

Profimodel

Rope Ø Max. cable length

Explosion protection in acc. with ATEX

[kg] [mm] [m]750800

Lifter 500-1Puller 800-1

66

58.358.3

II 3GD IIA T4(X)

6401,050

Lifter 500-2,2Lifter 800-2,2

79

86.155.2

II 3GD IIA T4(X)

1,5002,500

Lifter 1200-2,2/6Lifter 2000-2,6/6

1012

72.8-143.2102.3-241.8

II 2GD IIA T4(X) / II 3GD IIB T4(X) and

II 2GD IIB T4(X)1,8003,000

Puller 1800-2,2/6Puller 3000-2,6/6

1012

72.8-143.2102.3-241.8

WH 05 WH 1

ATEX

ATEX

Explosion-protected pneumatic chain hoists

for handling Big Bags, safe working load up to 2,000 kg. Mechanism group 1 Bm in acc. with FEM.

Technical features

• Design with one or two load hooks as required• Few components to ensure low-maintenance and low-wear operation• Spacing between hooks can be adapted later• Standard height of lift 3 m• Air pressure required: 6 bar

Please state runway profile when ordering.

Prices on request.

Max. safe working load

ProfimodelBBH ...

Chain falls

Chain dimension

Explosion protection in acc. with ATEX

[kg] [mm]1,1002,200

10002000

12

7x21 II 2GD IIA T4(X) / II 3GD IIB T4(X) II 2GD IIB T4(X) / II 3GD IIC T4(X)

ATEX

97

The right suspension for every load.The wide selection of STAHLplusload suspension equipment is fast and flexible in handling and offers a safe solution.


04_0

8EN

.FM

98


Only undamaged clamps with legible rating plates and plates giving S.W.L. and gripping range may be used. They must be visually inspected before the first and each following use for obvious defects!

Inspection before starting work

Ensure that the surfaces of the steel plate where the clamp is attached are as far as possible dry and free of grease, paint, dirt, scale and coatings so that the contact of the jaws and the goods to be lifted are not hindered, or protective coatings can generate the necessary friction.

• Inspect the fixed and clamping jaws or their coatings for wear and defects. Both jaws must have a clear profile and the teeth must not be too worn (observe manufacturer’s specifications in the operating instructions, approximate guide max. 30% wear). Protective coatings must not be soiled, damaged, uneven or too worn.

• The whole load suspension device must be checked for damage, corrosion, cracks or deformation.

• The clamp must be able to be opened and closed easily.

• Check the spring. It must present a clearly perceptible spring pressure in the "closed" position when pressing against the suspension eye.

Use for intended purpose

• The supporting ring must have sufficient space in the load hook and move freely. The clamp must have a safety device to prevent it being accidently removed from the hook. A short sling between crane hook and clamp makes loading easier and safer!

• The working load limit (W.L.L.) given on the equipment is the maximum load and must not be exceeded.

• Lifting or transporting loads must be avoided as long as there are persons in the danger zone of the load. In the case of clamps which are not positive locking, but friction locking without any other locking device, the load must on no account be moved over persons.

• Standing under a suspended load is forbidden on principle.

Positive locking

Friction force

Friction locking

General instructions for use for lifting clamps

These instructions for use provide only general information on the use of some lifting clamps and do not take the place of the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer for individual pieces of equipment!

Please read also our general instructions for the use of load suspension equipment and slings on pages 120-121 and 142-144.Lifting processes using load suspension equipment may only be performed by a skilled loader (instructed in theory and practice). Load suspension equipment which has been known to have been overloaded or otherwise exposed to damaging influences must no longer be used until it have been inspected and repaired if necessary.


The form and construction of load suspension equipment must not be modified by e.g. bending, welding, grinding, removing parts, drilling holes, removing safety devices such as interlocks, bolts, locking pins, etc. without the manufacturer’s permission, as the manufacturer’s declaration of conformity and any liability or warranty would lose their validity .

Restrictions of use

Temperature

Clamps without any protective coating can be used with their full safe working load at -40° to +100°C as a rule (dependent upon manufacturer). Clamps with a protective coating can due to this usually only be used for lower temperature ranges - e.g. type TPB, TSB from -20° to +40°C.

Impact loading, load swinging

The safe working loads stated apply for loading the load suspension equipment without any impact.

The full safe working load can be utilised in the case of slight impacts such as arise from lifting and lowering or moving the load on the crane.

High impacts (e.g. knocking the load during transportation) or swinging loads are not permissible!

Goods to be lifted

Load suspension equipment is designed by the manufacturer for particular applications and goods any may not be used for other purposes without consulting him. For example the thickness of the aterial (gripping range of the clamp), surface structure, surface hardness* of the material and the temperature of the material must be taken into consideration. You will find information on this in the relevant manufacturer’s operating instructions. To ensure safe use, the operating instructions must always be made available to the users. It is forbidden to transport persons with load suspension equipment!

* Please note that the surface and core hardness of particular steel sheets may vary considerably: e.g. cold work steel.

04_0

8EN

.FM

99

• This depends on the model in the case of clamps for transporting plates horizontally.For example in the case of steel plates, with the corresponding clamp and lifting clamp models, several plates can be lifted simultaneously if the stacks do not sag.

• Do not leave loads suspended or under tension unattended or for long periods of time.

• When loading, it must be ensured that the load suspension equipment can be operated without the loader being endangered by the equipment, suspension elements or the load.

• The operator must not initiate the movement of the load until he has satisfied himself that the load has been attached correctly and no one is in the danger zone.

• Please note the reduced S.W.L. for clamps depending on the swivel range of the support ring or direction of use of the clamp.(Caution: not all available clamps are suitable for a swivel range of 180° - read operating instructions carefully!)

• The load suspension equipment must be decommissioned immediately if it should malfunction.

Maintenance, inspection and repair of lifting clamps

Load suspension equipment must be maintained in a safe condition by means of regular servicing (in acc. with regulations and the manufacturer’s information) (§ 16 AMVO).

Periodic tests in acc with § 8(13) AMVO on load suspension equipment must be performed by a qualified inspector at least once a year, at shorter intervals if the conditions of use are severe. Records must be made and kept of the inspection and maintenance work. In the main the tests are visual and functional tests whereby the state of components with regard to damage, wear, corrosion or other alterations are assessed and the completeness and efficacy of safety equipment must be determined. The inspections must be initiated by the user.

Repairs and overhauls may only be performed by the manufacturer or authorised persons using original spare parts.

There are many applications which could not be dealt with here. Please contact us, we would be pleased to advise you!

Use for intended purpose (continued)

Caution: A safe positive locking connection requires sufficient strength of the goods to be lifted and it must be ensured that the load or parts of it cannot slip and fall!

• The load suspension device must be positioned above the centre of gravity of the load so that the load does not swing when lifted.

• If long plates or sections are to be transported, using two clamps is recommended to prevent swinging. They can either be used in conjunction with a spreader beam, or for example a two-leg sling with clamps with a swivel eye (e.g. type TBS) within the permissible angle of inclination (note S.W.L. reduction).

• Clamps without swivel eyes must not be loaded from the side! (As a rule, applying the clamp to the plate in the direction of pull of the sling is not permissible as the jaws would clamp too close to the edge of the plate - the clamp is then not seated correctly on the plate!)

• The plate to be transported must be inserted right up to the base of the jaw, the housing must be in contact with the edge of the plate on both sides.

• Only one plate at a time can be transported with clamps for transporting plates vertically. The clamping effect must be exerted both on the front and rear sides of the plate!

Example:S.W.L. in % for type TBS with swivel eye with diagonal pull.

Note safe workingload diagram

It is forbidden to transport more than one plate verti-cally.

04_0

8EN

.FM

100


TKA crate grab

When lifting, the crate grab presses the two clamping jaws under the rigid edge of the container. When it has been set down, the safety latch locks automatically and holds the grab open.The crate grab is available as an internal or external operating grab.

N.B.: When ordering please state type of crate or provide a sample.

TKA0,25/i = interal operatingTKA0,25/a = external operating

Safe work-

ing load

Model Grab width

Wei

ght Item

No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]250250

TKA0,25/iTKA0,25/a

300-600 1010

806 000 0806 003 0

inside grab

outside grab

TRU round stock grab

The round stock grab grips round and tubular material up to 600 mm in diameter easily and safely. The jaws can be equipped with a protective coating (price on request).

Safe working load

Grab range

Z

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.A B C D E F

min. max.[kg] [mm] [kg]100500

1,000

50-15035-20035-200

270503509

292417437

458723745

97150178

435682

81515

171730

3.913.616.4

806 004 0806 010 0806 014 0

1,5003,0004,000

80-30080-300200-600

7207401420

520582930

9379601815

204220318

84125205

202020

253035

2950.7204

806 015 0806 016 0806 017 0

TR pipe grab

For safe transport of tubular and round materials up to a diameter of 1050 mm.

The TR pipe grab is a lightweight grab also suitable for lifting and transporting rolls of paper, fabric, sheet metal, tubes and barrels laid on their sides.The jaws can be equipped with a protective coating of Bremsite or hard rubber (price on request).Other grab ranges available on request.

Safe working load

Grab range

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.A B ØC ØD E F G

[kg] [mm] [kg] 200500

1,0002,0003,000

350-550500-750500-750700-1050700-1050

8001100100013501350

565665665815815

350500500700700

55075075010501050

550550550800800

3535354545

2020203030

344755135154

806 018 0806 019 0806 023 0806 024 0806 029 0

Safety Advice _ The protective coating can only prevent the load slipping if the surface of the material is dry and not polluted with oil or grease.

Safety Advice _ If the centre of gravity is off-centre and the pipe hangs at an angle the surface must be clean, dry and free of oil and grease.

Shackle for grabs for safe working load 2,000 kg and up

Shackle for grabs for safe working load 2,000 kg and up

04_0

8EN

.FM

101

ha021v ZD

C

F

B1

E

AØ 92

TKAd crate grab with tipping device

The TKAd crate grab with tipping device can not only safely transport stacking crates, but also empty them in mid-air.When ordering, please state type of crate or provide a sample.

TFA-D barrel grab with tipping device (for one-man operation)

For transporting, lifting, setting down and emptying barrels.

The grab with tipping device is also suitable for turning and emptying barrels.

A barrel must be gripped at its centre of gravity for it to be turned without difficulty.

STAHLplus Info _See fork lift truck attachments, page 209 for further barrel grabs.

TBG block grab

For safe transport of rectangular, high-value loads with two parallel vertical surfaces. The grab jaws are rubber-coated to protect the load. A safety latch can be used to lock the grab in the open position.N.B.: the material to be lifted must be free of oil and grease.

S.W.L. Model Grab range Z

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B1 max. B2 C D E F

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]200 *1 0,2/150 0 - 150 815 760 - 200 160 30 15 23 809 084 0300 *1 0,3/150 0 - 150 815 760 - 200 160 30 15 23 809 086 0500 *1 0,5/150 0 - 150 815 760 - 200 160 30 15 23 809 088 0

1,000 *1 1,0/250 50 - 250 1050 980 - 250 160 29 20 48 809 090 01,500 *1 1,5/250 50 - 250 1050 980 - 250 160 29 20 50 809 093 02,500 *1 2,5/250 50 - 250 1050 980 - 250 160 29 25 58 809 096 0200 *2 0,2/500 200 - 500 1040 840 275 160 300 35 20 49 809 085 0300 *2 0,3/700 400 - 700 1040 840 275 160 300 35 20 52 809 087 0500 *2 0,5/900 600 - 900 1120 840 275 160 300 35 20 55 809 089 0

1,000 *2 1,0/4001,0/1100

100 - 400800 - 1100

10401320

840840

275275

160160

300300

3535

2020

5172

809 091 0809 092 0

1,500 *2 1,5/1300 1000 - 1300 1520 840 275 160 300 35 20 128 809 094 02,000 *2 2,0/500 200 - 500 1100 1120 250 160 350 36 25 126 809 095 03,000 *2 3,0/500 200 - 500 1100 1120 250 160 350 42 30 160 809 097 04,000 *2 4,0/500 200 - 500 1100 1190 250 160 350 48 35 240 809 098 05,000 *2 5,0/500 200 - 500 1100 1190 250 160 350 48 35 270 809 099 0

ha022v

E

AØ 94

Z

B2

D

C

F

B1

124

94

E

F

TBG with wide jaws (*2)

TBG with narrow jaws (*1)

Safe working load

Model Dimensions Weight Item No.A B L

[kg] [mm] [kg]150150

TKA 0,15/330dTKA 0,15/480d

200-300300

315-330470-480

465-540550-660

2626

806 036 0806 037 0

Safe working

load

Grab range Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C ØD E F G H

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]300 400-600 600 1150 1525 90 34 15 200 400 83 806 038 0

04_0

8EN

.FM

102


TPR profile steel grab

For transporting beams, profile steel, etc.

The jaws lock under the profile and ensure a completely secure grip.

Safe working load

Grab range

Z

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C D E

min. max.[kg] [mm] [kg]500

1,5003,000

0-2000-3000-300

510710720

390495525

625830920

200200220

151520

303043

152442

806 042 0806 043 0806 044 0

TFA barrel grab

For transporting upright barrels to DIN 6643.

This barrel grab grabs upright barrels at the side and sets them down in the same position. The jaws are rubber-coated (PU).

Safe working load

Grab range

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C ØD E F G H I

[kg] [mm] [kg]300 Ø400-600 600 1040 950 90 34 15 200 400 400 57 806 039 0

TFA-R and TFA-TR barrel grabs

For transporting steel drums. The gripping clamps grab under the rim of the drum and with their form-fitting connection ensure it is held securely. Model TFA-TR can be lifted optionally by a hook or by a fork-lift truck.

Safe working load

Model Grab range

Weight Item No.

[kg] [kg]350350

TFA-RTFA-TR

420-700 5.79.2

806 040 0806 041 0

TFA-R TFA-TR

TFA-R

TFA-TR

04_0

8EN

.FM

103

BTG concrete pipe clamp tackle

For concrete pipes to DIN 4034.

The pipe tackle is designed for transporting and setting down upright concrete pipes/culverts.It consists of 3 clamps and a 3-leg chain sling. Also available for concrete pipes up to Ø3000 mm on request.

Safe working

load

Model Grab range

Z

Dimensions Weight per

clamp

Item No.

A B ØC D E F

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,5003,0003,000

BTG 1,5/120BTG 3,0/180 TM-NBTG 3,0/220 TM-N

40-12050-18090-220

135180180

75100100

182626

180310310

165245245

100175175

102526

809 076 0809 077 0809 078 0

TRO pipe hook

For 60° to 90° top angle between chains.

Pipe hooks are used in pairs to transport pipes safely. The shackles are included in the delivery; chain sling not included. Rubber coating for hooks on request.Pipe hooks for top angles of 90-120° available on request.Suitable chain slings can be found on page 145 ff.

Safe working load

Model Dimensions Weight per pair

Item No.A B C D E F ØG H ØI J t

[kg] [mm] [kg]2,0004,0006,0008,00010,000

TRO 2/90TRO 4/90TRO 6/90TRO 8/90TRO 10/90

0-400-500-600-700-80

3540515569

4048626780

627790105115

627790105115

116142173190221

16.324.324.330.330.3

47.672.272.295.395.3

12.719.019.025.425.4

30.244.544.558.758.7

2030304040

3.15.610.517.822.0

809 079 0809 080 0809 081 0809 082 0809 083 0

Technical features• Sturdy design• 4:1 safety factor against breakage• Simple and safe handling• Wide grab range• For the most rugged application conditions• Low deadweight• Service-friendly

TPZ plate pliers

For wooden, chipboard and plastic panels.

Suitable for lifting, setting down and transporting wooden, chipboard and plastic panels vertically.

The pliers are set down on the panel by means of the handle.The pliers are equipped with a protective coating in the gripping area and thus ensure that the panels are gripped securely and are not damaged during transport.

Safe working load

Model Grab rangeZ

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C D E F G H

[kg] [mm] [kg]400400750750

TPZ 0,4/55TPZ 0,4/100TPZ 0,75/60TPZ 0,75/120

5-5555-1005-60

60-120

120120155155

290335349406

525525545560

125125145145

117117135135

6060121121

40407575

66

8x248x24

6.39.012.014.0

809 071 0809 118 0809 119 0809 120 0

04_0

8EN

.FM

104


TBP non-marring grab

For turning and transporting plates with sensitive surfaces. It does not leave any dents or damage.Suitable for aluminium, stainless steel, or sheet metal with an extremely hard surface.The surface of the material to be transported must be free of grease and oil to maintain the friction coefficient of the rubber-coated jaws (smooth PU).Other non-marring grabs up to 3 t S.W.L. and larger grab ranges available on request.Non-marring grab with chain up to 1.25 t S.W.L. available on request.

Minimum load is 10% S.W.L.

Safe working load

Model Grab rangeZ

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D E F G H I

[kg] [mm] [kg]500

1,500TBP 0,5TBP 1,5

0-100-20

127215

200345

5585

5275

69135

86.5131

76118

1320

2024

3.512

809 028 0809 029 0

TBS plate clamp

Safe working load 1,000 to 3,000 kg. With universal joint suspension, swivel eye and safety lock.


Safe work-ing load

Grab rangeZ

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D E F G H I

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,0002,0003,000

0-200-320-32

126192192

270382382

508080

497575

709696

95132132

639292

122020

233030

4.61414

809 018 0809 019 0809 020 0

TBS plate clamp

Safe working load 4,500 to 10,000 kg. With universal joint suspension, swivel eye and safety lock.Other clamps up to 30 t S.W.L. available on request.


Safe work-ing load

Grab rangeZ

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D ØE F G H I

[kg] [mm] [kg]4,5006,0006,000

0-500-50

50-100

292292367

675737785

909598

180176180

27.827.827.8

9595115

143143143

135137135

185188188

333842

809 021 0809 022 0809 023 0

8,0008,00010,00010,000

0-5050-1000-50

50-100

292367360446

737785903921

9898110112

176180195195

27.827.833.033.0

95115125168

143143162162

136136170170

210210223223

3942.46880

809 024 0809 025 0809 026 0809 027 0

The surface hardness of the material to be transported must be less than HRC 30!

The surface hardness of the material to be transported must be less than HRC 30!

04_0

8EN

.FM

105

TBL Plate clamps

TBL self-gripping clamps can be used for the vertical transport of individual plates and steel sheet, and for lifting and turning up to 180°. A spring-loaded safety lever ensures that the plate clamp remains closed when not in use. The surface hardness of the material to be transported must be less than HRC 30!Plate clamps up to 30 t S.W.L. available on request.


Safe working

load

Grab rangeZ

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D E F G H

[kg] [mm] [kg]500

1,0002,000

0-160-200-32

99126192

195225312

295080

334975

477096

5082100

111220

162024

1.53

9.3

809 006 0809 007 0809 008 0

3,0004,0006,000

0-320-320-50

192197293

312339442

808089

756895

9693143

100110129

202020

243235

9.31221

809 009 0809 016 0809 017 0

TCH plate lifting clamp

The TCH plate lifting clamp consists of two plate clamps in conjunction with a 2-leg chain sling.It is particularly suitable for transporting single thick plates from approx. 5 mm in thickness, as well as for plate bundles.

In its standard design, the lifting tackle is suitable for plates up to 1500 mm wide - top angle between the chains max. 90°. For wider plates on request.

The top angle between the chain or rope legs must not exceed 90°.Single clamps available on request.

* per pair with angle of inclination 45°** per pair with chain

Safe working

load *

Grab range

Z

Dimensions Weight**

Item No.A B ØC D E F G H I ØJ

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,0002,0004,0006,000

0-505-325-505-75

135160180200

7590100110

18222632

15324458

8283114172

65617597

10010099129

32496290

447289127

13192636

1317.73169

809 030 0809 031 0809 032 0809 033 0

8,00010,00010,000

5-755-10050-150

260300300

140160160

364040

567066

170216218

100116116

128149150

90113113

130113113

375050

7293.8108.6

809 034 0809 035 0809 036 0

* per pair with top angle between chains 90°** per pair without chain

Safe working

load *

Grab range

Z

Dimensions Weight**

Item No.

A B C D ØE F G ØH

[kg] [mm] [kg]350 0-150

0-250298448

122 160140

41 20 80 20 25 21 809 037 0809 044 0

650 0-1500-250

298448

122 160140

41 20 80 20 25 22 809 038 0809 045 0

1,300 0-1500-250

298448

122 160140

41 20 80 20 25 23 809 039 0809 046 0

2,300 0-1500-250

321417

130 160 5060

23 80 25 25 33 809 040 0809 047 0

3,300 0-1500-250

321417

130 160 5060

23 80 25 25 39 809 041 0809 048 0

5,000 0-1500-250

405495

185 210 82 30 100 30 40 59 809 042 0809 049 0

6,650 0-1500-250

405495

185 210 82 30 100 30 40 65 809 043 0809 050 0

TGF plate lifting clamp

For transporting plate stacks horizontally.TheTGF plate lifting clamp consists of two plate clamps in conjunction with a 2-leg chain sling. Single clamps (without shackles) available on request.

04_0

8EN

.FM

106



Safe work-ing load

Model Grab range Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D E F G H I J K L

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 Shark 1,0 0 - 20 120 240 36 42 60 72 58 12 12 137 152 210 3.3 809 100 02,000 Shark 2,0 0 - 32 170 345 65 58 80 88 69 15 19 191 214 302 6.8 809 101 0


Safe work-ing load

Model Grab range Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D E F G H I J K L

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 Shark-S 1,0 0 - 20 120 248 38 42 60 72 58 12 13 137 152 223 3.6 809 102 02,000 Shark-S 2,0 0 - 32 170 349 65 58 80 88 69 19 20 191 214 326 7.8 809 103 0

TAG multi-purpose grab

A grab for universal use which saves a great deal of time as there is no chain/rope. The grab is easy to open by lifting and simultaneously pulling on the lever. The spring tension of the clamping jaw holds the goods transported safely even is no load is applied. The jaws can be equipped with a protective coating (on request).The surface hardness of the goods to be transported must be below HRC 30!


Safe work-ing load

Model Grab range Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C D E F G H I J K

[kg] [mm] [kg]350350750750

TAG 0,35/100TAG 0,35/200TAG 0,75/100TAG 0,75/200

0 - 10090 - 2000 - 10090 - 200

264382264382

259434259434

128195128195

100156100156

100200100200

8512085120

550760550760

75757575

121121121121

20202020

78908390

8.716.38.616.6

809 104 0809 105 0809 106 0809 107 0

1,2501,2502,0002,000

TAG 1,25/100TAG 1,25/200TAG 2,0/100TAG 2,0/200

0 - 10090 - 2000 - 100090 - 200

320382328375

289434415515

128195135195

100156115165

100200100200

85120105160

570760571750

75757575

121121121121

20202020

8390105105

14.924.320.829.1

809 108 0809 109 0809 110 0809 111 0

3,0005,0005,00010,00010,000

TAG 3,0/90TAG 5,0/90TAG 5,0/170TAG 10,0/100TAG 10,0/200

5 - 905 - 90

80 - 1700 - 100

100 - 200

297297354405440

290290423423562

136136180160200

106106155130175

9090170100200

9191118160183

570570620720840

828282102102

111111111144144

3232324040

137147147208208

26.530.543.870.0105.0

809 112 0809 113 0809 114 0809 115 0809 116 0

Shark plate clamp

For transporting single plates and steel sheets vertically and for lifting and turning them up to 180°. The strengthened suspension eye and the drop-forged housing make the Shark plate clamp particularly torsion-resistant. The swivel-action jaw guarantees high gripping force in every position.Safe working load 1,000 kg to 2,000 kg.The surface hardness of the goods to be transported must be below HRC 40!

Shark-S plate clamp

For transporting single plates and steel sheets vertically and for lifting and turning them up to 180°. With universal joint suspen-sion for two-fall use. Torsion resistant thanks to drop-forged casing. The swivel-action jaw guarantees high gripping force in every position.Safe working load 1,000 kg to 2,000 kg. The surface hardness of the goods to be transported must be below HRC 40!

04_0

8EN

.FM

107

TTR beam grab

The TTR beam grab is particularly useful for transporting beams vertically into and out of stores. The spring-loaded safety catch locks the grab to the goods to be transported even if no load is applied. Simple to ope-rate, the grab jaw is opened and closed by a lever which locks it in the open position.

Safe work-ing load

Grab range

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C D E F ØG H I K

[kg] [mm] [kg]750

1,5003,000

5-165-255-28

243337

405356

132176194

627678

145190208

118152163

507080

121520

121723

536985

4713

809 055 0809 056 0809 057 0

TTG beam grab

Particularly suitable for transporting beams, sheet steel, profiles etc. horizontally. The offset suspension eye ensures that the beam flange will be kept practically horizontal during transport.

The spring-loaded safety catch locks the grab to the goods to be transported even if no load is applied.The lever ensures ease in opening and closing the grab jaw and locks it in the open position.

Safe work-ing load

Grab range

Dimensions Weight Item No.ØA B C D E F G H I J K L M

[kg] [mm] [kg]500

1,5003,000

0-200-300-35

207080

364355

253542

148140180

200180214

274040

203032

95155190

110230284

101520

565060

85100114

131620

3612

809 058 0809 059 0809 068 0

4,5007,500

0-400-45

90110

6064

4655

196222

248304

4050

3542

207237

314367

2022

6490

117143

2530

1628

809 069 0809 070 0

TFRK barrel rim clamp

For transporting upright barrels to DIN 6643.

The clamp grips under the rim of the barrel. A spring-loaded cam prevents the clamp being opened unintentionally.Can be used singly, in pairs, or as a multi-leg system.

Safe work-

ing load


A B C D E F G ØH[kg] [mm] [kg]500 152 150 127 30 21 41 17 40 1.2 809 051 0

STAHLplus Info _ If the beams are long, we recommend using the TTR/TTG beam grabs in pairs in combination with a spreader beam.

TKB cable drum clamp

Used in pairs for transporting cable drums.

The safety lever locks the expanded clamp in the cable drum so as to transport it safely.

Safe work-ing loadper pair

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D ØE

[kg] [mm] [kg]5,000 277 277 82 85 50 11 809 121 0

04_0

8EN

.FM

108


TSH screw clamp

The screw clamp is suitable for a wide range of applications. It is particularly suitable for lifting, turning and pulling steel sheets, beams, structural steelwork, etc.

The surface hardness of the goods to be transported must not be above HRC 50.Screw clamps up to 6 t S.W.L. available on request.

Safe work-ing load

Grab range Z

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B ØC D E F X

[kg] [mm] [kg]750

1,5003,0005,000

0-300-320-500-80

190255290470

526574130

19263050

437585135

113130170225

35445072

15404050

3.17.411.427.6

809 117 0809 073 0809 074 0809 075 0

Parallel grab for gearboxes. Swivelling around curved runway. Catch points for locking in position. Safe working load 50 kg.

Grab for gearboxes. Automatic adjust-ment of centre of gravity around a curved runway. Safe working load 60 kg.

Grab (scissor principle) for cylinder heads. Transport without changing position. Safe working load 20 kg.

2-fold pick-up hook with polyamide coating for cylinder crankcases. Safe working load 70 kg.


Safe work-ing load

Model Grab range Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C D E F ØG H I

[kg] [mm] [kg]100500

1,000

TDI 0,1/420TDI 0,5/600TDI 1,0/600

220-420400-600400-600

79012001200

455610600

550800900

80100100

90160160

---

609292

151515

223030

175153

809 122 0809 123 0809 124 0

2,0003,0005,000

TDI 2,0/800TDI 3,0/800TDI 5,0/800

550-800550-800550-800

140014501450

830920795

110010001000

120160160

22022065

124151151

83107107

303035

424242

150175220

809 125 0809 126 0809 127 0

TDI inside grab

For transporting rectangular and cylindrical hollow goods such as wire reels. Depending on the material, the clamping jaws can be equipped with steel spikes, hard manganese teeth or a protective coating. Please advise version required when ordering.

S.W.L.100 to 5,000 kg.

For clamping jaws with protective coating, the interior wall of the material to be transported must free of grease and oil.

04_0

8EN

.FM

109

Crate grab (swivel action) and lifting appliances for all types of KLT crate variants

Crate tipper grab with self-locking swivel mechanism or turning hand-wheel for transporting and emptying sheet steel crates

Other off-standard grabs

Internal operating grab in 3-arm design - various off-standard designs

Spindle grab Parallel sliding grab for lifting upright reels

Parallel grab Parallel grab for lifting engine blocks or engine componentsRound grab, asymmetrical pick-up


04_0

8EN

.FM

110


Safety Advice _ The high safety standards comply with currently applicable safety specifications.

Scope of applications

Vacuum lifters are particularly suitable for transporting:• sheet metal, channelled and bulb plate• oxidised or rusty sheet metal plates• plastic panels• panes of glass • coated wood panels• impermeable and smooth stone slabs• and all other air-impermeable materials

Advantages for the user

• Efficient, safe and protective handling of flat materials• No mechanical damage to the load caused by clamps,

grabs or chains• Modular system combining a high degree of flexibility with

minimum deadweight• Easy one-man operation• Various handling options:

- horizontal transport- vertical transport- swivel through 90°- turn through 180°- 90° swivel and 180° turn

• Fast attachment to and release from material to be transported

• Optimum matching to the most diverse workpiece dimensions

• High degree of operational safety and reliability even in the event of power failure ensured by integrated safety backup and non-return valve

• Complete solutions with hoist and crane systems

Vacuum lifters

STAHLplus Info _ Matching hoists and suspension equipment are to be found on pages 4 ff and 42 ff.

04_0

8EN

.FM

111

Safe working load

Model Number of suction pads

Suction pad Ø

Dimensions Weight Item No.L1 L2 B1 B2 B3 H A

[kg] [mm] [kg]250 VB 60/4

VB 60/6 VB 60/8

4 6 8

160 160 110

1800 900 800 350 600 approx. 600

60 50 60 80

806 300 0 806 301 0 806 302 0

500 VB 80/4 VB 80/6 VB 80/8

4 6 8

220 220 160

2400 900 800 500 600 approx. 600

60 70 85 100

806 303 0 806 304 0 806 305 0

1,000 VB 100/6 VB 100/8

6 8

280 220

2400 3000

1100 800 600 900 approxca. 800

85 180 230

806 306 0 806 307 0

2,000 VB 100/M/12 VB 100/M/16

12 16

280 200

3000 1100 1200 600 900 approx. 800

85 320 360

806 308 0 806 309 0

VB 60/6

VB 80/8

VACUBOY horizontal

VACUBOY, the vacuum-operated lifter for horizontal handling operations, is particularly suitable for feeding and discharging processing machines as well as stacking and de-stacking sheet products.

Simply attach the device, connect the electrical supply and it is ready for use. By suitable selection and arrangement of the suction pads, not only smooth but also structured and corrugated workpieces can be moved safely without damage.

Easy adjustment of the cross beam as well as the suction pad mounting allow the lifters to be effectively adapted to the most diverse workpiece dimensions.

If you cannot find the suction lifter you need, please enquire! Enquiry form on page 115.

Technical features (standard version for all devices)

• Acoustic warning facility• Vacuum gauge in visual range• Oil-free vacuum pump with safety accumulator and non-return valve• Vacuum control by means of manually operated slide valve or

solenoid valve available against surcharge• Two-hand manipulator handle• Cardanic mounting of suction pads• Variable position of suction pads• Painted safety yellow-green (RAL 6018), partially galvanised• Supply voltage 400 V, 50 Hz

04_0

8EN

.FM

112


VACUBOY 90° swivel-action

The swivel-action VACUBOY vacuum lifter is particularly suitable for handling plates that need to be turned through approx. 90°. The workpiece can be taken up both horizontally and vertically.The vacuum lifter is controlled by ergonomically designed pushbuttons in the manipulator handle, the suspended workpiece can be turned without exerting any effort by means of a motor-driven swivel facility.If you cannot find the vacuum lifter you need, please enquire! Enquiry form on page 115.

Technical features (standard version for all devices)

• Acoustic warning facility• Vacuum gauge in visual range• Oil-free vacuum pump with safety accumulator and non-return valve• Vacuum control by means of manually operated slide valve or

solenoid valve available against surcharge• Two-hand manipulator handle• Cardanic mounting of suction paids• Variable position of suction pads• Painted safety yellow-green (RAL 6018), partially galvanised• Supply voltage 400 V, 50 Hz

STAHLplus Info _ Matching hoists and suspen-sion equipment are to be found on pages 4 ff and 42 ff.

Safe working load

Model Number of suction pads

Suction padØ

Dimensions Weight Item No.L1 L2 B1 B2 B3 H A

[kg] [mm] [kg]250/125 VB 60/4-90E

VB 60/8-90E4 8

160 110

1800 1300 800 350 600 approx. 1050

60 75 85

806 310 0 806 311 0

500/250 VB 80/4-90E VB 80/8-90E

4 8

220 160

2400 1300 800 500 600 approx.1050

60 85 105

806 312 0 806 313 0

1,000/500 VB 100/8-90E 8 220 3000 1500 1200 600 900 ap.1100 85 350 806 314 02,000/1,000 VB 100M/12-90E 12 280 3000 1500 1200 600 900 ap.1100 85 530 806 315 0

VB 60/8-90E

VB 60/4-90E

04_0

8EN

.FM

113

Mini VACUBOY

• Extremely compact and light-weight device with only 20 kg deadweight• For horizontal and vertical transport of inherently stable loads up to 300 kg, in particular

for solid and smooth stone slabs, drums and containers, sheets of glass and other air-impermeable materials.

• One suspension eye for vertical and one for horizontal transport.• Supply voltage 400 V, 50 Hz, supply cable 1.0 m

Safe work-ing load

Model Suction pads

Vacuum producer

Vacuum control

Headroom approx.

Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]100/50150/75200/100

VBM 100/1VBM 150/4VBM 200/1

GRL 220GRL 110GRL 280

T4.4 manual 470500470

203020

806 069 0806 070 0806 071 0

Self-acting suction lifters

Transportation of air-impermeable loads with relatively clean and flat surfaces such as metal plates (a thin film of rust is no problem), polished blocks of marble or granite, coated chipboard panels, plastic panels, etc.

Technical features• Self-acting suction lifters produce the necessary suction force

dependent upon the weight of the load.• With vacuum gauges and optical and acoustic warning signal.

Safe working load[kg]

Model Number of suction pads pad Ø [mm]

Length of beam[mm]

Max. dimensions of load[mm]

Item No.

Single devicefor inherently stable loads

270640

1,100

U02-EU075-EU125-E

Ø350Ø480Ø625

---

1000x2000 806 063 0806 064 0806 065 0

Multiple suction pad devicefor large-surfaced, more instable loads

300750

1,250

U02-2U075-2U125-2

2x Ø3502x Ø4152x Ø625

1500 1500x3000 806 066 0806 067 0806 068 0

Off-standard vacuum lifter for 120 kg blocks of cheese packed in foil permitting air to escape. 2-step chain hoist control for lifting-lowering on the hinged, ergonomic guide bar.

Suction lifter (10,000 kg) for long steel plates for loading a flame-cutting machine.

Examples of off-standard design suction lifters

04_0

8EN

.FM

114


CLAD BOY suction lifter

The CLAD BOY suction lifter is designed for transporting roofing and walling panels of various sizes both vertically and horizontally. Power is supplied by a rechargeable 24 V battery.

Technical features

• Safe working load at 60% vacuum: 160 kg• Frame red (RAL 300) with suspension eyes for crane hook. Length

approx. 1000 mm, overall height approx. 1000 mm.• Take-up unit with 4 suction plates AL 80x400, rigidly suspended and

movable on the galvanised main beam.• "Suction release" by 3/2-way valve with safety device• Attached vacuum gauge with red-green range. Electronic warning

device (specified by BGR 500).• Vacuum reservoir (approx. 10 l), non-return valve and adjustable

underpressure switch for switching vacuum pump on and off automatically.

• Device battery 24 V, 18 Ah, maintenance-free, for horizontal and vertical use. Well over 100 work cycles with one battery charge.

• Switched-mode battery charger, 2.7 A, 24 V.

Safe working

load

Weight Item No.

[kg] [kg]160 115 806 361 0

AERO suction lifter

for horizontal transport of air-impermeable panels and steel sheets, can be swivelled by 180°.

Technical features

• Safe working load at 60% vacuum:- AERO 150/4R: 150 kg (4 suction plates)- AERO 350/8R: 350 kg (8 suction plates)

• Main frame (C-shaped) with adjustable crane eye. The main frame is also the vacuum reservoir. With non-return valve and underpressure switch.

• Manipulating switch for the functions "suction - release" and control switch for "swivel 0-180°".

• Swivelling by means of gear motor with brake.• 4 or 8 suction plates AL 210R, Ø210 mm, with black buna N seal /

corrugated rubber surface. The suction plates are cardanically mounted.

• Vacuum pump type VAL 6T, 6 m³/h, 400 V, 50 Hz, 0.25 kW

AERO 150/R4

AERO 350/R8

Safe working

load

Length of main beam

Length of cross-beam

Overall height

Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]150 1600 800 ap. 1200 170 806 362 0350 2000 800 ap. 1200 ap. 200 806 363 0

Off-line equipment

The suction lifters shown below work off-line. This makes them extremely mobile.Please enquire!

04_0

8EN

.FM

115

Fax enquiry for suction lifters

You can’t solve your transport problem with the suction lifters described above? We can still help you.


Please copy this page and complete with the required data and dimensions.

Fax it to us. We look forward to advising you and sending you a quotation by return.

1. Workpiece:

Material: ..................................................................................................................................................................

Surface condition: � dry � smooth � dusty � oily� wet � rough � sensitive

Suction ability: � impermeable � air permeable � suction test required (sample)Temperatures: Workpiece min./max.: ........./.......... °C Ambient min./max.: ......../........ °C

2. Handling:

Method of handling: � Load horizontal � Swivelling load � 90° � 85° � ................°� Rotating on one level � Turning load � 180° � 360°

Application environment: � Enclosed space � Outdoors under roof � Outdoors

3. Equipment features:Vacuum control: � Manual sliding valve � Automatic switching � Radio remote control

� Magnetic valve incl. pushbuttons on device � Crane motionsElectrical connections: ............... V ................Hz � 3-phase A.C. � A.C.

� L1 � L2 � L3 � N � PESupply: � CEE 16 A plug � Cable balancer with coupling

� Multiple plug � Power supply by customer

4. Crane installation:� None � Existing, safe working load: .......................................kg,

hook size: ......................................................� Single-point suspension � Two-point suspension, dimension between hooks: .............mm

5. Enclosures / quotation date:� Sketch showing handling procedure� Sketch of workpiece � Material sample (approx. 500 x 500) � Other:.........................Quotation by: ......................... Desired delivery date:......../............ c/w / year� Quotation for test acc. to accident prevention regulations (1 x per year) requested

Dimensions and weights Length Width Thickness

Maximum [mm] [mm] [mm]

Minimum [mm] [mm] [mm]

Max. weight [kg] Max. weight per metre: [kg/m]

Sender/customer no.................................................................................................................................Company.................................................................................................................................................................................................Street/P.O. Box.................................................................................................................................................................................................Post code/town.................................................................................................................................................................................................Name of person ordering.................................................................................................................................................................................................Department/job title.................................................................................................................................................................................................Telephone Fax.................................................................................................................................................................................................

04_0

8EN

.FM

116


Determination of safe working load

There are various negative influences on the material to be lifted and the ambient temperature. Every lifting magnet is accompanied by a safe working load table. This table lists the safe working loads dependent upon material thickness, surfaces, nature (air gap) and material.

Influences on safe working load

Material thickness

Workpieces which are too thin cannot take up all the magnetic force lines. Some of the magnetic force lines flow through the air underneath the workpiece causing the safe working load to be reduced.

Air gap

The quality of the workpiece surface plays a major role. The rougher or more uneven the surface is, the larger the "air gap" between the workpiece and the magnet. Air is a strong resistance to magnetic force lines. Also paint, rust, scale, grease etc. form an "air gap" and thus a resistance in the magnetic circuit. Please note the relevant safe working load tables on the magnet or in the operating instructions.

Ratio of workpiece dimensions to magnet dimensions

Be sure to observe the maximum and minimum plate dimensions given in the lifting table.The contact surface of the workpiece should be at least as large as the pole surface of the magnet.

Temperature of load

The safe working loads apply at 20°C. If the temperature is consi-derably higher, around 100°C or more, the magnetic properties of the magnet material are impaired. The maximum permissible temperature is thus given in the operating instructions.

General instructions for use for lifting magnets

These instructions for use provide only general information on the use of lifting magnets and do not take the place of the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer for individual pieces of equipment!

Please read also our general instructions for the use of load suspension equipment and slings on pages 120-121 and 142-144.Lifting processes using load suspension equipment may only be performed by a skilled loader (instructed in theory and practice). Load suspension equipment which has been known to have been overloaded or otherwise exposed to damaging influences must no longer be used until it have been inspected and repaired if necessary.


The form and construction of load suspension equipment must not be modified by e.g. bending, welding, grinding, removing parts, drilling holes, removing safety devices such as interlocks, bolts, locking pins, etc. without the manufacturer’s permission, as the manufacturer’s declaration of conformity and any liability or warranty would lose their validity .

Restrictions of use

Danger zone

The presence of persons in the danger zone of the load is forbidden for the duration of the lifting and transport procedure.

Impact loading, load swinging

The safe working loads stated apply for loading the load suspension equipment without any impact. The full safe working load can be utilised in the case of slight impacts such as arise from lifting and lowering or moving the load on the crane. High impacts (e.g. knocking the load during transportation) or swinging loads are not permissible!

Goods to be lifted

Load suspension equipment is designed by the manufacturer for particular applications and goods any may not be used for other purposes without consulting him. Detailed information is to be found in the relevant manufacturer’s operating instructions. To ensure safe use, the operating instructions must always be made available to the users. It is forbidden to transport persons with load suspension equipment!

04_0

8EN

.FM

117

Safe working load Model Sheet thickness

min.

Ømin.

Length of loadmax.

Dimensions Weight Item No.Flat

materialRound

materialA B C D E

[kg] [mm] [kg]150250500

65100210

SP16.00150SP16.00250SP16.00500

101520

40/10040/16040/220

200020002500

155195250

7595105

83105118

626287

353552

61221

806 050 0806 051 0806 052 0

1,0001,5002,000

540810

1,080

SP16.01000SP16.01500SP16.02000

253035

80/30080/35080/400

300030003500

310370400

150178216

168201236

88123124

526464

5595145

806 053 0806 054 0806 055 0

SP 16 permanent lifting magnet

With the SP 16 lifting magnet, ferrous materials can be lifted efficiently regardless of their shape. The powerful magnet is applied by turning the lever through 90°.

Technical features• Neodymium magnet • Compact dimensions and low deadweight• Operating temperature range from -10°C

to +80°C• 3:1 safety factor

ELM / SK-I permanent lifting magnet

With the ELM / SK-I lifting magnet, ferrous materials can be lifted efficiently regardless of their shape. The powerful magnet is applied by turning the lever through 90°.

Technical features• Neodymium magnet • Compact dimensions and low deadweight• Low-depth magnetic field making the lifting

magnet also suitable for lifting thin ferrous sheets

• Particularly suitable for moving round material• Operating temperature range from -10°C

to +80°C• Safety factor 3.5:1 • Safe working load is reduced by 30% when

used vertically

Additional crane eye for ELM 300 / 600For transporting steel plates horizontally.

Item No.: 806 388 0

ELM

Safe working load Model Sheet thickness

min.

Ømax.

Length of loadmax.

Dimensions Weight Item No.Flat

materialRound

materialA B C D E F G H

[kg] [mm] [kg]100300600

1,0002,0003,000

45135270450900

1,350

ELM 100ELM 300ELM 600ELM 1000ELM 2000ELM 3000

152530405560

150250350450550650

100015002000250030003500

107280255280422560

84155224245380530

120156212286348400

125185260371512770

6090115165216216

7193120169215222

41517797105147

3041528712180

2.58.621.046.0118.0181.0

806 373 0806 374 0806 375 0806 384 0806 385 0806 386 0

5,000 2,250 SK-I 5000 70 650 4500 610 550 610 750 370 310 260 95 350.0 806 387 0

SKI

04_0

8EN

.FM

118


Safe working loads for ELM / SK-I lifting magnetsrelating to material thickness

* Not possible

Model Material thickness20 mm 15 mm 10 mm 5 mm

Test load

Work load

Test load

Work load

Test load

Work load

Test load

Work load

[kg]ELM 100ELM 300ELM 600ELM 1000ELM 2000ELM 3000

350945

1,5752,1003,1504,200

100270450600900

1,200

350735

1,2601,7502,4503,150

100210360500700900

245525945

1,2251,7502,100

70150270350500600

140315525700

1,050- *

4090150200300- *

SK-I 5000 4,500 1,500 3,000 1,000 - * - * - * - *

Safe working loads for SP16 lifting magnetsdependent upon material thickness

* Not possible

Model Material thickness20 mm 15 mm 10 mm 5 mm

Test load

Work load

Test load

Work load

Test load

Work load

Test load

Work load

[kg]SP16.00150SP16.00250SP16.00500

450750

1,500

150250500

450750

1,500

150250500

450490650

150160215

220270410

7090135

SP16.01000SP16.01500SP16.02000

3,0004,5006,000

1,0001,5002,000

2,100- *- *

700- *- *

870- *- *

290- *- *

- *- *- *

- *- *- *

Ultralift-TP permanent lifting magnet

The TP permanent lifting magnet will take up flat ferrous materials.It is magnetised by turning the lever by 90°.

Technical features• Compact dimensions and low deadweight• Particularly suitable for lifting thin iron plates• Can be used from -10°C to +80°C• Safety factor 3:1

Safe work-ing load

Model Sheet thickn.min.

Length max.

Dimensions Weight Item No.A B C D E F

[kg] [mm] [kg]150300

TP 150TP 300

88

15002000

202352

150300

181181

100100

126126

7474

815

806 364 0806 365 0

Infinitely adjustable magnet beam with infrared remote control for a flame-cutting machine, safe working load 3,200 kg, working width from 400 - 2000 mm.

Magnetic beams (rigid or adjustable) for transporting individual long, thin plates (standard from 5 mm in thickness up to 16 m in length and 25 t in weight). With infinitely adjustable electrohydraulic telescopic arms and radio remote control. Slewing drive also available as an option.

SH / HL magnetic carrier

With the SH / HL magnetic carrier, steel plate and sheet steel products can easily be lifted and transported either by hand or by attaching them to a crane. The most effective grip is achieved on smooth surfaces.

A release latch device allows the load to be detached easily from the magnet.

Safe work-ing load

Tractive force

Model Base area Plate thickn.

Weight Item No.

[kg] [mm] [kg]3050

1525

HL 10HL 20

150x100190x140

from 1from 1

1.52.0

806 371 0806 372 0

170350

100175

SH 12/4SH 25

133x106160x120

from 1from 2

1.42.5

806 366 0806 368 0

250500

170300

SH 35KSH 60

190x110310x190

from 3from 6

4.012.0

806 369 0806 370 0

STAHLplus Info _If you are unable to solve your transport tasks with the magnets

shown here, we can still help you! Just ask us!

HL 10 HL 20

SH 60 SH 12/4SH 35K

04_0

8EN

.FM

119

Load suspension equipment from crane manufacturer STAHL CraneSystems

On the following pages we show you examples of our range of spreader beams. If you are unable to handle your transport task with our stan-dard range, we would be please to quote you a suitable solution. Please enquire!

STAHLplus Info _ On page 134 and 135 you will find a detailed questionnaire which may be of help for you to make initial contact!

Safety Advice_The high safety standards comply with currently applica-ble accident prevention regulations and requirements of the Employers’ Liability Insurance Association. EN 13155 and FEM 1.001 are taken into account when calculating load suspension equipment. All approvals and qualifications necessary for production are available.

Stahlplus Info _ Load suspension equipment in explosion-protected design up to 1,000 kg S.W.L. available on request.

04_0

8EN

.FM

120


If load suspension equipment is used which holds the load e.g. with magnetic, suction or friction forces without any other positive locking safety device, the load must on no account be moved over persons.

Commissioning load suspension equipment and slings

Before using a sling for the first time, it must be ensured that:• the sling corresponds to the order;• the declaration of conformity or test certificate is available;• the marking and S.W.L. ratings on the sling correspond to the

declaration of conformity or test certificate;• the operating instructions have been read carefully.The slings must be checked for obvious defects before each use!

Obvious defects

are for example bent hooks, cracked or bent chain links, displaced connecting bolts in chain connecting links, broken strands of fibre or wire ropes, cuts in web slings, damage to web sling sleeves.

Prescribed maintenance and inspections

Slings and load suspension equipment must be maintained in a state of safety in use by means of regular maintenance (as per regulations and manufacturer’s instructions).The user must ensure that load suspension equipment and thus also slings are inspected by a specialist at intervals of not more than one year.Depending on the conditions of use, inspections may be necessary at shorter intervals than one year. This applies e.g. if they are frequently used with the maximum permissible load, in the case of increased wear, corrosion or heat, the effect of chemicals, or if increased risk of damage is to be expected on the basis of the company’s experiences.Inspection records must be filed. If the user has any doubts as to the safe condition of the load suspension equipment and slings, he must decommission them and have them checked.

Extraordinary inspections

The user must ensure that slings are subjected to an extraordinary inspection by a specialist after any damage or incidents which might affect the lifting capacity, and after repairs.

Cleaning before inspections

The slings must be thoroughly cleaned before being inspected. Chains and ropes must be cleaned so that they are free of oil, dirt and corrosion. Any method of cleaning is permissible that does not corrode the base material. Any procedures which might cause hydrogen embrittlement (e.g. stripping), overheating, material erosion or material deformation , or disguise cracks or surface damage, must be avoided

General instructions for the use of load suspension equipment

Definitions


Components not permanently attached to the hoisting equipment, mounted between crane or hoist hook and load, for the safe attachment of the load. For example: spreader beams, lifting clamps, C hooks, grabs, loading forks, etc.

Specialist

A person having specialist knowledge, practical experience and training able to perform the required tests after having been suitably instructed.

Determining weight of load

The load on the suspension equipment and the sling must not be greater than that stated on the S.W.L. tag for the type of suspension and inclination angle. Delivery papers, information on the load itself, weight tables e.g. for steel sections etc., calculation or weighing with a load cell can be used to determine the weight.

Handling load

Before hoisting starts it must be ensured that the load moves freely and is not jammed or still lashed or screwed down. Slings must not be overloaded. Slings must not be twisted or knotted. If hooks are used, the load must be at the base of the jaw and never at the tip. The hook must move freely at the sling point to prevent bending stress. The suspension link or loops must move freely in the hoist’s load hook. If two loops or eyes are placed on the hoist’s load hook, it must be ensured that there is sufficient room and they do not hinder each other.

There must be no danger of the loops being pulled out of the hoist or crane hook by the angle between the two legs.Inclination angles above 45° in the hoist or crane hook may already be hazardous, depending on the hook design!

If the sling comes into contact with sharp edges of the load, it must be protected by intermediate layers such as wood, edge protectors, PU sleeves or other means.

Force must not be used to pull slings out from under the load. Loads must be set down on wood blocks so that there is sufficient space to remove the slings. The sling must only be grasped from the outside when being position to prevent hands being endangered when the sling tautens. When the load is ready for lifting it should be lifted slowly at first and checked that it is attached safely and remains horizontal. If the load tips it should be set down and the sling repositioned above the centre of gravity. The loader must leave the dangerous spot before the load is lifted. Persons must not stand unnecessarily in dangerous spots, in particular underneath suspended loads, in travel and slewing areas or in blind travel and transport areas.

Wrong!

04_0

8EN

.FM

121

STS spreader beam, rigid

Lifting beam with suspended safety swivel hooks (not adjustable). The suspension eye is suitable for load hooks conforming to DIN 15401.

Subject to technical modifications. Transport packaging available against surcharge.

Safe working load

Dimensions Weight Item No.L H h b

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000

200030004000

400400400420

90 60 455575130

808 162 0808 163 0808 164 0808 165 0

2,000 200030004000

420440440

90 60 65120200

808 166 0808 167 0808 168 0

3,000 200030004000

470490490

120 80 80150230

808 169 0808 170 0808 171 0

5,000 200030004000

420470490

120 80 120200230

808 172 0808 173 0808 174 0

8,000 200030004000

530560580

150 100 155285400

808 175 0808 176 0808 177 0

10,000 200030004000

550600620

150 100 175300500

808 178 0808 179 0808 180 0

15,000 300040005000

96010001080

320 155 350540720

808 181 0808 182 0808 183 0

20,000 300040005000

110011501200

360 120 420610875

808 184 0808 185 0808 186 0

Technical features• STS, STV and TV feature swivel hooks (mounted in plain bearings),

they cannot be turned under load.• Standard paint finish: yellow (RAL 1021), alkyd resin based

Obligatory information - residual risks

When loads are lifted with slings, the person below or near the load is endangered. As manufacturer, we must advise you as the user that residual risks remain when using slings, in particular that the connection of sling to load may be insufficiently safe or the load swing after lifting and endanger the loader. Falling loads may endanger persons and goods. As user, you should ensure thorough training of your loaders and crane operators.

General instructions on the use of load suspension equipment(continued)

Notes and inspection records

Records must be kept of all inspections and repairs, and filed for the service life of the sling. The law on protecting employees also prescribes drawing up an inspection plan for all load suspension equipment.

04_0

8EN

.FM

122


STV spreader beam, adjustable

Lifting beam with suspended safety swivel hooks (cannot be turned under load). The working width L can be adjusted by shifting pins. The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load


L max.

L min.

H h b R

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000

2000 3000 4000

400 800 1000 1500

450450450470

90 60 100 200 200 250

25 55 75 130

808 198 0808 199 0808 211 0808 212 0

2,000 2000 3000 4000

800 1000 1500

470490490

90 60 200 200 250

65 120 200

808 213 0808 214 0808 226 0

3,000 2000 3000 4000

800 1000 1500

520540540

120 80 200 200 250

80 150 230

808 227 0808 228 0808 229 0

5,000 2000 3000 4000

800 1000 1500

600620640

120 80 200 200 250

120 200 330

808 235 0808 236 0808 237 0

8,000 2000 3000 4000

800 1000 1500

700740760

150 100 200 200 250

155 285 400

808 238 0808 239 0808 243 0

10,000 2000 3000 4000

800 1000 1500

720760780

150 100 200 200 250

175 300 500

808 244 0808 249 0808 250 0

15,000 300040005000

100015002000

101010301070

320 155 200250300

350540720

808 251 0808 252 0808 253 0

20,000 300040005000

100015002000

117012101250

360 180 200250300

420610875

808 254 0808 255 0808 256 0

TV spreader beam, adjustable

Lifting beam with suspended, easy-to-adjust safety swivel hooks (cannot be turned under load). The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load


L max.

L min. H h b R

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000

200030005000

500100010001000

464504504544

115 55 125125250500

406085150

808 106 0808 107 0808 108 0808 109 0

2,500 200030005000

100010001000

634654694

150 75 125250500

80140230

808 114 0808 115 0808 116 0

5,000 200030005000

100010001000

753803753

190 90 125250500

110180420

808 117 0808 118 0808 119 0

7,500 200030005000

100010001000

861921831

240 110 125250500

180280550

808 124 0808 125 0808 126 0

10,000 200030005000

100010001000

931991911

270 130 125250500

200280750

808 127 0808 128 0808 129 0

15,000 200030005000

100010001000

113011701090

330 155 125250500

350850950

808 134 0808 135 0808 136 0

20,000 200030005000

100010001000

800820900

370 170 125250500

35011001550

808 137 0808 138 0808 139 0

STAHLplus Info _ Easily adjustable safety hooks permit flexible and cost-effective transport of loads.Please state the size of the crane load hook when ordering. A table detailing load hooks conforming to DIN 15400 is to be found on page 140.

h

b

H

L max.

L min.

ha384v

R

04_0

8EN

.FM

123

STHS spreader beam, rigid

H-shaped lifting beam with 4 safety swivel hooks.The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load

Dimensions Weight Item No.B

max.L

max.H h b

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000 2000 480 90 60 90 808 200 03,000 1000

20002000 3000

530 550

120 80 150 280

808 201 0 808 202 0

5,000 2000 3000 4000 5000

650 690 720

120 80 350 500 650

808 203 0 808 204 0 808 205 0

8,000 2000 3000

5000 6000

750 780

150 100 720 1000

808 206 0 808 207 0

10,000 2000 3000

4000 6000

850 900

150 100 800 1300

808 208 0 808 209 0

15,000 3000 6000 1200 200 120 1600 808 210 0

Technical features• STHV/STHS lifting beams feature swivel hooks (mounted in plain bearings), they

cannot be turned under load.• Standard paint finish: yellow (RAL 1021), alkyd resin based

STHV spreader beam, adjustable

The H-shaped lifting beam is adjustable in length and width. The 4 safety swivel hooks are connected to the beam in such a way that they can be moved.The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load

Dimensions Weight Item No.B

max.B

min.L

max.L

min.H h b RB RL

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000 400 2000 800 560 90 60 100 200 90 808 215 03,000 1000

2000400 800

2000 3000

800 1000

630 675

120 80 100 200

200 150 280

808 216 0 808 217 0

5,000 2000 800 3000 4000 5000

1000 1000 1500

750 770 790

120 80 200 200 250 250

350 500 650

808 218 0 808 219 0 808 220 0

8,000 2000 3000

800 1000

5000 6000

1500 2000

920 970

150 100 200 250 720 1000

808 221 0 808 222 0

10,000 2000 3000

800 1000

4000 6000

1000 2000

1020 1105

150 100 200 250 800 1300

808 223 0 808 224 0

15,000 3000 1000 6000 2000 1265 200 120 200 250 1600 808 225 0

04_0

8EN

.FM

124


SKT cross beam

The SKT cross beam features 4 swivel hooks (cannot be turned under load). The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load

Dimensions Weight Item No.B L H h b

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000 1000 400 90 60 50 808 193 02,000 1500 1500 450 90 60 70 808 194 03,000 1500 1500 480 120 80 80 808 195 05,000 2000 2000 550 120 80 160 808 196 08,000 2000 2000 600 150 100 200 808 197 0

SBBT Big Bag beam

The SBBT Big Bag beam features 4 flame-cut hooks for accepting 60 mm wide Big Bag loops.The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load

Dimensions Weight Item No.B L h b s s1

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 900 900 90 60 80 60 30 808 187 02,000 90 60 35 808 188 03,000 120 80 40 808 189 0

SBBT-R Big Bag beam, tubular design

The tubular-design Big Bag beam can accept 60 mm wide Big Bag loops.The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load

Dimensions Weight Item No.B L h b

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000 1000 90 60 35 808 190 01,500 90 60 45 808 191 02,000 90 60 50 808 192 0

Rotating cross beam

The rotating cross beam has round ends for accepting web slings (e.g. when transporting boats). It can be slewed together when not in use to save space.The suspension bolt is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 150401.


Safe working load


L H[kg] [mm] [kg]

10,000 3500 175 550 806 149 0

04_0

8EN

.FM

125

TRB spreader beam with ramshorn hooks, rigid

Lifting beam with welded-on ramshorn hooks at both ends.The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.


Safe working

load


L H h b c[kg] [mm] [kg]

1,000 1000200030005000

190230230270

115 55 33 153853123

806 271 0806 272 0806 273 0806 274 0

2,500 200030005000

300320360

150 75 39 5790203

806 275 0806 276 0806 277 0

5,000 200030005000

375425375

190 90 49 86160469

806 278 0806 279 0806 280 0

7,500 200030005000

470530440

240 110 62 131231564

806 281 0806 282 0806 283 0

10,000 200030005000

540600520

270 130 62 165282721

806 284 0806 285 0806 286 0

15,000 200030005000

640680600

330 155 69 247359922

806 287 0806 288 0806 289 0

20,000 200030005000

600620700

370 170 78 4406201132

806 290 0806 291 0806 292 0


Safe working

load


L max.

L min.

H h b c R

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 1000

200030005000

500100010001000

190230230270

115 55 33 125125250500

174258129

806 293 0806 294 0806 295 0806 296 0

2,500 200030005000

100010001000

300320360

150 75 39 125250500

6397211

806 297 0806 298 0806 299 0

5,000 200030005000

100010001000

375425375

190 90 49 125250500

100178491

806 316 0806 317 0806 318 0

7,500 200030005000

100010001000

470530440

240 110 62 125250500

158267600

806 319 0806 320 0806 321 0

10,000 200030005000

100010001000

540600520

270 130 62 125250500

209338784

806 322 0806 323 0806 324 0

15,000 200030005000

100010001000

640680600

330 155 69 125250500

3214421021

806 325 0806 326 0806 327 0

20,000 200030005000

100010001000

600620700

370 170 78 125250500

5307151246

806 328 0806 329 0806 330 0

TRB spreader beam with ramshorn hooks, rigid

Lifting beam with welded-on ramshorn hooks at both ends.The suspension eye is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.

STAHLplus Info _ Please state the size of the crane load hook when ordering. A table detailing load hooks conforming to DIN 15400 is to be found on page 140. On page 134 and 135 you will also find a detailed questionnaire for your individual enquiry.

04_0

8EN

.FM

126



Safe working

load

Dimensions Rigid TelescopicH Weight Item

No.L

min.H Weight Item

No.L h b 45° 60°[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg] [mm] [kg]

1,000 200030004000

110 60 140019002400

106013001600

101835

806 160 0806 161 0806 162 0

150020002500

1000-13001300-18301650-2370

152340

806 175 0806 176 0806 177 0

2,000 200030004000

135 757570

145019502450

105013501650

263050

806 163 0806 164 0806 165 0

150020002500

1050-13501350-18801680-2410

303855

806 178 0806 179 0806 180 0

3,200 200030004000

160 90 148019802480

108013801680

304870

806 166 0806 167 0806 168 0

150020002500

1080-13801380-19101680-2440

345375

806 181 0806 182 0806 183 0

5,000 200030004000

180 100 158020802580

118014801780

456080

806 169 0806 170 0806 171 0

150020002500

1180-14801480-20001780-2540

506487

806 184 0806 185 0806 186 0

10,000 200030004000

260 140 180023002800

140017002000

70120130

806 172 0806 173 0806 174 0

150020002500

1400-17001700-22202000-2760

78134142

806 187 0806 188 0806 189 0


Spreader beam for box pallets

Sturdy design in high-grade steel with suspension eye suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.With two yokes for lifting individual box pallets. One yoke can be swivelled for attachment.

The low headroom permits maxi-mum utilisation of crane capacity.


Safe working

load


L B H h b[kg] [mm] [kg]

1,0002,0003,000

1250 600 405435455

9090120

606080

404570

806 153 0806 154 0806 155 0

ha023va

h

H

B

L

b

Spreader beam with chain suspension

2 designs (both including chain sling)

Rigid: constant length

Telescopic: effective width easy to adjust by means of pins

Both versions feature a 2-leg chain sling for hooks to DIN 15401. Fixed hooks mounted on each beam end.

Option: design with swivel hooks on request.

04_0

8EN

.FM

127

Long hook beam

Long loads can be transported and turned safely with long hook beams.Various designs are available:

• Two-crane rotary beam • Rotary beam with fixed hook• Rotary beam with adjustable hook• Rotary beam with fixed long hook• Rotary beam with adjustable long hook

Combinations of these designs are also possible. It must always be ensured that the centre of gravity of the load is vertically below the point of rotation as otherwise there is a danger of the load tilting during rotation.

If this cannot be guaranteed, a universal joint should be used between upper and lower beam.

Please enquire.

STAHLplus Info _ Just copy this sketch and fill in the dimensions required. A detailed questionnaire can also be found on pages 134 and 135.

Examples of more off-standard solutions - please enquire!

Transport packing available against surcharge

Rigidly reeved C-hook for sensitive materials, boom and inside of hook protected by PE. Replaceable boom. Safe working load 6 or 10 t.

Automatic 6-arm lifting beam for transporting rings with 10,000 mm diameter. The arms move into a preset position when lifting. Safe working load 27 t.

Two-crane or two-crab lifting beam with rotating central hook. Safe working load 40 t. Off-standard lifting beam, 12 chain connections on the load side. Safe working laod 50 t.

04_0

8EN

.FM

128


Manual turnover spreader beam

With suspension for single hook to DIN 15401.With two turning units suitable for web slings.

For transporting and turning goods over manually.The sheave suspensions can be adjusted to the desired working width. The sheaves can be equipped with endless webbing slings. With chain sheaves on request.

When using this beam please ensure that the centre of gravity is in the centre.

Price without webbing slings - web slings on request. Subject to technical modifications.

Safe working

load


Lmax.

Lmin.

h b m t

[kg] [mm] [kg]500 1000

20003000

50010001500

80 40 70 260300320

184365

806 259 0806 260 0806 261 0

1,000 100020003000

50010001500

90 60 70 280320340

204567

806 262 0806 263 0806 264 0

2,000 100020003000

50010001500

90 60 70 350350370

355580

806 265 0806 266 0806 267 0

3,000 100020003000

50010001500

120 80 70 390410430

507090

806 268 0806 269 0806 270 0

Electromechanically powered turnover spreader beam

For transporting and turning over loads with inherent stability and symmetrical weight.

Fixed working width. The load is turned by means of endless webbing slings.

On request we can also supply turnover spreader beams with adjustable working width for transporting loads with different lengths.

In applications in which the endless sling cannot be looped around the workpiece, turning is performed by divided slings with an end fixing.

Please send us your enquiry. We will be pleased to send you a specia-lised non-binding quotation.

Safety Advice _ The high safety standards comply with currently applicable safety specifications.



04_0

8EN

.FM

129

Telescopic spreader beam

Hydraulically powered, with weld-on hooks.Safe working loads from 1,000 to 10,000 kg.Length from 1000 to 4000 mm.

Please send us your enquiry. We will be pleased to send you a specifically prepared non-binding quotation.


Examples of other off-standard solutions - please enquire!


Stainless steel manual turnover spreader beam. Off-standard suspension for lifting magnet. Replaceable chain anchorage, wear protection for crane hook. Safe working load 30 t.

04_0

8EN

.FM

130


ha025v


ha026v

Spreader beam with weld-on hooks

With suspension for single load hooks to DIN 15401. The weld-on hooks are welded onto the beam ends. This provides for an extremely low headroom and optimum utilisation of the whole working width.

Spreader beam with adjustable crane suspension

Two-crane spreader beam

ha024v

Alignment beam with chain

With 2-leg chain suspension for single hook to DIN 15401.

Five/seven hooks with chain sheaves are suspended from a conti-nuous chain to DIN 5687-8, providing for automatic height alignment and equal load on all hooks. The chain shortener permits the chain to be adjusted if not all the hooks are attached to the load.

ha027v

Box construction spreader beam

ha028v

C-hook spreader beam

ha030v

ha029v

Adjustable spreader beam

STAHLplus Info _ If you are not able to ensure the stable storage of your load suspension equipment to comply with DIN EN 13155 on your own responsibility, we will send you our suggestions on enquiry.

Safety Advice _ High standard of safety complying with currently applicable safety regulations.

04_0

8EN

.FM

131

Rail spreader beamFrame spreader beam

Extremely low headroom telescopic spreader beam (electrohydraulically adjustable) for transporting pressing tools (S.W.L. of 40 t and above possible).

Stainless steel Big Bag beam

ST10 (short headroom) electric chain hoist with a Big Bag beam with extremely short dimensions (risk of tipping when travelling without load). Available in various designs: galvanised, stainless steel, painted


04_0

8EN

.FM

132


Double H beam with alignment facility for transporting a machine with 8 suspension pointsDouble H beam

H-shaped aluminium spreader beamAluminium spreader beam Aluminium lifting beam with up to 3,000 kg safe working load. Load hook can swivel under load.

Big Bag beam with weld-on hooks and low headroom

Spreader beam for two-crane application Big Bag beam with slots for fork-lift truck forks

Spreader beam for transporting engine blocks Adjustable spreader beam for lifting radiators, with adjustable turning facility


04_0

8EN

.FM

133

Load suspension equipment for transporting differing drumsLoad suspension equipment for transporting drums

Spreader beam for transporting steel plates (adjustable) Spreader beam for loading pipes (avoiding damage to edges of pipes)

X beam with loading beam and transport frame

Load suspension equipment for transporting steel coils horizontally

H beam with belt loops, with several suspension points

Load suspension equipment for transporting shafts


04_0

8EN

.FM

134


Fax enquiry for spreader beams Simply copy - fill in - fax

If you are still unable to find a solution to your specific transport problems using the beams detailed on pages 119-133, just ask us!

Please photocopy this page and fill in the required data and dimensions, and fax it to us.

We’ll be pleased to advise you and send you a quotation immediately!

Information on load

1. Type of load .......................................................................................................................................................

2. Load data Weight min. ............................ kg max................................. kgLength min. ..........................mm max...............................mmWidth min. ..........................mm max...............................mmHeight min. ..........................mm max...............................mmOutside diameter min. ..........................mm max...............................mmInside diameter min. ..........................mm max...............................mm

3. Position of load Length/main axis � horizontal � vertical � angledType of load attachment � clamping � gripping from below

4. Movement of load � lifting turning horizontally � 90 ° � 180 ° � 320 ° � unlimited� setting upright, touching ground � 90 ° � 180 °� turning while suspended � 90 ° � 180 ° � 270 °

5. Stability of load � inherently stable � non-rigid/sagging� bundled � loosely stacked

6. Surface of load � dry � damp � soiled by lubricant� pressure-sensitive � pressure-insensitive

7. Temperature of load Room temperature � -20 °C to + 50 °CLow temperature � min. - ..............°CHigh temperature � max. + .............°C

8. Possibility of taking upload � looping round � gripping from below

� pressing in at sides � clamping

9. Load suspension points..............................................................................................................................................................

Information on existing hoisting equipment

1. Type of crane � overhead travelling crane � portal crane � tower slewing crane� mobile crane � wharf crane � ...........................crane

2. Crane hook � Single hook No. ........................... DIN 15401, safe working load ....................t.� Ramshorn hook No. .....................DIN 15402, safe working load ....................t.

3. Height of lift ....................................m

04_0

8EN

.FM

135

Fax enquiry for spreader beams Simply copy - fill in - fax(continued from page 134)

Information on load suspension equipment

1. Required dimensions Length...............................mm Jaw width...........................................mmWidth.................................mm Inside height......................................mmHeight................................mm

2. Required suspension � Suspension eye � Fixed pin � Cotter pin

3. Desired operating � Lever for holding open � Automatic openerdevices � Attachment aid (for opening and closing)

4. Other � Warning stripes conforing to DIN 15026� Off-standard paint finish RAL ...................................

5. Please enclose sketch showing direction of force and centre of gravity

Other information ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Information on application

1. Place of use � Under cover � Outdoors

2. Movement of load � Lifting horizontally � Turning by 90 °� Turning by 180 ° � Turning by 360 °� Setting upright touching ground

3. Available space � Lateral space restricted...............................mm� Load stacked with...........................mm interstices� Load stacked without interstices� Load lying on ground

Max. possible height of load suspension equipment......................mm

4. Number of cycles � per hour......................... � per day..................... � per month.........................

Date/signature:..................................................................................................................................................................

Name/customer No.................................................................................................................................Company................................................................................................................................................................................................

Street/P.O. Box................................................................................................................................................................................................

Post code/town................................................................................................................................................................................................

Who is responsible if we have any questions?................................................................................................................................................................................................

Department/job title................................................................................................................................................................................................

Telephone Fax................................................................................................................................................................................................

04_0

8EN

.FM

136


SCH C-hook

SCH C-hooks effectively lift and transport cylindrical loads such as rolled sheet metal coils, pipe sections, wire and cable coils. Practical handles allow for safe and easy use.The suspension is suitable for hooks conforming to DIN 15401.Standard paint finish: yellow (RAL 1021), alkyd resin based.Version with 3/4 tine also available.

Safe working

load

Dimensions Weight Item No.A C D h b

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,000 300

800400 80

100100 50 25

65806 120 0806 121 0

2,500 300800

500 100150

130 65 45130

806 122 0806 123 0

5,000 300800

500 130160

190 95 90235

806124 0806 125 0

7,500 500800

550 160200

230 115 210310

806 126 0806 127 0

10,000 8001000

600 200230

230 135 405525

806 128 0806 129 0

15,000 8001250

650 250280

320 155 545935

806 130 0806 131 0

20,000 8001500

700 290360

360 180 8851410

806 132 0806 133 0

25,000 10001500

750 330350

400 200 10651890

806 134 0806 135 0

30,000 1250 800 350 450 220 1720 806 136 035,000 1500 850 370 450 220 2630 806 137 0

Coil turning hook

The coil turning hook is an all-purpose C-hook. Thanks to its swivel-mounted tilting nose it can take up or set down coils both vertically and horizontally.

The tilting nose on the hook allows the coil to be swivelled by 90° in complete safety.The gentle rolling action of the tilting nose permits the coil to be lifted or set down without any jolts and also acts as a safety latch to prevent the coil sliding off inadvertently during transport.The suspension is suitable for load hooks conforming to DIN 15401.

Other sizes and versions available on request.

STAHLplus Info _ Please state the size of the crane load hook when ordering. A table detailing load hooks conforming to DIN 15400 is to be found on page 140. You will also find a detailed questionnaire for your individual enquiry on pages 134 and 135.

ha420v

H

GD

E

A

Safe working

load

Dimensions Weight Item No.A D E G H

[kg] [mm] [kg]500 120

200330 470 110 60 6.9

9.6806 376 0806 377 0

1,000 200300

460 600 110 60 15.420.0

806 378 0806 379 0

2,000 200300

420 600 135 75 24.833.4

806 380 0806 381 0

3,000 200300

610 820 160 90 45.051.0

806 382 0806 383 0

04_0

8EN

.FM

137

Additional equipment for C-hooks (coil hooks)

Placement frame suitable for C-hooks made of sturdy, welded sectional structure, with guide plates and mounting facilities on bay floor. Just ask us!

Prices on request

Examples of other load suspension equipment - please enquire!

Coil hook with chain suspension (thus without counterweight). Safe working load 30 t. Roller dismantling hook with counterweight and PU protection. Safe working load 2 t.

Coil hook with counterweight, 3/4 design, safe working load 25 t.

04_0

8EN

.FM

138


LT crane pallet loading fork with manual centre of gravity alignment

There are two versions available:• without height adjustment: LT vm• with height adjustment: LT vhm

With the LT loading fork, material stored on pallets can be moved above floor level with a crane. The height adjustment facility ensures that the loading fork can be adapted optimally to suit the load. The centre of gravity alignment can be altered with the manually adjustable suspension.The tines are laterally adjustable so that they can be adapted to suit different sized pallets, box pallets, etc.Painted to RAL 1004.Centre of gravity of load: 600 mm.

Ver-sion

Safe working

load

Model Dimensions Weight Item No.B L a b H h

max. min. max. min.

[kg] [mm] [kg]

w/o

hei

ght

adju

stm

ent 1,000

1,500 2,000 2,5003,000

LT 1,0 vmLT 1,5 vmLT 2,0 vmLT 2,5 vmLT 3,0 vm

900 350 350 400400 450

1100 60 40 40 4545

80 80 100 100120

1660 1680 1750 17501760

1300 75115160190200

808 019 0808 020 0808 021 0808 022 0808 023 0

with

hei

ght

adju

stm

ent 1,000

1,500 2,000 2,5003,000

LT 1,0 vhmLT 1,5 vhmLT 2,0 vhmLT 2,5 vhmLT 3,0 vhm

900 350 350 400400 450

1100 60 40 40 4545

80 80 100 100120

24002380242024402460

17001680172017401760

1300to

2000

75150200230245

808 024 0808 044 0808 045 0808 046 0808 047 0

LT crane pallet loading fork with automatic centre of gravity alignment

There are two versions available:• without height adjustment: LT va• with height adjustment: LT vha

With the LT loading fork, material stored on pallets can be moved above floor level with a crane. The height adjustment facility ensures that the loading fork can be adapted optimally to suit the load.The centre of gravity is adjusted automatically, but requires a minimum load of 25% of the rated load. The tines are laterally adjustable so that they can be adapted to suit different sized pallets, box pallets, etc.Painted to RAL 1004.Centre of gravity of load: 600 mm.

Ver-sion

Safe working

load

Model Dimensions Weight Item No.B L a b H h

max. min. max. min.

[kg] [mm] [kg]

w/o

hei

ght

adju

stm

ent 1,000

1,500 2,000 2,5003,000

LT 1,0 vaLT 1,5 vaLT 2,0 vaLT 2,5 vaLT 3,0 va

900 350 350 400400 450

1100 60 40 40 4545

80 80 100 100120

18501800185018501850

1300 75115150190230

808 048 0808 049 0808 069 0808 070 0808 071 0

with

hei

ght

adju

stm

ent 1,000

1,500 2,000 2,5003,000

LT 1,0 vhaLT 1,5 vhaLT 2,0 vhaLT 2,5 vhaLT 3,0 vha

900 350 350 400400 450

1100 60 40 40 4545

80 80 100 100120

25502550260026002600

18501850190019001900

1300to

2000

100135180225245

808 072 0808 073 0808 074 0808 094 0808 095 0

Safety Advice _ The loading forks are not suitable for transporting liquid goods. Take particular care when lifting loads to ensure that the centre of gravity of the load is under the suspension point of the loading fork (note the centre of gravity marking.)The load must not extend beyond the tips of the fork tines.

04_0

8EN

.FM

139

Loading fork for EURO pallets and box palletsFig. 1

• Centre of gravity spacing 400 mm• Centre of gravity adjustment by hand

Fig. 1

Safe working

load

Model Usable height

Tinelength

Tineheight

Tine spacing Totalheight

Weight Item No.inside outside

[kg] [mm] [kg]700 L 9 1000 800 60 550 670 1350 45 808 096 0900 L 10 1000 800 60 540 700 1360 52 808 097 0

1,200 L 11 1200 800 60 540 700 1580 65 808 098 0

Fig. 2

Fig. 3


• Centre of gravity spacing 400 mm, 500 mm, 600 mm• Centre of gravity adjustment by hand

Safe working loadwith

centre of gravity spacing

Model Usable height

Tinelength

Tineheight


Weight Item No.

400 500 600 inside outside[kg] [mm] [kg]

1,500 1,500 1,300 L 14 1200 1100 40 390 550 1580 100 808 099 0


• Centre of gravity spacing 400 mm, 500 mm, 600 mm• Automatic balancing facility with evenly distributed load• Automatic balancing effective from approx. 20-25% of rated load

Safe working loadwith

centre of gravity spacing

Model Usable height

Tinelength

Tineheight


Weight Item No.

400 500 600 inside outside[kg] [mm] [kg]

1,000 1,000 800 L 16 1350 1100 35 390 550 1870 100 808 104 01,500 1,500 1,300 L 18 1100 1100 40 390 550 1620 115 808 105 0

Off-standard loading forks on request

Loading fork for 5 PVC boxes; each box is secured with 2 take-up tines

Loading fork for 3 PVC boxes stacked on top of each other

04_0

8EN

.FM

140


*1 Lighter duty than mechanism group 1 Bm may not be taken into consideration = selection for production cranes, e.g. steelwork or rolling mill cranes

Property class Mechanism group *1 Property

classM *1 *1 *1 *1 1Bm 1Am 2m 3m 4m 5m MP *1 *1 *1 1Bm 1Am 2m 3m 4m 5m - PS *1 *1 1Bm 1Am 2m 3m 4m 5m - - ST *1 1Bm 1Am 2m 3m 4m - - - - TV 1Bm 1Am 2m 3m 4m - - - - - V

Load hook No. Safe working load in [kg] Load hook

No.020 1000 800 630 500 400 320 250 200 160 125 020025 1250 1000 800 630 500 400 320 250 200 160 02504 2000 1600 1250 1000 800 630 500 400 320 250 0405 2500 2000 1600 1250 1000 800 630 500 400 320 0508 4000 3200 2500 2000 1600 1250 1000 800 630 500 081 5000 4000 3200 2500 2000 1600 1250 1000 800 630 1

1,6 8000 6300 5000 4000 3200 2500 2000 1600 1250 1000 1,62,5 12500 10000 8000 6300 5000 4000 3200 2500 2000 1600 2,54 20000 16000 12500 10000 8000 6300 5000 4000 3200 2500 45 25000 20000 16000 12500 10000 8000 6300 5000 4000 3200 56 32000 25000 20000 16000 12500 10000 8000 6300 5000 4000 68 40000 32000 25000 20000 16000 12500 10000 8000 6300 5000 810 50000 40000 32000 25000 20000 16000 12500 10000 8000 6300 1012 63000 50000 40000 32000 25000 20000 16000 12500 10000 8000 1216 80000 63000 50000 40000 32000 25000 20000 16000 12500 10000 1620 100000 80000 63000 50000 40000 32000 25000 20000 16000 12500 2025 125000 100000 80000 63000 50000 40000 32000 25000 20000 16000 2532 160000 125000 100000 80000 63000 50000 40000 32000 25000 20000 3240 200000 160000 125000 100000 80000 63000 50000 40000 32000 25000 4050 250000 200000 160000 125000 100000 80000 63000 50000 40000 32000 50

Load hooks

Mechanism groups and safe working loads of load hooks conf. to DIN 15400

Load hooks

Dimensions

RSNRSRF

DIN 15401 DIN 15402[mm] [mm]

a 1 a 2 a 3 b 2 h 2 a 1 a 2 a 3 b 1 f h0200250405

34364043

27263234

39414549

18192224

22242931

----

----

----

----

----

----

081

1,62,5

48505663

38404550

54576472

29323845

37404858

---

50

---

40

---

65

---

40

---

208

---

5045 68

7180 90100

58637180

8090 101113

5360 6775

6775 8595

5663 7180

4550 5663

7382 92103

4853 6067

238266 301337

6067 7585

10121620

112125140160

90100112125

127143160180

8595106118

106118132150

90100112125

718090100

116130146163

758595106

377421471531

95106118132

25324050

180200224

-

140160180

-

202225252

-

132160170

-

170190212

-

140160180200

112125140160

182205230260

118132150170

598672754842

150170190212

141

Slings

STAHLplus slings make lifting and transporting easier whenever more than a hook is required. They always provide a practical solution and a secure link between the hook and the load.

05_0

8EN

.FM

142

Slings

Looped loading (choke hitch)If a sling is looped, an angle of approx. 60° must be ensured (see illustration) and must not be altered by any subsequent tautening as otherwise imper-missible strain could occur in the leg. If looping is used, the S.W.L. must be limited to 80% of the marked S.W.L. or the symbol giving the reduced S.W.L. for looping may be shown on the tag or label (e.g. S.W.L. label on textile slings).

If long goods are transported, the load will be stable if two looped slings are used in parallel. If two or more single leg looped slings are used in parallel, the slings must be looped in the same direction to prevent further detrimental bending at the load (torque), and in opposite directions to ensure that the load does not roll when first being lifted and is stable enough to subsume the torques arising.Long narrow goods must not be attached with single loops as there is a danger of them swinging and slipping. If the inclination angle is wide and/or the surface of the load is slippery, there is a danger of the slings sliding towards one another due to the high transverse forces. In such cases, spreader beams must be used to maintain a small angle!

Caution! Never put your hand in loops!

Laying aroundIn this case, ideally the sling is run through an opening in the load and both eyes or loops suspended directly from the crane hook.

Using two slings under the load with four or more eyes or loops on the crane hook is to be avoided as the crane hook is too small for the loops as a rule or they lie on top of one another (danger of crushing).

With this type of loading, there is a particularly high risk of the slings sliding towards one another and the load shifting and/or slipping!In the case of long, rod-shaped loads, with chok hitch loading, the risk of the load or parts of the load shooting out e.g. at an accidental impact or sudden braking, can hardly be avoided!

Caution: Never put your hand between sling and load!

Wrong!

N.B.:Use spreader beams to prevent too large an inclination angle and associa-ted transverse forces.Looped slings offer greater safety against the load slipping or shooting out.

General information on the use of slings

Definitions

SlingsLoad suspension equipment also suitable for use with a choke hitch (forming a loop), e.g. rope slings, chain slings or webbing slings. Examples:

Specialist (definition from EN 818-1)A person having specialist knowledge, practical experience and training able to perform the required tests after having been suitably instructed.

1. Determining weight of load

The load on the suspension equipment and the sling must not be greater than that stated on the S.W.L. tag for the type of suspension and inclination angle. Delivery papers, information on the load itself, weight tables e.g. for steel sections etc., calculation or weighing with a load cell can be used to determine the weight.

2. Determining type of loading

The load must be suspended in such a way that neither the load nor the sling are damaged. Slings can be attached to the load in various ways:

Direct loading at slinging pointsThe slinging point(s) selected must have sufficient strength to carry the load safely! If an inclination angle is generated at the legs, the diagonal pull and resulting transverse forces - which are also exerted on the slinging points - must be taken into consideration.The hook and the slinging point match if the sus-pension point is in the centre of the bottom of the hook jaw and loading the tip of the hook is avoided. In the case of multi-leg slings, the load hooks (unless they are especially designed) must point outwards to prevent impermissible loading of the hook tip or even accidental unloading. Suitable precautions must always be taken to prevent acci-dental unloading (e.g. safety catch on load hook, special precautions taken by loader...).

05_0

8EN

.FM

143

A leg of multi-leg tackle suspended nearly vertical takes up nearly all the load. Thus in the case of two-leg tackle with one leg suspended nearly vertical (inclination angles up to 7° can be neglected), the S.W.L. of a single leg can be taken. (For a size 10 chain sling this would mean e.g. 3.15 t instead of halving the S.W.L. of 4.25 t given for the whole tackle up to 45° inclination angle = 2.12 t).

In the case of three- and four-leg tackles, for example, the S.W.L. of two legs can be selected taking into consideration the largest inclination angle, if the load is evenly distributed between them.

Caution:Also in the case of three- and four leg tackles, only one leg can be regarded as load-bearing if it is hanging nearly vertical.

N.B.:Take the instability of the load into account in the case of asymmetrical load distribution!

5. Inclination angle

When using multi-leg slings, the slinging points and the sling lengths must be selected to provide inclination angles in the range of the specified S.W.L. marking. By preference, all inclination angles should be equal and be at least 15° as the load is then more stable and can be better distributed to the two legs.On no account must the inclination angle exceed 60°. The load hook from which the sling is suspended should be positioned directly above the centre of gravity of the load.In the case of larger inclination angles, the load to be lifted must subsume high transverse forces. Both the slinging points and the load must therefore be stable enough to subsume these forces safely without damage!

Inclination angles greater than 60° are not permissible!

An inclination angle of 75° for example would already result in 20 t load per leg. This is not economical and is extremely dangerous. Every estimated or wrongly estimated degree of the inclination angle used would lead to extreme overloading of the sling!

N.B.: Spreader beams can be used to avoid large inclination angles.

Fig. Overlapping

In the above example of overlapping, only one slinging point is on the side with the heavier loading. The detrimental factors of eccentric centre of gravity and unfavourable distribution of slinging points overlap.

Fig. Cancelling out

In the above example of cancelling out, two of the three slinging points are in the region of the heavier loading and carry the main load with a small inclination angle. The eccentric centre of gravity is partially or even completely cancelled out by the favourable distribution of the slinging points for this particular case.

3. Centre of gravity S

In order to lift the load without it being twisted or turning over, the crane hook must be situated above the centre of gravity of the load and the following conditions must be met:

a) For single-leg slings and endless chain slings, grommets, round slings, web slings, the slinging point should be vertically above the centre of gravity of the load;

b) For two-leg slings, both slinging points should be above the centre of gravity of the load;

c) For three- and four-leg slings, the slinging points should be distributed evenly on one level around the load and be above the centre of gravity of the load.

4. Symmetrical loading = distribution of slinging points with regard to the centre of gravity

In the case of multi-leg slings, if the different legs have different inclination angles, the greatest load is in the leg with the smallest inclination angle. In extreme cases, a vertically suspended single leg will carry the whole load.

If the slinging points of multi-leg slings are not distributed symmetrically, the full S.W.L. cannot be assumed as the load is distributed unevenly over the different legs.

The loading can be regarded as still symmetrical (borderline case) if all the following conditions are met:

• The load is less than 80% of the S.W.L. of the load suspension equipment or sling (increased safety because of borderline case) and

• the smallest inclination angle of all legs (ß min) is not less than 15° and

• the largest (ß max) and smallest (ß min) inclination angles of all legs in use do not differ by more than 15°.

Example: Borderline case of symmetrical distribu-tion of inclination angles with 15° difference.

In the case of asymmetrical loading in doubt-ful cases, the S.W.L. values given on the tags (for the maximum inclination angle occurring) must be reduced by half by the user (EN 818 part 6).Specialists may however determine the permissible S.W.L. on the basis of the actual conditions.

If both cases apply, i.e. eccentric centre of gravity and unevenly distributed slinging points, the load types may overlap or cancel each other out.

05_0

8EN

.FM

144

Slings

Extraordinary inspectionsThe user must ensure that slings are subjected to an extraordinary inspection by a specialist after any damage or incidents which might affect the lifting capacity, and after repairs.

Cleaning before inspectionsThe slings must be thoroughly cleaned before being inspected. Chains and ropes must be cleaned so that they are free of oil, dirt and corro-sion. Any method of cleaning is permissible that does not corrode the base material. Any procedures which might cause hydrogen embrittlement (e.g. stripping), overheating, material erosion or material deformation , or disguise cracks or surface damage, must be avoided

Notes and inspection records Records must be kept of all inspections and repairs, and filed for the service life of the sling. The law on protecting employees also prescribes drawing up an inspection plan for all load suspension equipment.

Our inspection service will perform the statutory inspections on your behalf.

9. Storage of slings

If slings remain on the crane hook without load, the sling hooks or the eyes and links must be hung in the master link to reduce the risk of them accidentally hooking onto objects.

Slings should be stored on a special frame. They must not be left lying on the ground after use where they might be damaged.

If chain slings and steel wire ropes are likely to be out of use for some time, they should be protected against corrosion; textile slings should be cleaned or rinsed with clear water before long storage if they were exposed to chemicals beforehand.

10. Obligatory information - residual risks

When loads are lifted with slings, the person below or near the load is endangered. As manufacturer, we must advise you as the user that residual risks remain when using slings, in particular that the connection of sling to load may be insufficiently safe or the load swing after lifting and endanger the loader. Falling loads may endanger persons and goods. As user, you should ensure thorough training of your loaders and crane operators.

6. Multi-leg slings where not all legs are used

If not all legs of tackle are used, the unused legs must be hung in the master link to prevent them catching accidentally during lifting. The S.W.L. is then reduced to that of the legs used.You must either reduce the S.W.L. ratings given on the label by the following factors, or determine the permissible S.W.L. for this lifting procedure on the basis of the effective number of legs using an S.W.L. table.(On this subject, see the S.W.L. tables for the individual products).

7. Commissioning load suspension equipment and slings

Before commissioning a sling, it must be ensured thata) the sling corresponds to the order;b) the declaration of conformity or test certificate is available;c) the marking and S.W.L. ratings on the sling correspond to the

declaration of conformity or test certificate;d) the operating instructions have been read carefully.

The slings must be checked for obvious defects before each use!

Obvious defectsare for example bent hooks, cracked or bent chain links, displaced connecting bolts in chain connecting links, broken strands of fibre or wire ropes, cuts in web slings, damage to web sling sleeves.

8. Prescribed maintenance and inspections

Slings and load suspension equipment must be maintained in a state of safety in use by means of regular maintenance (as per regulations and manufacturer’s instructions).The user must ensure that load suspension equipment and thus also slings are inspected by a specialist at intervals of not more than one year.

Depending on the conditions of use, inspections may be necessary at shorter intervals than one year. This applies e.g. if they are frequently used with the maximum permissible load, in the case of increased wear, corrosion or heat, the effect of chemicals, or if increased risk of damage is to be expected on the basis of the company’s experiences.

Inspection records must be filed. If the user has any doubts as to the safe condition of the load suspension equipment and slings, he must decommission them and have them checked.

Total number of legs of tackle

Number of effective legs Factor for calculating S.W.L.

Two legs 1 1/2Three and four legs 2 2/3Three and four legs 1 1/3

Four legs 3 Full S.W.L.

05_0

8EN

.FM

145

FlexiLeg highly hardened and tempered chain slings with safety load hooks

The new multifunctional Grade 10 chain sling system for nearly every application.Prices on request.

NewFlexiLegAdvantages of FlexiLeg

• 25% more safe working load than Grade 8

• Max. 3 components per chain sling

• Considerable reduction in weight

• Purchasing costs minimised

• Fast assembly on site

• Chain leg safety catch can be unlocked with QuickPin

The basic package comprises:

- 1x MF suspension ring

- 1x CG single-leg chain

- 2x CGD double-leg chain

MF

CGD CG

Nominalchain

Ø

Safe working load in [kg]

1-leg 2-leg 3- and 4-leg

[mm] up to 45° 45° - 60° up to 45° 45° - 60°6-108-1010-1013-1016-10

1,5002,5004,0006,70010,000

2,1203,5005,6009,50014,000

1,5002,5004,0006,70010,000

3,1505,2008,40014,00021,000

2,2403,7006,00010,00015,000

Free choice of combinations

Version 1

orVersion

2or

Version 3

orVersion

4

+ + + +

1 x CG 1 x CGD 1 x CG + 1 x CGD 2 x CGD

open QuickPin locked

Other accessories

MFS suspension ringLonger lifetime for suspension ring and crane hook thanks to optimised contact surface.

MFX / MTX suspen-sion headfor oversized crane hooks.

MIG universal double shortening clutchThe universal shortening clutch for lifting and lashing.

05_0

8EN

.FM

146

Slings

NewWinner Pro highly hardened and tempered chain slings with safety load hooks

The innovation - the first Grade 12 chain sling system. Can be used from -40°C to 300°C. Full rated S.W.L. up to 200°C ambient temperature. Above 200°C to 300°C, reduction to 60%. Prices on request.

winner PROAdvantages of Winner Pro

• 50% more safe working loadcompared with G8, 20% more S.W.L. compared with G10

• Optimised bending rigidity The resisting torque to bending is 16% higher than with a round link chain of the same cross-section. This has been achieved by the particu-lar profile and material of the chain which also guarantees a longer service life

• Considerable weight reduction means greater ease of operation

• Cost-effectiveLower costs and weight from the use of smaller chain dimensions in comparison with grades G8 and G10

Technical features

• Tensile load: 300 N/mm²

• Proof loaded: 750 N/mm²

• Load at fracture: 1200 N/mm²

• Ductile yield: min 20%

• Deflection: 0.8 x nominal diameter

• Grade stamp: 12

• Surface finish: Chain and componentspowder-coatedRAL 5012

Nominalchain

Ø



[mm] up to 45° 45° - 60° up to 45° 45° - 60°

781013

2,3603,0005,0008,000

3,3504,2507,10011,200

2,3603,0005,0008,000

5,0006,30010,60017,00

3,5504,5007,50011,800

05_0

8EN

.FM

147

Hardened and tempered chain slings with sling hooks and safety latches(EN 818)

Hardened and tempered BluePower chain slings are robust, safe and lightweight lifting tackled designed to suit a wide range of applications, particularly when lifting angular loads. For nominal safe working loads up to 200°C ambient temperature with a reduction to 90° from 200°C to 300°C and 75% for 300°C to 400°C.

Advantages of BluePower

• 25% more safe working load enables use of smaller chain diameter, e.g. 3550 kg, 2-leg, previously: 10 mm, BluePower: 8 mm

• Weight savingand greater ease of operation, e.g. 3550 kg, 2-leg, length 3 m,previously: 16.2 kg, BluePower: 11 kg

• Low priceCost savings compared with the traditional Grade 8 range through the use of smaller chain sizes with the same safe working load ratings.

Hardened and tempered chain slings (BluePower) are available with a nominal chain diameter of up to 26 mm on request.

Nominalchain Ø

Effective length

1-leg 2-leg 4-leg

Safe working load ItemNo.


Safe working load ItemNo.d L β 0-45° β 45-60° β 0-45° β 45-60°

[mm] [m] [kg] [kg] [kg]6 1.0 1,400 814 038 0 2,000 1,400 814 055 0 3,000 2,120 814 066 0

Surcharge per m Surcharge per m Surcharge per m 8 1.0 2,500 814 045 0 3,550 2,500 814 056 0 5,300 3,750 814 067 0




Surcharge per m Surcharge per m Surcharge per m

ββ

L = effective length

STAHLplus Info _ You will find the dimensions of individual chain components on page 151 ff.

05_0

8EN

.FM

148

Slings

Hardened and tempered chain slings with sling hooks, safety latches and shortening clutches(EN 818)

Chain lengths can be effectively adjusted by using shortening clutches. This is particularly useful for loads with abnormal centres of gravity. The shortening clutches are integrated into a patented suspension system and cannot be mislaid.

Technical features

• Tensile load: 250 N/mm²• Proof-loaded: 625 N/mm²• Stress at fracture: 1000 N/mm²• Ductile yield: min. 20%• Deflection to EN 818-2:

0.8 x nominal diameter• Grade stamp: 8W• Surface finish: Chain spray

painted and components powder-coated RAL 5015

Hardened and tempered chain slings (BluePower) are available with a nominal chain diameter of up to 5 mm on request.

Nominalchain Ø

Effective length

1-leg 2-leg 4-leg




[mm] [m] [kg] [kg] [kg]6 1.0 1,400 814 005 0 2,000 1,400 814 016 0 3,000 2,120 814 027 0

Surcharge per m Surcharge per m Surcharge per m8 1.0 2,500 814 006 0 3,550 2,500 814 017 0 5,300 3,750 814 028 0






Safety Advice _ Chain slings are subject to various regulations such as the accident prevention regulations BGR 500.

05_0

8EN

.FM

149

ll A8W-HSW ll A8W-LHW ll A8W-PW ll A8W-E

l A8W-HSW l A8W-LHW l A8W-PW l A8W-E l -PW l HSW-HSW l VXKW-KLHW

Application examples for chain slings Legend on page 150Chain elements from page 151

Load tables for chain slings

Hardened and tempered chain slings to EN 818 Part 1, 2, 4

Maximum safe working loads employing different slinging methods

Nominalchain

Ø



[mm] up to 45° 45° - 60° up to 45° 45° - 60°

568101316192226

1,0001,4002,5004,0006,70010,00014,00019,00026,500

1,4002,0003,5505,6009,50014,00020,00026,50037,500

1,0001,4002,5004,0006,70010,00014,00019,00026,500

2,0003,0005,3008,00014,00021,20030,00040,00056,000

1,5002,1203,7506,00010,00015,00021,20028,00040,000

05_0

8EN

.FM

150

Slings

ll VXKW-HSW ll VXKW-KLHW ll A8W-HSW-PW ll A8W-S-PW

lll A8W-HSW lll A8W-LHW lll A8W-PW lll A8W-E

Application examples for chain slings

lV VXKW-HSW lV VXKW-KLHW lV A8W-HSW lV A8W-E

Legend

ll A8W - HSWa b c

a Number of legsb Suspension head

A8W Master linkHSW Eye hookVXKW Coupling master link set with

shortening clutchc End hook

E Master linkHSW Eye hookKLHW Coupling load hookLHW Safety load hook with eyePW Parallel hook

ll A8W-S lV A8W-S S

05_0

8EN

.FM

151

BluePower round steel chain

Spray painted blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size Dimensions Breaking load

Weight Item No.d t b1 min

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kg/m]1,4002,5004,0006,70010,00014,00019,00026,500

68101316192226

6 8 10 13 16192226

18 24 30 39 48576678

8.710.913.517.521.525.629.535.0

56.51001572664025677601062

0.891.572.464.186.288.9011.8816.18

817 502 0 817 503 0 817 504 0 817 505 0 817 506 0817 905 0817 906 0817 548 0

BluePower A8W master link

Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load Model

For s

ingl

eho

oks

to

DIN

154

01Master link

for chain size [mm]

Dimensions Weight Item No.up to 45 ° d t w s

[kg]1-leg 2-leg

[mm] [kg]2,3003,5005,0007,600

A8W 13A8W 16A8W 18A8W 22

2.52.556

681013

6-810

13161823

110110135160

60607590

10141417

0.340.530.861.6

817 889 0817 890 0817 891 0817 892 0

10,00014,00025,10030,80040,00060,000

A8W 26A8W 32A8W 36A8W 45A8W 50A8W 56

81016253232

1619222632-

131619222632

273336455060

180200260340350400

100110140180190200

2026----

2.464.146.2212.8216.5527.01

817 893 0817 894 0817 895 0817 907 0817 908 0817 549 0

BluePower VW four-leg master link



For s

ingl

eho

oks

to

DIN

154

01

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.up to 45 ° e t w

[kg] [mm] [kg]4,2007,6009,60014,00021,20034,10040,00056,000

VW 6VW 8VW 10VW 13VW 16VW 19VW 22VW 26

5681016323232

68101316192232

189230265315400500520570

135160180200260350350400

7590100110140190190200

1.262.323.686.4610.0622.8724.7937.75

817 896 0817 897 0817 898 0817 899 0817 900 0817 916 0817 917 0817 550 0

These BluePower accessories (EN 818) enable you to build up your own individual chain slings.


For s

ingl

eho

oks

to

DIN

154

01

Master link for chain size

[mm]

Dimensions Weight Item No.up to 45 ° d t w s

[kg]1-leg 2-leg

[mm] [kg]2,3003,2004,2006,700

M8W 13M8W 16M8W 18M8W 22

45610

681013

6-810

14161923

120140160160

708095110

10131417

0.440.671.091.69

817 909 0817 910 0817 911 0817 912 0

10,10016,00021,20040,000

M8W 26M8W 32M8W 36M8W 56

10122050

16192232

13161926

27333856

190230275350

110130150250

202629-

2.654.787.4821.98

817 913 0817 914 0817 915 0817 577 0

BluePower M8W outsize master link


05_0

8EN

.FM

152

Slings

Safe working load Chain size Model Dimensions Weight Item No.up to 45 ° 1-leg

2-leg4-leg d t w e

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,5004,0006,70010,00019,000

810131622

-----

VLW 1 2227273340

340340340340340

180180180180190

394410340340340

3.44.84.46.710.0

817 558 0817 830 0817 831 0817 832 0817 559 0

3,5505,6009,50014,00021,200

810131619

68101316

VLW 2 2227334040

340340340340340

180180180180180

394410425455480

3.55.18

12.313.8

817 560 0817 833 0817 834 0817 835 0817 836 0

BluePower VLW outsize coupling master link sets

For building single- and multi-leg tackle. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).Suitable for use up to crane hook size No. 25 conforming to DIN 15401 (see table on page 140).

BluePower VMW outsize four-leg master link



For s

ingl

eho

oks

to

DIN

154

01

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.up to 45 ° e t w

[kg] [mm] [kg]4,2006,60010,10015,70021,20034,10040,000

VMW 6VMW 8VMW 10VMW 13VMW 16VMW 20VMW 22

6101012255050

681013161922

214230275345415500520

160160190230275350350

95110110130150250250

1.432.414.016.9011.1228.0830.62

817 918 0817 919 0817 920 0817 921 0817 922 0817 551 0817 557 0


BluePower KAGW coupling master link set

KAGW1 for 1-leg tackle, KAGW2 for 2-leg tackle, KAGW4 for 4-leg tackle, all with welded master links. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load Chain size

Model

For s

ingl

e ho

ok to

DI

N 1

5401

Dimensions Weight Item No.up to 45 ° d t w e

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,70010,00014,00019,000

681013161922

KAGW 1 2.52.55681016

13161823273336

110110135160180200260

60607590100110140

141152.5186223254290

356.5

0.420.731.442.33.636.28.9

817 512 0817 513 0817 514 0817 515 0817 516 0817 923 0817 924 0

2,0003,5505,6009,50014,00020,00026,500

681013161922

KAGW 2 2.6568101625

13182327333645

110135160180200260340

607590100110140180

141177.5211243274350

436.5

0.51.262.663.866.4810.117.88

817 522 0817 523 0817 524 0817 525 0817 526 0817 925 0817 926 0

3,0005,3008,00014,00021,20030,00040,000

681013161922

KAGW 4 56810163232

18232733365050

135160180200260350350

7590100110140190190

220272.5316378474590617

1.523.126.149.2614.7430.4734.91

817 532 0817 533 0817 534 0817 535 0817 536 0817 927 0817 928 0

STAHLplus Info _ Subject to technical and dimensional modifications to the chain components (pages 151 - 158).

KAGW 1 KAGW 2

KAGW 4

VLW 1 VLW 2

05_0

8EN

.FM

153

BluePower VXKW coupling master link set with shortening clutch

VXKW 1 for 1-leg tackle, VXKW 2 for 2-leg tackle, VXKW 4 for 4-leg tackle, all with patented shortener. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).


Model

For s

ingl

eho

oks

to

DIN

154

01

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.up to 45 ° 45° - 60° d t w e

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,70010,000

-----

68101316

VXKW 1 2.52.5568

1316182327

110110135160180

60607590100

194232294363413

0.641.162.114.307.26

817 542 0817 543 0817 544 0817 545 0817 546 0

2,0003,5505,6009,50014,000

1,4002,5004,0006,70010,000

68101316

VXKW 2 2.556810

1318232733

110135160180200

607590100110

194257319383433

0.942.124.17.8613.74

817 552 0817 553 0817 554 0817 555 0817 556 0

3,0005,3008,00014,00021,200

2,1203,7506,00010,00015,000

68101316

VXKW 4 5681016

1823273336

135160180200260

7590100110140

273352424518633

2.44.848.8217.2629.26

817 562 0817 563 0817 564 0817 565 0817 566 0

VXKW 1 VXKW 2

VXKW 4

BluePower LXKW outsize coupling master link set with shortening clutch

LXKW1 for 1-leg tackle, LXKW2 for 2-leg tackle, LXKW4 for 4-leg tackle, all with shortening hook. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).


Model

For s

ingl

eho

oks

to

DIN

154

01

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.up to 45 ° 45° - 60° d t w e

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,70010,000

-----

68101316

LXKW 1 25 2323272733

340340340340340

180180180180180

478516569629688

3.746

7.812.7

817 252 0817 253 0817 254 0817 255 0817 256 0

2,0003,5505,6009,50014,000

1,4002,5004,0006,70010,000

68101316

LXKW 2 25 2323273340

340340340340340

180180180180180

478516569629688

4.144.87.613.521.9

817 257 0817 258 0817 259 0817 260 0817 261 0

3,0005,3008,00014,00021,200

2,1203,7506,00010,00015,000

68101316

LXKW 4 25 2327334040

340340340340340

180180180180180

478532584659713

4.77.613.123.133.1

817 262 0817 263 0817 264 0817 265 0817 266 0

LXKW 1 LXKW 2

LXKW4


BluePower CW Connex coupling link (EN 1677)For connecting suspension eye to chain, chain to chain, hook to chain. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).Non-removable CLW Connex coupling links available on request.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.e c s d b g

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,700

6 8 10 13

44.461.47288

7.811.512.619

1115

17.822

7.610

12.616.7

39636379

14.118.35

2327.6

0.060.180.330.7

817 267 0817 268 0817 269 0817 270 0

10,00016,00019,00026,500

16192226

103115135170

2129.52935

2934.83845

2124.52731

106118

146.5159

3341.74859

1.142.143.216.2

817 271 0817 929 0817 930 0817 547 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

154

Slings

BluePower LHW safety load hook with eye (EN 1677)Closes automatically. Large eye, thus also suitable for ropes and web slings. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.e h a b d1 d2 g

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,700

6 8 10 13

110136169205

20263040

16202534

7188107138

2127

34.540

11121520

28344552

0.50.91.52.7

817 277 0817 278 0817 279 0817 280 0

10,00016,00019,000

161922

251290322

506265

355052

168194211

506070

273032

607081

5.77.911.2

817 281 0817 931 0817 932 0

BluePower KLHW safety coupling load hook(EN 1677)Closes and locks automatically. Suitable for use without transition link or coupling link. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size Dimensions Weight ItemNo.e h a b d g

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,70010,000

6 810 13 16

94123144180217

2026304050

1620253435

7188107138168

7.510131621

2834455260

0.50.91.62.95.8

817 272 0817 273 0817 274 0817 275 0817 276 0

BluePower KHSW coupling hook(EN 1677)Suitable for use without transition link or coupling link. Forged safety latch mounted with high-tensile spiral pin. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).GKHSW larger coupling hooks (considerably wider jaw than KHSW) available on request.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.e h a d g1 b

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,700

681013

6994.5109136

20283340

15192534

7.410.012.516

19263139

6690108131

0.20.61.12.0

817 572 0817 573 0817 574 0817 575 0

10,00016,00019,000

161922

155183.5213.5

495362

374650

20.02427

455362

153177196

3.485.0012.1

817 576 0817 933 0817 934 0


BluePower HSW eye hook(EN 1677)For general lifting purposes. All hooks with forged safety latch.Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight ItemNo.e h a b d1 d2 g1

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,700

6 8 10 13

84.5106131164

212733

43.5

16.5192633

6888

108.5133.7

20253443

10111619

19263139

0.20.51.12.0

817 935 0817 936 0817 937 0817 938 0

10,00016,00019,00026,500

16192226

182.5205225257

50556275

40485060

154.6177.5196236

50556070

24.5272935

45536273

3.54.77.312.0

817 939 0817 940 0817 941 0817 561 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

155

BluePower FW wide-jaw hook

For applications where the "g" jaw width of HSW is not sufficient, particularly in foundries.Before using, clarify whether the use of hooks without safety latch is permissible for the intended application.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b d1 d2 e g h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,5004,0006,70010,00016,000

810131619

2532404654

118143170200231

2431394756

1114172228

131158190224260

647689102114

2935425061

0.921.772.825.037.60

817 954 0817 955 0817 956 0817 957 0817 958 0

BluePower CARW web sling connector(EN 1677)Endless sling connector mounted in one Connex half. The wide contact surface prevents wear on the sling.Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a e c d b g s

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,5004,0006,70010,00019,000

810131622

294050

46.5109

6681104

112.5177.5

11.512.6192129

1012.616.72127

6582100110215

18.3523

27.63348

1821

27.54059

0.30.51.12.06.5

817 942 0817 943 0817 944 0817 945 0817 946 0


BluePower WLHW swivel hook(EN 1677-1)Standard design, not suitable for rotating under load. Swivel hook cannot be used for welded systems. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).Swivel load hook with ball-bearing load hook (can rotate under load) available on request.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b e d2 h g w

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,70010,000

68101316

1620253435

7188107138168

160181218269319

1313162024

2026304050

2834455260

3535424960

0.61.12.04.06.8

817 999 0817 947 0817 948 0817 949 0817 950 0

BluePower KFW wide jaw coupling hook(EN 1677)Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b d e g h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,5004,0006,700

81013

253240

118143170

1012.516

120140

169.5

647689

293542

1.001.782.96

817 951 0817 952 0817 953 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

156

Slings

BluePower XKW fixed hook with coupling connection

Coupling connection permits it to be mounted in the chain legs.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b d1 d2 e g

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,70010,000

68101316

28.539506480

36.553

69.592102

1824313748

912141824

84122159203233

79131518

0.30.631.252.74.8

817 976 0817 977 0817 978 0817 979 0817 980 0

BluePower PW parallel hook(EN 1677)For shortening chains and for loops which must not pull tight. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.b d1 d2 e g

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,700

681013

47.458

76.98101

12202226

8.511.51518

5170.588113

810.51317

0.180.40.91.8

817 959 0817 960 0817 961 0817 962 0

10,00016,00019,00026,500

16192226

118150165195

32364250

23.262729

36.6

129151170201

1923.626

30.7

3.66.158.2713.6

817 963 0817 964 0817 965 0817 567 0


BluePower PSW parallel hook with safety pin(EN 1677)Shortening hook with safety pin to prevent chain slipping out unintentionally.Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.b d1 d2 e g

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,5004,0006,70010,000

8101316

5876101118

20222632

11.5151823

70.588113129

10.5131719

0.40.91.83.6

817 966 0817 967 0817 968 0817 568 0

BluePower KRW coupling hook(EN 1677)Connection piece for coupling master link sets and as chain connector for off-standard versions. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b d e f s

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,700

681013

17.523.52833

38546376

7.410

12.516

3142.55163

8111417

7.29.51215

0.080.20.580.7

817 969 0817 970 0817 971 0817 972 0

10,00016,00019,000

161922

405050

88114122

202427

7494

101.5

202427

1823

24.5

1.172.02.6

817 973 0817 974 0817 975 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

157

BluePower KSCHW coupling shackle

For connecting directly to the chain. The nut is secured by a cotter.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.e e1 b a d c d1

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,5004,0006,700

81013

75.5104.5113

547677

283444

11.516

20.5

1012.516

30.538.550

162024

0.490.951.89

817 249 0817 250 0817 251 0

BluePower KPW parallel coupling hook(EN 1677)For shortening chains and for loops which must not pull tight. Powder-coated blue (RAL 5015).

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.b d e g

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0006,700

681013

47.45876101

7.410

12.516

4560.576104

810.51317

0.190.380.851.9

817 981 0817 982 0817 983 0817 984 0

10,00016,00019,000

161922

122150165

2024

27.5

107141158

1923.626

3.66.15

9

817 985 0817 986 0817 987 0


RH web sling hook grade 10(EN 1677)Simple and fast use for textile slings such as web slings in combination with the high-tensile sling system.Colour marking corresponding to the S.W.L.s of the textile slings.

Safe working load

Model Dimensions Weight Item No.b d g h l m

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,0002,0003,0005,000

RH-1-8+RH-2-8+RH-3-8+RH-5-8+

2428.333.643.4

35404773

8496117155

7386108131

116136167222

81012

16.5

0.40.61.43.2

817 988 0817 989 0817 997 0817 998 0

STAHLplus Info _ You will find suitable round slings on pages 174 - 176.

05_0

8EN

.FM

158

Slings

Coupling bolts for BluePower and grade 8 componentsSpecific coupling bolts must be used for different parts. See table.

* Please indicate the correct hook model when ordering.

Can

be u

sed

for a

ll ho

oks

with

cou

plin

g co

nnec

tion

(exc

ept K

LHW

and

HKS

Bsa

fety

cou

plin

g sa

fety

hoo

ks Model Dimensions Weight Item No.L d L1 d1

[mm] [kg]KBSW 6KBSW 8KBSW 10KBSW 13KBSW 16

KBSW 19-20KBSW 22

16.523

29.537527371

7.410

12.516202427

16222836405055

2.53

3.54

4.555

0.0060.010.030.060.10.20.32

817 352 0817 353 0817 354 0817 355 0817 356 0817 357 0817 358 0

For K

LHW

and

HKS

Bsa

fety

cou

plin

glo

ad h

ooks

Model d for accessory Item No.

KBS-KLH PWH 6*KBS-KLH PWH 8*KBS-KLH PWH 10*KBS-KLH PWH 13*KBS-KLH PWH 16*

7.591216

19.5

KLHW 6KLHW 8KLHW 10KLHW 13KLHW 16

817 359 0817 360 0817 361 0817 362 0817 363 0

Safety latch setsFor BluePower and Grade 8 hooks.

Model For hook model Item No.

Forged latch SFG PWH 6SFG PWH 8SFG PWH 10SFG PWH 13SFG PWH 16

SFG PWH 19-20SFG PWH 22

SFG PWH 26-32

HSW 6, KHSW 6, HKS 6, HS 6HSW 8, KHSW 8, WS 8, HKS 8, HS 8

HSW 10, KHSW 10, WS 10, HKS 10, HS 10HSW 13, KHSW 13, WS 13, HKS 13, HS 13

HSW 16, KHSW 16, HKS 16, HS 16HSW 19, KHSW 19, HKS 20, HS 20HSW 22, KHSW 22, HKS 22, HS 22

HSW 26, PWH HSW 32, HS 26, HS 32

817 122 0817 124 0817 125 0817 126 0817 127 0817 902 0817 903 0817 904 0

Spare parts for BluePower

Trigger setsFor BluePower and Grade 8 hooks.

* Please indicate the correct hook model when ordering.


VLH PWH 6*VLH PWH 7-8*VLH PWH 10*VLH PWH 13*VLH PWH 16*

LHW 6, KLHW 6, WLHW 5-6LHW 7-8, KLHW 7, KLHW 8, WLHW 7-8

LHW 10, KLHW 10, WLHW 10LHW 13, KLHW 13, WLHW 13LHW 16, KLHW 16, WLHW 16

827 066 0827 067 0827 068 0827 069 0827 070 0

Front BackLoad tagGalvanised.

Required for marking multi-leg chain slings grade 10 (BluePower) in compliance with the current standard, but also for single-leg chain slings if the safe working load cannot be clearly determined at the place of use. As it is not inscribed, existing chains can be marked with the necessary information. The oval load tag is included in the price of a new chain, however it can also be ordered separately.

Item No.: 817 995 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

159

SAK chain slings with safety load hooks(EN 818)

SAK chain slings are proven, robust and safe making them suitable for a great number of applications, particularly where angular loads are involved. For nominal safe working loads up to 200°C ambient temperature with a reduction to 90% from 200°C to 300°C and 75% from 300°C to 400°C.

Technical features

• High tensile load chain• Grade 8• Sling hook - spray painted red, chain black• Stainless steel chain slings on request

STAHLplus Info _ The dimensions of the individual chain components can be found on page 161 ff.

We are also able to offer you special chains, such as stainless steel chains or logging chains. Just ask us!

If the sling runs over sharp edges, select the next higher nominal diameter for the chain.This will ensure optimum edge protection.

* Chain sling version with coupling link eye hook and parallel hook.

Nominalchain Ø

Effective length

1-leg 2-leg 4-leg




[mm] [m] [kg] [kg] [kg]6 1.0 1,120 814 077 0 1,600 1,120 814 088 0 2,360 1,700 814 098 0





Surcharge per m Surcharge per m Surcharge per m 20 * 1.0 12,500 814 187 0 17,000 12,500 814 198 0 26,500 19,000 814 215 0





β β



05_0

8EN

.FM

160

Slings

Load tables for chain slings

Chain slings grade 8 to EN 818 Part 1, 2, 4

Maximum safe working loads employing different slinging methods

Nominalchain

Ø


1-leg 2-leg 3- and 4-leg Endless chain slings

[mm] up to 45° 45° - 60° up to 45° 45° - 60°

6810

1,1202,0003,150

1,6002,8004,250

1,1202,0003,150

2,3604,2506,700

1,7003,0004,750

1,8003,1505,000

131620

5,3008,00012,500

7,50011,20017,000

5,3008,00012,500

11,20017,00026,500

8,00011,80019,000

8,50012,50020,000

222632

15,00021,20031,500

21,20030,00045,000

15,00021,20031,500

31,50045,00067,000

22,40031,50047,500

23,60033,50050,000

STAHLplus Info _ Lashing chains with tensioning ratchet (various designs) for securing loads available on request.

Special sling chains for hot galvanizing plants

• Suitable for salt or sulphuric acid baths up to a concentration of 15% and temperatures of up to 30°C

• Safe working loads from 280 kg to 12,500 kg • Safe working load values based on EN 818-5 T• Heat-treated for increased resistance to stress corrosion• 25% higher minimum breaking force than those demanded in

EN 818-5 or-6, which means 25% more sefatey for the user• Marking "for hot galvanizing plants"

Price on request.

• Grade 10, weight reduction 25% in comparison with Grade 8 and with higher tensile strength

• Higher resistance to wear and mechanical abrasion when pulled along the ground

• Ductile yield is at least 20% thanks to special alloy special steels• Handy, convenient design forms, danger of injury is thus reduced • Chain grips particularly firmly thanks to profile cross-sections,

important for hardwood, on steep ground, ice• Flexibility thanks to extensive accessoriesPrice on request.

Chain systems and accessories for forestry applicationsNew

05_0

8EN

.FM

161

Chain sling(EN 818-2)Grade 8, black

Safe working load

Chain size

Breaking load

Dimensions Weight Item No.d t a b

[kg] [mm] [kN] [mm] [kg/m]1,120 2,000 3,150 5,300 8,00011,20015,00021,20031,500

6 x 18 8 x 24 10 x 30 13 x 39 16 x 4820 x 6022 x 6626 x 7832 x 96

45.280.4126.0212.0322.0503.0608.0849.01290.0

6 8 10 13 1620222632

18 24 30 39 4860667896

7.810.413.016.920.826.028.633.841.6

22.229.637.048.159.274.081.496.2118.0

0.81.4 2.2 3.85.79.010.915.223.0

817 002 0 817 004 0 817 005 0 817 006 0 817 007 0827 000 0817 321 0817 322 0817 326 0

Oval master links type A(EN 1677)For 1-2-leg chain suspension tackle. Grade 8, spray painted red.

Off-standard oval master links type TSuitable for the next size of crane hook and off-standard hooks thanks to their larger internal dimensions.Grade 8, spray painted red.

The following accessories (Grade 8) enable you to build up your own individual chain slings.

STAHLplus Info _ Subject to technical and dimensional modifications to the chain components (pages 161 - 167).

N.B.: On request we can supply tested sling attachment points (VIP) in screw-on or weld-on design.

Please ask for detailed dimensions and prices for the tested sling attachment points.

Designation screw-on weld-on thread / weld safe working loadVLBG load ring x M8 - M48 up to 20 t

WBG / WBG-V load ring x M8 - M30 / M36 - M100 up to 35 tVRS Starpoint eyebolts x M8 - M48 up to 32 tVRM Starpoint eyenuts x M10 - M24 up to 12 t

RS/RM high-tensile eyebolts/nuts x M6 - M48 up to 32 tVRBG load ring x M16 - M36 up to 120 tVLBS load ring x HV5 +3 - HV25 +6 up to 16 t

VRBS / VRBSB / VRBSS load ring x HV4 +3 - HV25 +8 up to 50 tVRBK corner load ring x HV4 + 3 - HV8 +3 up to 10 t

Size Master link for chain size

[mm]

Dimensions Weight Item No.d t w s

1-leg 2-leg[mm] [kg]

A13A16A18A22A26A32A36A45A50A56

681013162022263236

6-810131620222632

13161923273336455060

110110135160180200260340350400

60607590100110140180190200

101414172026----

0.340.530.861.602.464.146.2212.8216.5527.01

817 021 0817 022 0817 023 0817 024 0817 025 0817 026 0817 328 0817 329 0817 330 0817 331 0

T13T16T20T26T32T38T45T50T56

81013162022263236

-810131620222632

1416.520273338455060

120140160190230275340350400

708095110130150180190200

88

11.5141829---

0.440.671.212.654.787.4812.8216.5527.01

817 411 0817 412 0817 415 0817 416 0817 417 0817 418 0827 004 0827 005 0827 006 0

Oval master links type A

Off-standard oval master links type T

05_0

8EN

.FM

162

Slings

Master links type G(EN 1677)For building 3- and 4-leg chain suspension tackle for larger crane hooks. Grade 8, spray painted red.

Off-standard master links type TGFor building 3- and 4-leg chain suspension tackle for larger crane hooks. Grade 8, spray painted red.

Model Chain size


e t w[mm] [mm] [kg]

G 6-8G 8-8G 10-8G 13-8G 16-8G 20-8G 22-8G 26-8G 32-8

6810131620222632

195230265315400500520570660

135160180200260350350400460

7590100110140190190200250

1.322.323.526.269.8622.6525.1938.0166.60

817 041 0817 042 0817 043 0817 044 0817 045 0817 332 0817 333 0817 334 0817 571 0

TG 8-8TG 10-8TG 13-8TG 16-8TG 20-8TG 22-8TG 26-8

8101316202226

300350420505615690750

160190230275340350400

110110130150180190200

3.115.0810.0917.0527.7942.1960.12

817 399 0817 400 0817 405 0817 406 0827 001 0827 002 0827 003 0


V coupling link

For connecting suspension eye to chain, chain to chain, hook to chain.Grade 8, spray painted red.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a1 b c d e f

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,120 2,000 3,150 5,300 8,00012,50015,00021,20031,500

6 8 10 13 1620222632

14.118.35

2327.63344496180

7.811.512.6192123

26.53240

182530364048516880

7.610

12.616.72123

26.53032

44.461.57288103116133164194

182327343947556785

0.060.180.330.701.141.702.205.108.50

817 062 0 817 064 0 817 065 0 817 066 0 817 067 0817 336 0817 337 0817 338 0817 339 0

HKS coupling hook

With safety latch. Suitable for use without transition link or coupling link.Grade 8, spray painted red.

Sets of safety latches, pins and springs also available separately.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b c d1 e g g1 h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,120 2,000 3,150 5,300 8,00012,50015,000

6 8 10 13 162022

15192534375150

7.29.512151823

24.5

810

13.517222630

7.49

12.516202427

6995109136155184214

26344048566272

19263139455362

20283340495262

0.240.530.951.673.204.9011.44

817 102 0 817 104 0 817 105 0 817 106 0 817 107 0817 342 0817 343 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

163

HS eye hook

With safety latch. Grade 8, spray painted red.

Sets of safety latch, pin and spring also available separately

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a d1 d2 e g g1 h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,120 2,000 3,150 5,300 8,00011,20015,00021,20031,500

6 8 10 13 1620222632

16.519

23.5334048506078

2025344350

65.5687066

10111419

24.527293539

84.595.5120.5164183205225257299

2529.535.748

52.562.5728092

1924.529394553627387

212733

43.55055677589

0.200.501.102.003.504.707.3012.0022.40

817 202 0 817 204 0 817 205 0 817 206 0 817 207 0817 347 0817 348 0817 349 0817 350 0

HKSB safety coupling load hook

Coupling preventing confusion of tackle. Only the right-sized chain can be fitted. Spray painted red.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a d e g g1 h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,1202,0003,1505,3008,000

6 8 10 13 16

1620253435

7.59131621

94123144180217

2834455260

2834455260

2026304050

0.500.901.602.905.80

817 495 0817 496 0817 497 0817 498 0817 499 0


Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a d1 d2 e g g1 h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,1202,0003,1505,3008,00012,50015,000

6 8 10 13 162022

16202534355052

2127

34.540506070

11121520273032

110136169205251290322

28344552607081

28344552607081

20263040506265

0.500.901.502.705.707.9011.20

817 490 0817 491 0817 492 0817 493 0817 494 0817 569 0817 570 0

HSB sling hook with eye

Spray painted red.

SIKA swivel hook with WHS eye

With ball-bearing hook - can rotate under load. Load hook with straight pull only. Grade 8, spray painted red. Safety swivel hook available on request.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b d1 d2 e g1 h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,1202,000 3,150 5,300

6-8 8-810-813-8

21303142

28363861

21323058

10171828

128180201288

19283344

27324248

0.601.402.505.50

827 061 0827 062 0827 063 0827 064 0

Swivel hook with eye

Friction bearing. Not suitable for rotating under load. Ball-bearing mounted swivel hook also available on request. Grade 8, spray painted red. Safety swivel hook available on request.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a d1 d2 e g1 h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,000 3,150 5,300 8,000

8 10 13 16

19 25 30 41

33 38 40 43

12 15 16 24

149.5 185.5 223 253

26 30 38 44

28 33 40 50

0.8 01.5 02.465.29

817 401 0 817 402 0 817 403 0 817 404 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

164

Slings

P parallel hook with eye(EN 1677-1)Can be used as chain shortening hook. Grade 8, spray painted red.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a d1 d2 e g h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,1202,0003,1505,3008,00012,50015,00021,20031,500

6810131620222632

243044536485978593

121621263036385560

71011161922253040

516080104116135157210240

810131720

23.5273039

152431384453628090

0.120.230.591.242.013.755.359.6218.60

827 071 0827 007 0827 008 0827 009 0827 010 0817 822 0817 823 0817 824 0817 825 0


PK parallel coupling hook(EN 1677)For shortening chains and for loops which must not pull tight.Grade 8, spray painted red.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b c d e g h

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,0003,1505,3008,00012,50015,000

81013162022

304453648597

9131721

23.527

101417202426

91316212426

507288102117139

10131720

23.527

243138445362

0.270.751.352.304.105.65

827 011 0827 012 0827 013 0827 014 0827 015 0827 016 0

RSK web sling coupling(EN 1677)For connecting web slings. The broad contact surface prevents wear on the sling. Grade 8, spray painted red.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b1 c d e g h m1 m2

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]2,0003,1505,3008,000

8101316

1821

27.540

405060

66.5

11.512.61921

1012.616.721

6681104

112.5

18.3523

27.633

12.5162030

25303640

29395250

0.300.501.102.00

827 073 0827 017 0827 018 0827 074 0

Wide-jaw hook with clevis(DIN 5691)Spray painted red.

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.b c d h l m s t

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,000 2,000 3,200 5,000 8,000

6 8 10 13 16

6.5 9 12 16 18

32 40 50 60 75

8 10 12 16 20

24 29 38 43 53

122 156 194 233 285

47 63 76 88 8

16 21 31 37 42

85 109 134 161 197

0.4 1.0 2.7 4.0 6.4

817 130 0 817 132 0 817 133 0 817 134 0 817 135 0

STAHLplus Info _ You will find suitable round slings on pages 174 - 176.

05_0

8EN

.FM

165


Bolt sets for coupling load hooksFor grade 8 hooks

Chain size


[mm]6810131622

KBG 6 KBG 8 KBG 10 KBG 13 KBG 16 KBG 22

CLH 6-8; HKS 6-8CLH 8-8; PK 8-8; SK 8-8; HKS 8-8; SC 8-8; CH 8-8

CLH 10-8; PK 10-8; SK 10-8; HKS 10-8; SC 10-8; CH 10CLH 13-8; PK 13-8; SK 13-8; HKS 13-8; SC 13-8; CH 13

CLH 16-8; PK 16-8; HKS 16-8; SC 16-8PK 22-8

827 049 0827 050 0827 051 0827 052 0827 053 0827 055 0

Front

Back

1-leg 2-4-leg

Load tagGalvanised.

Required for marking multi-leg chain slings grade 8 in compliance with the current standard, but also for single-leg chain slings if the safe working load cannot be clearly determined at the place of use. As it is not inscribed, existing chains can be marked with the necessary information. The octagonal load tag is included in the price of a new chain, however it can also be ordered separately.

1-leg Item No.: 817 990 0 2-4-leg Item No.: 817 991 0

Test data tagFor grade 8 / 10

We mark our chain slings (on delivery and during the BGR 500 inspection) with a tag giving the next inspection date so that you do not miss any of these statutory dates. This test data tag can also be ordered separately.

Item No.: 817 992 0

Safe working load tagFor rope slings and web slings

To prevent accidents caused by overloading, the safe working load of our rope slings and web slings is marked on the safe working load tag. This gives safety-relevant data.This safe working load tag can also be ordered separately.

Item No.: 817 993 0

Fix-de-Fix suspension system forsingle leg operation

The suspension system is remote controlled and is suitable for removing loads easily from the suspension rope. The clevis is auto-matically opened by the remote control and releases the sling. Suitable for various slings (chain, rope, webbing) and loads up to 2 t.

Scope of supply: suspension system, radio receiver, radio transmitter, 2x rechargeable batteries for receiver, 2x rechargeable batteries for transmitter and charger for transmitter.

Price on request.

05_0

8EN

.FM

166

Slings

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.b d h l m s t

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,600 2,000 3,200 5,000 8,00015,00021,20031,500

6 8 10 13 16222632

18 25 32 40 35475460

10 11.5 14 18 24303437

26 26 37 42 50728093

132 160 204 241 281367419437

49 63 76 86 100127136152

20 21 31 37 45657283

96 122 153 181 207265305327

0.5 0.8 2.0 3.5 5.513.819.223.0

817 150 0 817 151 0 817 152 0 817 153 0 817 154 0817 344 0817 345 0817 346 0

Wide jaw hook with eye

Spray painted red.

GHS SIKA sling hook with clevisWith particularly sturdy and safe latch. Advantage: wide jaw.Spray painted red. Safety latch galvanised.

Safe working load

Chain size


[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,5002,0003,1505,3008,00012,500

6-88-810-813-816-819-8

7.5911151721

81012162024

313644515871

143165188248275312

232934456056

213031423845

100116126175185205

0.61.01.53.55.27.4

817 500 0817 800 0817 801 0817 802 0817 803 0817 804 0

OHS SIKA hookWith particularly sturdy and safe latch. Advantage: wide jaw.Spray painted red. Safety latch galvanised.

Safe working load

Chain size


[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,5002,0003,1505,3008,00012,50021,200

6-88-810-813-816-819-8

22/26-8

24323039566155

12161821273335

30344247556375

143168193258297330345

26273344556070

23313043404362

103119133192215234235

0.61.11.73.45.58.010.5

817 805 0817 806 0817 807 0817 808 0817 809 0817 810 0817 811 0

SIKA spare parts

Latch setOriginal latch for GHS/OHS

Latch setOriginal latch for GHS/OHS

Chain size Item No.

Chain size Item No.

6810

817 812 0817 813 0817 814 0

131622

817 815 0817 816 0817 817 0


05_0

8EN

.FM

167

Safe working load

Chain size

Dimensions Weight Item No.a b c

[kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]1,120 2,000 3,150 5,300

6 8 10 13

45 58 70 90

36 44 55 70

7.4 10

12.5 16

0.27 0.5 0.8 1.53

817 082 0 817 084 0 817 085 0 817 086 0

KVS shortening clutch with clevis(EN 1677)For securing chains, shortening chains, tying back loops.Grade 8, spray painted red.


Transition tackle for load hooks to DIN 15401

* Safe working load = max. permissible load with jolt-free tensile stress.

Safe working

load*

Model Load hook DIN

15401

H Outsize master link

M or SA

ConnexlinkC

Hook with eyeH

Weight Item No.

Coded

t bi Wt.

[kg] [mm] [kg] [kg]4,0006,70010,000

Ü 32/4 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 32/6,7 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 32/10 IA8W-HSW Connex

up toNo. 32

769798818

SA32 540 250 9.25 CW 16 HSW 10HSW 13HSW 16

11.512.413.9

817 866 0817 867 0817 868 0

16,00019,00026,500

Ü 32/16 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 32/19 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 32/26,5 IA8W-HSW Connex

714744764

AW50 300 220 12.3 CW 26CW 26CW 26

HSW 19-20HSW 22HS 26

26.429

33.7

817 869 0817 870 0817 871 0

6,70010,00016,00019,00021,200

Ü 50/6,7 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/10 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/16 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/19 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/21,2 IA8W-HSW Connex

up toNo. 50

830850875905954

SA45 540 250 18.7 CW 22CW 22CW 22CW 22CW 26

HSW 13HSW 16

HSW 19-20HSW 22HSW 26

23.925.426.629.235.8

817 872 0817 873 0817 874 0817 875 0817 876 0

31,500 Ü 50/31,5 IA-HS Connex 969 A72 350 250 26.0 C 32 HS 32 75.8 817 877 026,50031,500

Ü 100/26,5 IA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 100/31,5 IA8W-HS Connex

up toNo.100

12141309

SA60 800 320 48.0 CW 26C 32

HSW 26HS 32

65.178.8

817 878 0817 879 0

Transition tackle for ramshorn hooks to DIN 15402

* Safe working load = max. permissible load with jolt-free tensile stress.

Safe working

load*

Model Rams-horn hook-DIN

15402

H Outsize master link

SA

Master link AW

Connexlink

C

Hook with eye

H

Weight Item No.

Coded

t bi Wt.

[kg] [mm] [kg] [kg]4,0006,70010,00016,00019,000

Ü 50/4 IIA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/6,7 IIA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/10 IIA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/16 IIA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/19 IIA8W-HSW Connex

up toNo. 50

10291058107811151165

SA32

540 250 9.2 AW36 CW 16CW 16CW 16CW 19CW 26

HSW 10HSW 13HSW 16

HSW 19-10HSW 22

2727.929.431.666.4

817 880 0817 881 0817 882 0817 883 0817 884 0

26,50031,500

Ü 50/26,5 IIA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 50/31,5 IIA8W-HS Connex

13041399

SA45

540 250 18.7 AW50 CW 26C 32

HSW 26HS 32

71.184.8

817 885 0817 886 0

26,50031,500

Ü 100/26,5 IIA8W-HSW ConnexÜ 100/31,5 IIA8W-HS Connex

up toNo. 100

15641659

SA60

800 320 48 AW50 CW 26C 32

HSW 26HS 32

129.7143.4

817 887 0817 888 0

ha036v

SA / A

C

H

H

ha037v

A

SA

C

H

H

STAHLplus Info _ Information on the safe working load of load hooks can be found on page 140.

05_0

8EN

.FM

168

Slings

SAK/K endless chain slings(EN 818)Loads can be secured safely and easily with an endless chain sling. Once the sling is tightened, bundled loads are securely held together.

• Welded endless chains• Grade 8, black

SAS/K combination rope slingswith high tensile chains

Particularly hard-wearing and suitable for everyday use. High tensile chain at the part of the sling that is subject to the most wear with wire rope slings at either end. The wire rope slings can easily be fed underneath the load making these slings particularly easy to use.

Rope length = 2 x 1.5 m, chain length = 1.0 m

Safe working load

Chain size d

Effective length L

Item No.

[kg] [mm] [m]1,800 6 1.0 814 225 9

Surcharge per metre effective length3,150 8 1.0 814 226 9


Surcharge per metre effective length 8,500 13 1.0 814 228 9






Surcharge per metre effective length

Safe working load Rope Ø

d1

Chain size

d

Effective length

L

Item No.

0 - 45° 45 - 60°[kg] [mm] [m]

1,100 800 10 6 4.0 813 995 0Surcharge per m extra chain 813 995 9

2,200 1,600 14 8 4.0 813 996 0Surcharge per m extra chain 813 996 9

3,600 2,600 18 10 4.0 813 997 0Surcharge per m extra chain 813 997 9


ha208v

L

d

d1

05_0

8EN

.FM

169

SAS rope slings(pr EN 13414/MRL)

SAS rope slings with loop(s) are characterised by their high safe working load and low deadweight. Manufactured from galvanised wire rope and therefore effectively protected against corrosion. SAS rope slings can be used in the temperature range from -60°C to +100°C.

A 1 SAS rope slings with pressed loops at both ends

B 1 SAS rope slings with loop and sling hook with eye

C 1 SAS rope slings with loop and BK automatically closing safety hook

SAS rope slings with master link(pr EN 13414/MRL)

SAS rope slings with master link have a high safe working load. Manufactured from galvanised wire rope, they are effectively protected against corrosion and can operate in temperatures ranging from -60°C to +100°C. The master link and the load hook are spray painted.

* Rope slings are available up to a rope diameter of 36 mm. Price on request.

Safe working load

Rope Ø *

d

Effectivelength

L

Rope slings with loop Rope slings with master linkA1 B1 C1 D1 E1

Item No. Item No. Item No. Item No. Item No.[kg] [mm] [m]700 8 1.0 813 006 9 813 018 9 813 037 9 813 050 9 813 055 9

Surcharge per m1,000 10 1.0 813 007 9 813 026 9 813 038 9 813 051 9 813 056 9

Surcharge per m1,500 12 1.0 813 008 9 813 027 9 813 046 9 813 052 9 813 057 9

Surcharge per m2,000 14 1.0 813 016 9 813 028 9 813 047 9 813 053 9 813 058 9

Surcharge per m2,700 16 1.0 813 017 9 813 036 9 813 048 9 813 054 9 813 059 9

Surcharge per m

1-leg

A1 B1 C1 E1D1

STAHLplus Info _ The clear width of the master link should be at least 20% wider than the profile of the crane hook from which the master link is suspended.

Safety Advice _ Rope slings are subject to the accident prevention regulations BGR 500.

D 1 SAS rope slings with master link andsling hook

E 1 SAS rope slings with master link andBK automatically closing safety hook

05_0

8EN

.FM

170

Slings

SAS rope slings(pr EN 13414/MRL)

2- and 4-leg SAS rope slings are used for transporting goods with symmetrical load distribution and with varying sling connection points. High quality paint finish and galvanised surfaces for extra protection against corrosion.SAS rope slings can be used in temperatures ranging from -60°C to +100°C without incurring any loss in safe working load.

A 2 SAS rope slings with master link and shackle

B 2 SAS rope slings with master link and sling hook

C 2 SAS rope slings with master link and BK automatically closing safetyhook

* Rope slings are available up to a rope diameter of 36 mm. Price on request.

Rope Ø *

d

Effective length

L

2-leg 4-legSafe working

loadA2 B2 C2 Safe working

loadA4 B4

b ItemNo.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

b ItemNo.

ItemNo.0 - 45° 45 - 60° 0 - 45° 45 - 60°

[mm] [m] [kg] [kg] [kg] [kg]8 1.0 950 700 813 065 9 813 060 9 813 070 9 1,450 1,050 813 075 9 813 080 9

Surcharge per m10 1.0 1,400 1,000 813 066 9 813 061 9 813 071 9 2,100 1,500 813 076 9 813 081 9

Surcharge per m12 1.0 2,100 1,500 813 067 9 813 062 9 813 072 9 3,200 2,300 813 077 9 813 082 9

Surcharge per m14 1.0 2,800 2,000 813 068 9 813 063 9 813 073 9 4,200 3,000 813 078 9 813 083 9

Surcharge per m16 1.0 3,800 2,700 813 069 9 813 064 9 813 074 9 5,700 4,000 813 079 9 813 084 9

Surcharge per m

2-leg

A2 B2 C2 B4A4

ββ β

β β

4-leg Safety Advice _ The person attaching the sling must never standard underneath the suspended load, in the area where the load may swing, between loads which are to be lifted together or next to loads which may tip over.

STAHLplus Info _ On multi-leg slings, the inclination angle must not exceed 60°.

A 4 SAS rope slings with master link andsling hook

B 4 SAS rope slings with master link andBK automatically closing safety hook

05_0

8EN

.FM

171

Wire rope reducing tackle (safety hook eyes)(DIN 3088)

From a large crane hook to a small eye.Safety hook eyes are for use wherever a crane hook is too large for the eye bolt, lifting eye or shackle. Safety hook eyes are the ideal aid for such applications.

Four versions are available:

Eye with hook with eyeLength of loop approx. 15 times rope diameter

Safe working

load

Rope Ø Length

L

Suitable for eyebolt, nut DIN 580/582

Item No.

[kg] [mm]1,0002,0003,000

101216

400450500

M10 - M20M12 - M24M16 - M24

817 286 0817 287 0817 288 0

5,0007,00011,000

202428

6508501000

M24 - M36M30 - M48M36 - M56

817 289 0817 290 0

-

Eye with swivel hookLength of loop approx. 15 times rope diameter

Safe working

load

Rope Ø Length

L


Item No.

[kg] [mm]1,0002,0003,000

101216

430500540

M10 - M20M12 - M24M16 - M24

817 297 0817 298 0817 299 0

5,0007,00011,000

202428

6909101050

M24 - M36M30 - M48M36 - M56

817 300 0817 301 0

-

Eye with BK safety hook and swivelLength of loop approx. 15 times rope diameter

Safe working

load

Rope Ø Length

L


Item No.

[kg] [mm]1,0002,0003,000

101216

470530600

M10 - M36M12 - M42M16 - M56

817 303 0817 304 0817 305 0

5,0008,000

2026

7801030

M24 - M64M30 - M72

817 306 0817 307 0

STAHLplus Info _ Information on the safe working load of load hooks to DIN 15401 and 15402 can be found on page 140.

Eye with BK safety hookLength of loop approx. 15 times rope diameter.

Safe working

load

Rope Ø Length

L


Item No.

[kg] [mm]1,0002,0003,000

101216

430490550

M10 - M36M12 - M42M16 - M56

817 292 0817 293 0817 294 0

5,0008,000

2026

710950

M24 - M64M30 - M72

817 295 0817 296 0

05_0

8EN

.FM

172

Slings

Rope slings with fibre core conforming to DIN EN 13414-1

Maximum safe working load with different slinging methods

Nominalrope

Ø


1-leg 2-leg 3- and 4-leg Endless

[mm] up to 45° 45° - 60° up to 45° 45° - 60°

810121416

7001,0001,5002,0002,700

9501,4002,1002,8003,800

7001,0001,5002,0002,700

1,4502,1003,2004,2005,700

1,0501,5002,3003,0004,000

1,4002,0003,0004,0005,400

1820222426

3,1504,0005,0006,3007,000

4,4005,6007,0008,8009,800

3,1504,0005,0006,3007,000

6,6008,40010,50013,20014,700

4,7006,0007,5009,40010,500

6,3008,00010,00012,60014,000

28323640

8,00011,00014,00017,000

11,20015,40019,00023,500

8,00011,00014,00017,000

16,80023,00029,00036,000

12,00016,50021,00026,000

16,00022,00028,00034,000

Safety Advice _ Rope slings are subject to the accident prevention regulations BGR 500.

STAHLplus Online [email protected]

Grommet rope available on request.

05_0

8EN

.FM

173

β

β

L = "Sheer" length of webbing sling

SRG webbing slings with sling hooks(EN 1492-2)

SRG webbing slings are made of single-layer polyester round slings (PES) with high-strength fittings. They feature a high safe working load and low deadweight. They are particularly suitable for handling loads with sensitive surfaces.The non-conductive polyester material serves as an excellent insulator. (N.B. polyester is only non-conductive when dry.)

Technical features• Effective combination of load-protecting

round slings and high-strength fittings• Will not damage the load surface• Webbing slings with PVC protective sleeve

(blue)• Lighter than chain or rope slings

Safety Advice _ Only one leg should be assumed as load-bearing in the case of loads with centre of gravity greatly offset.

* Surcharge per metre of effective length L.; off-standard lengths on request.

Length

L

1-leg 2-leg 4-legSafe working load Item

No.Safe working load Item

No.Safe working load Item

No.β 0 - 45° β 45 - 60° β 0 - 45° β 45 - 60°

[m] [kg] [kg] [kg]1.0 1,000 805 000 9 1,400 1,000 805 004 9 2,100 1,500 805 008 9

Surcharge per m * Surcharge per m * Surcharge per m *1.0 2,000 805 001 9 2,800 2,000 805 005 9 4,200 3,000 805 009 9




Surcharge per m * Surcharge per m * Surcharge per m *

STAHLplus Info _ When dimensioning the sling take note of the loss of safe working load caused by the inclincation angle. The inclination angle β must never exceed 60°.

05_0

8EN

.FM

174

Slings

SRS round slings with single protective layer

Made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-2, equipped with a single abrasion-resistant protective layer.

The safe working load data are imprinted consecutively in figures and code strips.Polyester round slings are suitable for use in acids.Round slings in other materials such as polyamide and polypropylene on request.You will find round sling hooks on page 157 and 164.

L = Effective length

Technical features• Load-bearing elements of a PES round sling are continuously-laid

high-quality polyester fibre strands.• Protective layer made of special impregnated polyester webbing for

the continuously-laid fibre strands.• Pemanent identification on the outer layer: A woven ID strip for each

1000 kg safe working load (up to a safe working load of 12 t) and on the opposite side the printed or woven safe working load values.

• Specially made design for above 100 t on request.• Heavy duty round slings with velcro attachment on request.

ARS continuous - Fig. 3 ARS two-piece - Fig. 4 ARS one-piece double - Fig. 5 ARS two-piece double - Fig. 6

Abrasion protection sleeves

* Surcharge per metre of effective length ; off-standard lengths on request.

With single protective layer Abrasion protection sleeve (ARS)Safe working load Effective length

LItem No.

PVC (blue) FPU (red)Fig. 3+4 Fig. 5+6 Fig. 3+4 Fig. 5+6

[kg] [m]1,000 1.0 803 546 9

Surcharge per m *2,000 1.0 803 547 9

Surcharge per m *3,000 1.0 803 548 9

Surcharge per m *4,000 1.0 803 549 9

Surcharge per m *5,000 1.0 803 550 9

Surcharge per m * 6,000 1.0 803 551 9

Surcharge per m * 8,000 1.0 803 552 9

Surcharge per m *10,000 1.0 803 560 9

Surcharge per m *12,000 1.0 803 561 9

Surcharge per m *15,000 2.0 803 562 9

Surcharge per m *20,000 2.0 803 563 9

Surcharge per m *25,000 2.0 803 564 9

Surcharge per m *30,000 2.0 803 000 9

Surcharge per m *40,000 2.0 803 001 9

Surcharge per m *50,000 3.0 803 002 9

Surcharge per m *60,000 4.0 803 003 9

Surcharge per m *80,000 5.0 803 004 9

Surcharge per m *100,000 6.0 803 005 9

Surcharge per m *

• PVC or FPU abrasion protection sleeves protect the round slings from undue wear. If the protective sleeves are in more than one section, the individual sections are always of the same length.

05_0

8EN

.FM

175

* Surcharge per metre of effective length L; off-standard lengths on request.

With double protective layerl Abrasion protection sleevesSafe working load Effective length

L

Item No.

PVC (blue) FPU (red)Fig. 3+4 Fig. 5+6 Fig. 3+4 Fig. 5+6

[kg] [m]1,000 1.0 803 553 9

Surcharge per m *2,000 1.0 803 554 9

Surcharge per m *3,000 1.0 803 555 9

Surcharge per m *4,000 1.0 803 556 9

Surcharge per m *5,000 1.0 803 557 9

Surcharge per m * 6,000 1.0 803 558 9

Surcharge per m * 8,000 1.0 803 559 9

Surcharge per m *




SRS round slings with double protective layer

Made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-2, equipped with a double abrasion-resistant protective layer.

The safe working load data are imprinted consecutively in figures and code strips.Polyester round slings are suitable for use in acids.Round slings in other materials such as polyamide and polypropylene (resistant to acids and lyes) on request.You will find round sling hooks on page 157 and 164.

Technical features• Load-bearing elements of a PES

round sling are continuously-laid high-quality polyester fibre strands.

• Protective layer made of special impregnated polyester webbing for the continuously-laid fibre strands.

• Pemanent identification on the outer layer: A woven ID strip for each 1000 kg safe working load and on the opposite side the printed or woven safe working load values.

• PVC or FPU abrasion protection sleeves protect the round slings from undue wear. If the protec-tive sleeves are in more than one section, the individual sec-tions are always of the same length.

STAHLplus Info _ Textile mats up to 40 t safe working load available on request.

05_0

8EN

.FM

176

Slings

SRS plus round slings

Made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-2, equipped with an abrasion-resistant protective layer. The round sling for extra heavy duty.

SRS plus is a round sling that features optimised abrasion resistance, available widths, tear strength, folding resistance, service life and safety coding.In addition to the ID strip (one strip per 1000 kg safe working load,) this sling features permanently woven safe working load values in legible figures that slide smoothly over even sharp-edged loads. The figures cannot catch or wear.The particularly thick outer webbing is a considerable improvement for rugged use.

Technical features• The protective layer of the round sling is heavily impregnated with polyurethane,

is thus extremely abrasion-resistant and prevents damage to the outer layer.• The sling is stiffer and firmer than conventional slings, however it is light and

extremely flexible in use.• Abrasion protection sleeves of PVC or FPU protect the round slings from undue

wear. If the protective sleeves are in more than one section, the individual sec-tions are always of the same length.




Polyester round slings Abrasion protection sleevesSafe working

loadEffective length

L

SRS plus SRS Premium PVC (blue) FPU (red)Item No.

Item No.

Fig. 3+4 Fig. 5+6 Fig. 3+4 Fig. 5+6

[kg] [m]1,000 1.0 803 565 9 803 006 9

Surcharge per m *2,000 1.0 803 566 9 803 007 9

Surcharge per m *3,000 1.0 803 567 9 803 008 9

Surcharge per m *4,000 1.0 803 568 9 803 010 9

Surcharge per m *5,000 1.0 803 569 9 803 011 9

Surcharge per m * 6,000 1.0 803 570 9 803 012 9

Surcharge per m * 8,000 1.0 803 571 9 803 013 9

Surcharge per m *

Exposure to chemicals!Textile products made of polyester, polyamide and polypropylene may also be severely affected depending on concentration, temperature and time of exposure!If there is any doubt, specify your conditions of use to enable us to recommend the correct material or calculate the S.W.L. dimension required.


SRS Premium - the "super sling"A new technology - for even greater safety!New

SRS Premium round sling

SRS Premium is the new top-class round sling, a further development on the basis of the tried and tested SRS plus. The improvements at a glance:• Improved structure of webbing, thus even greater abrasion protection• Increased thickness of tube, ensuring considerably longer life• Optimised contact width• Compact construction and top design

New

You will find round sling hooks on page 157 and 164.

05_0

8EN

.FM

177

Load tables for webbing slings and endless round slings

Endless round slings conforming to EN 1492-2

Maximum safe working load employing different slinging methods

* Handling tolerances for β = 7%

Safe working load with one endless round slingin [kg]

Safe working load with two endless round slingsin [kg]

laid around - inclination angle inclinations angle

straight single

attachment

looped up to 0° * over 7°up to 45° *

over 45°up to 60° *

up to 45° * over 45°up to 60° *

straightup to 45° *

loopedup to 45° *

straightover 45°

up to 60° *

loopedover 45°

up to 60° *

1,000 800 2,000 1,400 1,000 700 500 1,400 1,120 1,000 8002,000 1,600 4,000 2,800 2,000 1,400 1,000 2,800 2,240 2,000 1,6003,000 2,400 6,000 4,200 3,000 2,100 1,500 4,200 3,360 3,000 2,4004,000 3,200 8,000 5,600 4,000 2,800 2,000 5,600 4,480 4,000 3,2005,000 4,000 10,000 7,000 5,000 3,500 2,500 7,000 5,600 5,000 4,0006,000 4,800 12,000 8,400 6,000 4,200 3,000 8,400 6,720 6,000 4,8008,000 6,400 16,000 11,200 8,000 5,600 4,000 11,200 8,960 8,000 6,40010,000 8,000 20,000 14,000 10,000 7,000 5,000 14,000 11,200 10,000 8,00012,000 9,600 24,000 16,800 12,000 8,400 6,000 16,800 13,440 12,000 9,60015,000 12,000 30,000 21,000 15,000 10,500 7,500 21,000 16,800 15,000 12,00020,000 16,000 40,000 28,000 20,000 14,000 10,000 28,000 22,400 20,000 16,00025,000 20,000 50,000 35,000 25,000 17,500 12,500 35,000 28,000 25,000 20,00030,000 24,000 60,000 42,000 30,000 21,000 15,000 42,000 33,600 30,000 24,00040,000 32,000 80,000 56,000 40,000 28,000 20,000 56,000 44,800 40,000 32,00050,000 40,000 100,000 70,000 50,000 35,000 25,000 70,000 56,000 50,000 40,00060,000 48,000 120,000 84,000 60,000 42,000 30,000 84,000 67,200 60,000 48,00080,000 64,000 160,000 112,000 80,000 56,000 40,000 112,000 89,600 80,000 64,000100,000 80,000 200,000 140,000 100,000 70,000 50,000 140,000 112,000 100,000 80,000

Webbing slings conforming to EN 1492-2




up to 45° 45° - 60° up to 45° 45° - 60°

1,0002,0003,0004,0005,000

1,4002,8004,2005,6007,000

1,0002,0003,0004,0005,000

2,1004,2006,3008,40010,500

1,5003,0004,5006,0007,500

STAHLplus Info _ Round slings are available up to 100 t safe working load, special versions also available for higher safe working loads. Just ask us!

STAHLplus Info _ Black round slings for stage and events are also available. Price on request.

05_0

8EN

.FM

178

Slings

Double-layer web slings

Made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-1Stabilised, drawn, finished and featuring optimised elongation.

These web slings are light and easy to manage. The loops are rein-forced with coloured, particularly abrasion-resistant webbing and are thus easy to lay on the hook. The woven loop reinforcement does not swell when damp.The loops on layers A and B of the web have proven themselves to be extremely effective in day-to-day use.


Safe working load Web width x thickness

Length of loop

Width of loop

Effective length

L

Type A Type B Abrasion protection sleevesItem No.

Item No.

2-sided formed sleeve

PVC(blue)

Fig. 1+2

FPU(red)

Fig. 1+2Single Double

[kg] [mm] [m]1,000 2,000 30x7 200 15 2.0 803 643 9 803 655 9

Surcharge per m * - -2,000 4,000 60x7 300 30 2.0 803 646 9 803 658 9

Surcharge per m * - -3,000 6,000 90x7 350 30 2.0 803 648 9 803 660 9

Surcharge per m * - -4,000 8,000 120x7 425 40 2.0 803 650 9 803 662 9

Surcharge per m * - -5,000 10,000 150x7 500 50 2.0 803 651 9 803 663 9

Surcharge per m * - - 6,000 12,000 180x7 550 60 3.0 803 652 9 803 664 9

Surcharge per m * - - 8,000 16,000 240x7 600 80 3.0 803 653 9 803 665 9

Surcharge per m * - -10,000 20,000 300x10 625 100 3.0 803 654 9 803 666 9

Surcharge per m * - -

ARS continuous - Fig. 1 ARS two-piece - Fig. 2


Type ALoop on web

with full reinforcement

Type BLoop on web with

standard reinforcement

Formed sleevesOnly sliding formed sleeves make it possible to turn sharp-edged loads safely: At the moment the load (e.g. coil) is raised, the sleeve grips firmly at the edge while the web sling can stretch and move freely in the formed sleeve under the increasing load.Web slings with permanent coatings are to be found on page 182.

Two-sided formed sleeve - see tableOne-sided formed sleeve - on request

Technical features• The load-bearing elements of a PES web sling are continuously-laid

high quality polyester fibre strands. • Permanent identification on the web sling: a woven ID strip for each

1000 kg safe working load.• Abrasion protection sleeves in PVC or FPU protect the web slings

from undue wear. If the protective sleeves are in more than one sec-tion, the individual sections are always of the same length.

05_0

8EN

.FM

179

Premium double-layer web slings

These web slings have an even longer service life as regards abrasion, pressure and edge stresses thanks to the optimised design of web and edge.

Advantages• Even longer service life thanks to increased safety factor• Higher temperature resistance up to 150° C• Optimum web design ensures improved resistance to abrasion

Technical features• Made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-1• Stabilised, drawn, finished and featuring optimised elongation.• Fully reinforced loop• Optimum web design ensures improved resistance to abasion• Higher temperature resistance: The strength does not fall below the

7:1 or 8:1 safety factor at 150°C for continuous use• Safety factor approx. 10:1


Safe working load Web width x thickness Length of loop Width of loop min. length of loop Price for 1 metre Surchargeper m *

Single Double Item No.[kg] [mm]

1,000 2,000 50 x 6 200 25 850 803 184 92,000 4,000 75 x 8 300 25 1300 803 185 93,000 6,000 100 x 8 350 35 1500 803 186 94,000 8,000 125 x 8 425 45 1600 803 187 95,000 10,000 150 x 10 500 50 1900 803 188 9

Heavy duty pipeline web sling mats

made of polyester (PES) analog to DIN V 61360 prEN 1492-1.

The strongman for pipeline construction:

• up to 900 mm contact surface• contact side fully coated with an anti-slip plastic coating• up to 48 t S.W.L. per mat• the eye beam automatically drops from the hook beam after

unloading - no expenditure of energy and time required

Prices and technical data on request.

Safety Advice _ The aperture angle of the end loops must not exceed 20°.

05_0

8EN

.FM

180

Slings

Endless web slings

Made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-1

Stabilised, drawn, finished and featuring optimised elongation.

Both single- and double-layer versions available.

Technical features• Whether single- or double-layer, the load is always carried by 2 legs,

and thus• higher safe working loads are possible compared with web slings of

equal width with loops or terminal fittings


Safe working load Web width x thick-

ness

Effective length

L

Single-layerItem No.Single Double

[kg] [mm] [m]500 1,000 25x4 1.0 803 675 9

Surcharge per m *1,000 2,000 30x3,5 1.0 803 676 9

Surcharge per m *1,500 3,000 65x3 1.0 803 677 9

Surcharge per m *2,000 4,000 60x3,5 1.0 803 678 9

Surcharge per m *3,000 6,000 90x3,5 1.0 803 679 9

Surcharge per m *


Safe working load Web width x thick-

ness

Effective length

L

Double-layerItem No.Single Double

[kg] [mm] [m]1,000 2,000 25x8 1.0 803 606 9

Surcharge per m *1,500 3,000 35x6 1.0 803 607 9

Surcharge per m *2,000 4,000 30x7 1.0 803 608 9

Surcharge per m *3,000 6,000 65x6 1.0 803 609 9

Surcharge per m *4,000 8,000 60x7 1.0 803 610 9

Surcharge per m *5,000 10,000 100x6 1.0 803 612 9

Surcharge per m * 6,000 12,000 90x7 1.0 803 613 9

Surcharge per m *


STAHLplus Info _ Disposable web slings manufactured in compli-ance with the future DIN 60005 are available. Price on request.

05_0

8EN

.FM

181

Web slings with terminal fittings - double-layer

Made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-1, stabilised, drawn, finished and featuring optimised elongation.

The terminal fittings are easy to hook onto small crane hooks. The stainless steel terminal fittings are indestructible. The practical combination sling Type A should be selected for varying applications.


Safe working load Web widthx thickness

Effective length

L

Type A Type B

r1 h1 b1

Item No.

r2 h2 b2

Item No.Single Double

[kg] [mm] [m] [mm] [mm]1,000 2,000 30x7 2.0 13 80 60 803 633 9 13 145 100 803 573 9

Surcharge per m * - -2,000 4,000 60x7 2.0 16 90 80 803 635 9 16 165 120 803 575 9

Surcharge per m * - -3,000 6,000 90x7 2.0 20 110 100 803 637 9 20 195 150 803 577 9

Surcharge per m * - -4,000 8,000 120x7 2.0 22 130 130 803 639 9 22 230 185 803 579 9

Surcharge per m * - -5,000 10,000 150x7 2.0 26 160 160 803 640 9 26 295 225 803 580 9

Surcharge per m * - - 6,000 12,000 180x7 2.0 30 210 220 803 641 9 30 325 295 803 581 9

Surcharge per m * - - 8,000 16,000 240x7 2.0 32 210 270 803 642 9 32 330 345 803 582 9

Surcharge per m * - -10,000 20,000 300x10 2.0 36 278 300 803 572 9 36 428 430 803 583 9


Type A Type B

Type A Type B

Technical features• Can also be used with smaller crane hooks• Particularly suitable for use together with beams as steel terminal

fittings are used at the beam hook in the area most susceptible to wear.

• With non-rusting terminal fittings also suitable for pickling baths. Just ask us!

• For safe handling: The safe working load ID coding is indestructible.• See below for dimensions of terminal fittings• Web slings with terminal fittings with protective sleeves on request.

05_0

8EN

.FM

182

Slings


Safe working load

Web dimensionswidth x thickness

Effective length

L

Coating on one side

Coating ontwo sides

Item No.

Item No.

Single Double

[kg] [mm] [m]1,000 2,000 30x7 1.0 803 584 9 803 592 9

Surcharge per m * - -2,000 4,000 60x7 1.0 803 585 9 803 593 9

Surcharge per m * - -3,000 6,000 90x7 2.0 803 586 9 803 594 9

Surcharge per m * - -4,000 8,000 120x7 2.0 803 587 9 803 595 9

Surcharge per m * - -5,000 10,000 150x7 2.0 803 588 9 803 596 9

Surcharge per m * - - 6,000 12,000 180x7 3.0 803 589 9 803 597 9

Surcharge per m * - - 8,000 16,000 240x7 3.0 803 590 9 803 598 9

Surcharge per m * - -10,000 20,000 300x10 3.0 803 591 9 803 599 9



Safe working load Web width x thickness

Length of loops

Width of loops

Effective length

L

Item No.

Single Double[kg] [mm] [m]

2,000 4,000 60x7 200 15 2.0 803 601 9Surcharge per m *

3,000 6,000 90x7 350 30 2.0 803 602 9Surcharge per m *

4,000 8,000 120x7 425 40 2.0 803 603 9Surcharge per m *

Web slings with permanent coating

Extremely resistant to abrasion and cutting - ideal for use with sharp-edged loads.

Permanent coatings are of advantage if small, narrow, U-shaped loads must be lifted and the effective length of the web sling is very short.The permanent coating provides more flexibility than a short and thus relatively stiff protective sleeve.Web slings with movable formed sleeves are to be found on page 178.

Technical features• The permanent coatings are poured onto the web sling and, as specified by the accident

prevention regulations, transparent.• Permanent coating of 5 mm thick polyurethane (PU) - smooth on one or both sides• With loops at both ends

AntiCut slings with loops

With increased work capacity, double-layer, made of polyester (PES) EN 1492-1.

Drawn and finished, featuring optimised elongation.

Advantages in use• The woven AntiCut edge protects the edges of the sling from

damage• The V-shape of the woven edge absorbs transverse stresses• The loops are reinforced with particularly abrasion-resistant

wear protection right up to the seam overlaps

05_0

8EN

.FM

183

Load tables for web slings to EN 1492-2


* Handling tolerances for β = 7%

Safe working load with one web slingin [kg]

Safe working load with two web slingsin [kg]

laid around - inclination angle inclination angle

straight, single

attachment

looped up to 0° * up to 45° * over 45°up to 60° *

straightup to 45° *

loopedup to 45° *

straightover 45°

up to 60° *

loopedover 45°

up to 60° *

1,000 800 2,000 1,400 1,000 1,400 1,120 1,000 800

2,000 1,600 4,000 2,800 2,000 2,800 2,240 2,000 1,600

3,000 2,400 6,000 4,200 3,000 4,200 3,360 3,000 2,400

4,000 3,200 8,000 5,600 4,000 5,600 4,480 4,000 3,200

5,000 4,000 10,000 7,000 5,000 7,000 5,600 5,000 4,000

6,000 4,800 12,000 8,400 6,000 8,400 6,720 6,000 4,800

8,000 6,400 16,000 11,200 8,000 11,200 8,960 8,000 6,400

10,000 8,000 20,000 14,000 10,000 14,000 11,200 10,000 8,000

Safety Advice _Textile slings are subject to the accident prevention regulations BGR 500.Endless slings and web slings without a manufac-turer’s label must not be used!

STAHLplus Online [email protected]

Technical features• Sturdy free-standing steel construction,

steel shot derusted• No floor mounting necessary• Spray-painted RAL 5015 (sky blue),

D.F.T. min. 70 μm• Suspension hooks welded on• Suitable for ropes, chains, webbing slings,

round slings and cargo gear• Safe working load max. 1000 kg• Deadweight

AG 1500: approx. 80 kgAG 2000: approx. 90 kg

NewSling rack

Free-standing rack for central storage of slings.

The stored slings are clearly visible, and cannot become knotted. The sling required is always ready to hand.Price on request.

1520 mm / 2020 mm

AG 1500 / AG 2000

05_0

8EN

.FM

184

Slings

Abrasion protection sleeve with PuR coating

Abrasion protection sleeves of suitable dimensions for web slings, round slings and lashing straps increase their service life and provide protection against mechanical abrasion, sharp edges and ultraviolet light.

Edge protector bracket for web slings and lashing straps

With their wide contact area, edge protector brackets made of sturdy plastic ensure even and thus protective distribution of pressure. Suitable for web widths up to 100 mm.

Edge protector plates for web slings and lashing straps

We recommend the use of edge protector plates to avoid possible damage to your web slings caused by sharp edges or mechanical abrasion.Optimally shaped entry slots enable easy fitting and prevent slipping on web slings when under load.

For sling width For safe working load

Item No.

[mm] [kg]25 30 60 90

500 1,000 2,000 3,000

805 510 0 805 511 0 805 512 0 805 513 0

120 150 180

4,000 5,000 6,000

805 514 0805 515 0 805 516 0

Web width Item No.

[mm]up to 50 50 - 100

805 507 0 805 508 0

For use with Web width Item No.

[mm]Web slings up to 35

up to 60805 500 0 805 501 0

Lashing straps up to 50 805 505 0

Edge protectors in polyurethane (PU)

Edge protector brackets in polyurethane are available in 5 sizes up to a sling width of 300 mm, with or without magnet.

For sling width

Without magnet With magnetItem No.

Item No.

[mm]65100125200300

817 314 0817 315 0817 316 0817 317 0817 318 0

817 309 0817 310 0817 311 0817 312 0817 313 0

185

Sling accessories

The accessories for our slings provide a secure link to the load.Differences in level in multi-leg liftingconfigurations or twisted chains and wire ropes are things of the past.

06_0

8EN

.FM

186

Sling accessories

Dangerous conditions

The safe working loads given assume that no particularly dangerous conditions are prevalent. Applications such as lifting persons, particularly dangerous loads such as e.g. molten metals, corrosive materials, nuclear material etc. must be assessed by an expert and the safe working loads reduced accordingly, or particular precautions be taken for these lifting procedures.

Chemicals

Lifting accessories which have been exposed to acids, lyes or their vapours must be decommissioned and returned to us for assessment.


Only undamaged lifting accessories with legible S.W.L. markings may be used.Inspection for obvious defects must be performed before each use, e.g. serious corrosion, wear, cracks in welds, deformation, firm seating of screws, etc. Lifting accessories which have been known to have been overloaded or otherwise exposed to damaging influences must no longer be used until they have been inspected and repaired if necessary.

• The link must have sufficient room in the load hook and move freely.

• The lifting accessories must be attached in such a way that they are easily accessible for attaching and removing slings. They must not be hindered by other elements. They must not be reversed or run over sharp edges.

• Lifting accessories must be attached in such a way that no sources of danger for the loader arise (crushing, cutting ...). They must not project and hinder transportation.

• The number and distribution of the slinging points must be selected so that the load’s position does not change inadvertently during transportation.

• Through holes must be provided with nuts in acc. with EN ISO 4032 (minimum grade 12).

• The position of the slinging point must permit contact of the whole support surface of the swivel.

• Put the link in the correct position before attaching the load.

correct use incorrect use

Lifting accessories


Please read also our general instructions for the use of load suspension equipment and slings on pages 120-121 and 142 to 144.

These instructions for use provide only general information on the use of lifting accessories and do not take the place of the operating instructions provided by the manufacturer for individual pieces of equipment!


The form and construction of lifting accessories must not be modified by e.g. bending, grinding, removing parts, drilling holes, etc.Welding is only permissible on products intended for this purpose and in accordance with instructions.Surface coatings such as hot-dip galvanising or electrogalvanising may not be applied to high-tensile lifting accessories. Stripping is also a dangerous process and may only be performed after consulting the manufacturer.

Restrictions of use

Temperature

> -40°C ≤ 200°C = 100% S.W.L.> 200°C ≤ 300°C = 90% S.W.L.> 300°C ≤ 400°C = 75% S.W.L. *

* Applies only to swivel transport rings: before using, please consult manufacturer stating application! The S.W.L. reduction for high temperatures applies only until the lifting accessory has cooled down to ambient temperature again.If the maximum permissible temperature of 400° is exceeded, permanent damage will occur and the lifting accessory must be decommissioned.

Impact loading

The safe working loads stated apply for loading the lifting accessories without any impact. The full safe working load can be utilised in the case of slight impacts such as arise from lifting and lowering or moving the load on the crane. High impacts such as the load falling onto the suspension equipment are not permissible!

Edge loading

Damage to the lifting accessories caused by sharp-edged loads must be prevented.

06_0

8EN

.FM

187

AWH weld-on hook(DIN 5691)Safety hook for welding onto dredging shovels. Complies with safety regulations.Observe welding specifications.The shape of the safety latch facilitates handling. Further weld-on hooks up to 15 t safe working load available on request.

Weld-on hook Safety latch set

Safe work-ing load

Model Dimensions Weight approx.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.L H G B C

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,300 3,800 6,300 10,000

AWH 1,3 AWH 3,8 AWH 6,3 AWH 10

95 132 167 175

71 105 130 133

25 29 34 34

25 35 45 50

34 40 49 49

0.61.32.83.7

801 150 0 801 151 0 801 152 0 801 153 0

817 600 0817 601 0817 602 0817 602 0

NG transport ringWeld-on transport ring (DIN 5691). Complies with safety regulations.Observe welding specifications.Transport ring up to nominal chain size 40 and version with spring available on request.

* Dimensions E and F vertical with respect to welding plane

Safe work-ing load

Nominal size

Chain size

Dimensions Identifi-cation toDSK-N

Weight approx.

ItemNo.E* F* C L H D B

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,120 2,000 3,150 5,300 8,000 15,500

6-8 8-8 10-8 13-8 16-8 22-8

6 8 10 13 16 22

59 69 84 120 127 178

31 37 46 69 66 98

32 38 45 60 68 96

32 38 44 60 65 109

28 33 38 51 61 80

12 14 18 24 28 39

36 42 48 66 72 120

1 2 3 5 8 15

0.30 0.50 0.70 1.90 2.70 8.10

801 160 0 801 161 0 801 162 0 801 163 0 801 164 0 801 165 0

Transport ringScrew-on transport ring (DIN 5691). Complies with safety regulations.Transport ring up to nominal chain size 34 available on request.

Safe work-ing load

Nom. size

Chain size


Weight approx.

ItemNo.E F A C L D B NG

[kg] [mm] [kg]3,150 5,300 8,000 15,000

10-8 13-8 16-8 22-8

10 13 16 22

112 149 183 226

57 79 93 114

90 115 150 175

38 48 62 72

130 165 212 255

18 22 26 36

40 50 65 75

M16 M20 M30 M36

3 5 8 15

1.50 3.10 6.40 12.20

801 170 0 801 171 0 801 172 0 801 173 0

Swivel transport ringSwivel screw-on transport ring (DIN 5691). Complies with safety regulations.

Safe work-ing load

Nom. size

Chain size


Weight approx.

ItemNo.E Fmax. A C H Bmax. D NG

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,120 2,000 3,150 5,300

6-8 8-8 10-8 13-8

6 8 10 13

65 85 98 120

30 40 45 53

61 79 92 113

65 82 101 125

38 49 59 72

22 28 33 45

12 15 19 25

M16 M20 M24 M30

1 2 3 5

0.70 1.50 2.60 4.60

801 166 0 801 167 0 801 168 0 801 169 0

High-tensile threaded sling attachment points with RLP threadwith 25% higher S.W.L. provide versatile solutions for the safe movement of loads. Can be rotated by 360° and swivelled by 180°. The clevis can easily be dismantled. Sling attachment points with longer threads and inch threads on request.

*1 Safe working load for one attachment point and inclination angle of 0 and 90°- Safe working load for 0-45° and 45-60° on request.

Safe working load *1 Model Dimensions Weight approx.

ItemNo.B D G H L M

[kg] [mm] [kg]600

1,0001,5003,0005,0007,00012,00014,00016,00020,000

300500750

1,5002,5003,5006,0008,00014,00016,000

RLP M8RLP M10RLP M12RLP M16RLP M20RLP M24RLP M30RLP M36RLP M42RLP M48

424257578383114114149149

12121919282834344040

3534

46.5445653

69.565.59086

60608585111111144144185185

152019243237

49.5616575

M8M10M12M16M20M24M30M36M42M48

0.30.30.90.92.82.87.07.314.014.9

801 037 0801 038 0801 039 0801 040 0801 041 0801 042 0801 180 0801 181 0801 182 0801 183 0

ha002v

B

GD

HL

M

06_0

8EN

.FM

188

Sling accessories

TP screw-on rotating sling attachment collarCompact and light construction. Safety factor 4:1 against breakage in all load directions. With ball bearings, can be rotated by 360°. Max. permissible swivelling range of the take-up link 180°. Painted aqua-blue. Grade 10. Rotating sling attachment points up to 40 t on request.

* Width across flats*1 Safe working load for one rotating sling attachment collar and inclination angle of 0 and 90°- Safe working load for 0-45° and 45-60° on request.

Safe working load *1 Model Threadd x e

Dimensions Master linkf x t1 x bi

Weight ItemNo.b g SW

*t

[kg] [mm] [kg]1,0001,4001,4002,000

500700700

1,000

TP 0,7 M10x18M12x18M12x25M14x20

36.536.536.536.5

48484848

34343434

41414141

13x55x3213x55x3213x55x3213x55x32

0.420.430.430.43

801 255 0801 247 0801 250 0801 249 0

2,8002,8003,4003,400

1,4001,4001,7001,700

TP 1,4 M16x20M16x30M20x30M24x30

36.536.536.536.5

48484848

34343434

41414141

13x55x3213x55x3213x55x3213x55x32

0.440.450.480.50

801 252 0801 248 0801 251 0801 254 0

5,0005,0005,0005,000

2,5002,5002,5002,500

TP 2,5 M20x30M20x40M20x50M20x70

52525252

68686868

46464646

57575757

16x70x3416x70x3416x70x3416x70x34

0.950.970.991.05

801 256 0801 257 0801 253 0801 258 0

8,0008,0008,0008,000

4,0004,0004,0004,000

TP 4,0 M24x30M24x45M24x50M30x35

57575757

75757575

50505050

63636363

18x85x4518x85x4518x85x4518x85x45

1.361.411.421.45

801 259 0801 260 0801 261 0801 262 0

12,00012,00012,00012,000

6,7006,7006,7006,700

TP 6,7 M30x35M30x45M30x50M30x60

70707070

95959595

65656565

78787878

20x85x4520x85x4520x85x4520x85x45

2.332.372.402.45

801 246 0801 263 0801 264 0801 265 0

12,00012,000

8,0008,000

TP 8,0 M30x35M30x45

8181

106106

7575

8686

23x115x6023x115x60

3.593.64

801 273 0801 266 0

15,00015,000

10,00010,000

TP 10,0 M36x50M36x54

8181

106106

7575

8686

23x115x6023x115x60

3.763.79

801 267 0801 269 0

15,00015,00015,00015,000

12,50012,50012,50012,500

TP 12,5 M42x50M42x60M42x63M48x72

81818181

106106106106

75757575

86868686

23x115x6023x115x6023x115x6023x115x60

3.563.633.684.23

801 270 0801 271 0801 268 0801 272 0

22,40022,40022,40022,40022,400

15,00015,00015,00015,00015,000

TP 15,0 M42x60M45x60M48x60M56x78M64x96

104104104104104

127127127127127

9595959595

106106106106106

30x140x7030x140x7030x140x7030x140x7030x140x70

7.197.317.377.988.86

801 282 0801 283 0801 284 0801 285 0801 286 0

TP-S weld-on rotating sling attachment collarSafety factor against breakage 4:1 in all load directions; with ball bearings, can be rotated by 360°. Max. permissible swivelling range of the take-up link 180°. Painted aqua-blue. Grade 10.Material of the element to be welded 1.6758.

*1 Safe working load for one rotating sling attachment collar and inclination angle of 0 and 90°- Safe working load for 0-45° and 45-60° on request.

Safe working load *1 Model Dimensions Master linkf x t1 x bi

Weight approx.

Item No.a b g t

[kg] [mm] [kg]5,0008,00012,00015,00022,400

2,5004,0006,70010,00015,000

TP-S 2,5TP-S 4,0TP-S 6,7TP-S 10,0TP-S 15,0

5.5x45°7.0x45°8.5x45°10x45°12x45°

52577080100

687495106128

57627886106

16x70x3418x85x4520x85x4523x115x6028x140x70

0.951.302.203.807.40

801 274 0801 275 0801 276 0801 277 0801 278 0

FP screw-on sling attachment pointThe take-up link can be rotated by 360° and swivelled by 180°. Can be locked in position; flat construction, variable thread design, simple assembly. Painted aqua-blue. Grade 10.

*1 Safe working load for one attachment point and inclination angle of 0 and 90°- Safe working load for 0-45° and 45-60° on request.

Safe working load *1 Model Thread Dimensions Weight Item No.a b c d e f g l S

[kg] [mm] [kg]500800

1,5002,500

7001,2502,1203,550

FP 0,5FP 0,8FP 1,5FP 2,5

M10x40M12x45M16x55M20x70

69 50 48 13 28 100 12172742

52514946

34 0.700.710.720.73

801 159 0801 174 0801 175 0801 176 0

4,0005,3006,000

5,6007,1008,000

FP 4,0FP 5,0FP 6,0

M24x80M27x90M30x90

104 76 72 18 39 147 415151

747270

58 2.602.702.75

801 279 0801 280 0801 281 0

06_0

8EN

.FM

189

Eye bolts(DIN 580 - ed. 2003-08). Galvanised, die forged. Material and thread: C15 E / DIN 13 / DIN 267Eye bolts in acc. with DIN 580 - ed. 1972-03 available on request.

Safe working load Dimensions Weight ItemNo.

90° 45°

d1 d2 d3 d4 h k l

[kg] [mm] [kg/%]140 140 230 360 700

100100170240500

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

20 20 25 30 35

36 36 45 54 63

2020 25 30 35

36 36 45 53 62

8 8 10 12 14

131317

20.527

5.0 6.0 11.0 18.0 28.0

801 184 0 801 185 0 801 186 0 801 187 0 801 188 0

1,200 1,800 3,200 4,600

8601,2902,3003,300

M20 M24 M30 M36

40 50 65 75

72 90 108 126

40 50 60 70

71 90 109 128

16 20 24 28

30364554

45.0 87.0 166.0 265.0

801 189 0 801 190 0 801 191 0 801 192 0

6,3008,60011,50016,000

4,5006,1008,20011,000

M42M48M56M64

85100110120

144166184206

8090100110

147168187208

32384248

63687890

403.0638.0880.01240.0

801 193 0801 194 0801 195 0801 196 0

Lifting eye nuts(DIN 582 - ed. 2003-08)Galvanised, die forged. Material and thread: C15 E / DIN 13 / DIN 267. Diagonal pull permissible only at angles from 0 - 45°. Caution: reduced safe working load.Lifting eye nuts in acc. with DIN 582 - ed. 1972-03 available on request.

Safe working load Dimensions Weight ItemNo.

90° 45°

d1 d2 d3 d4 h k

[kg] [mm] [kg/%]140 140 230 340 700

100100170240500

M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

20 20 25 30 35

36 36 45 54 63

20 20 25 30 35

36 36 45 53 62

8 8 10 12 14

4.8 5.0 9.0 16.0 24.0

801 197 0 801 198 0 801 199 0 801 200 0 801 201 0

1,200 1,800 3,200 4,600

8601,2902,3003,300

M20 M24 M30 M36

40 50 65 75

72 90 108 126

40 50 60 70

71 90 109 128

16 20 24 28

36.0 72.0 132.0 208.0

801 202 0 801 203 0 801 204 0 801 205 0

6,3008,60011,50016,000

4,5006,1008,20011,000

M42M48M56M64

85100110120

144166184206

8090100110

147168187208

32384248

311.0502.0669.0930.0

801 206 0 801 207 0 801 208 0 801 209 0

ELP eye bolts, grade 8

• Compact construction with flat area• Simple to fit and to handle• Flat area permits combination with other high-tensile

components• Safety factor 4:1• Tested on the basis of up-to-date standards and the test

principles of the Employers’ Liability Insurance Association

Safe working load Dimensions Weight ItemNo.d1 d3 d4 h k l

[kg] [mm] [kg]4,0006,0008,00012,00016,000

1,0001,5002,0003,0004,000

M16M20M24M30M36

727288106127

4242486072

56586984100

1616192226

2430364554

0.380.430.851.42.3

801 118 0801 119 0801 124 0801 128 0801 131 0

STAHLplus Info _Eye bolts and nuts in stainless steel in acc. with DIN 580/582 - ed. 2003-08 are available. Please enquire!

06_0

8EN

.FM

190

Sling accessories

Dee shackle, galvanisedequivalent to DIN 82101. Type A, with eye bolt.

The safe working load indicated on the shackles must not be exceeded.

Safe working load Dimensions ItemNo.d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 b1 h1

[kg] [mm]100160250400630

4 5 7 8 10

5 6 8 10 12

10 12 16 20 24

M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

5 6 8 10 12

7 8 11 14 17

15.5 18 24 30 36

800 000 0 800 001 0 800 002 0 800 003 0 800 004 0

1,0001,6002,0002,5003,150

13 17 19 21 24

15 19 21 23 26

32 40 44 48 54

M16 M20 M22 M24 M27

15 19 21 23 26

21 27 30 33 38

49 61 67 73

83.5

800 005 0 800 006 0 800 007 0 800 008 0 800 009 0

4,0005,0006,3008,00010,000

27 30 34 38 42

29 33 37 41 45

60 72 78 90 96

M30 M36 M39 M45 M48

29 33 37 41 45

42 47 53 60 66

91 111

119.5 139.5 147

800 010 0 800 011 0 800 012 0 800 013 0 800 014 0

12,50016,00020,00025,000

47 525863

50 556167

104 120136144

M52 M60M68M72

50 556167

73 8190100

158 185211221

800 015 0 800 016 0800 017 0800 018 0

STAHLplus Info _High tensile shackles feature smaller dimensions and lighter weight compared to those of DIN 82101. This makes them easier to use.

Straight Dee shackle, high-tensile US Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 with eyebolt. With certificate EN 10204-3.1 B if desired.Clevis galvanised, pin spray-painted blue. Stamped with safe working load and nominal size.Safety factor 6:1.


Safe working load Dimensions ItemNo.d1 d2 d3 b1 h1

[kg] [mm]750

1,0001,5002,0003,250

8 10 11 13 16

10 12 14 16 20

21 26 2830 42

13 16 18 21 27

26 31 36 41 51

800 100 0 800 101 0 800 102 0 800 103 0 800 104 0

4,7506,5008,5009,50012,000

19 22 25 29 32

22 27 28 33 36

48 57 62 69 78

32 36 43 46 52

60 71 81 90 100

800 105 0 800 106 0 800 107 0 800 108 0 800 109 0

13,50017,00025,00035,00055,000

35 38445163

39 42526072

86 94112135158

57 607383106

113 124146171203

800 110 0 800 111 0800 019 0800 020 0800 021 0

Bow shackle, high-tensileUS Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 with eyebolt. With certificate EN 10204-3.1 B if desired.Clevis galvanised, pin spray-painted blue. Stamped with safe working load and nominal size.


Safe working load Dimensions ItemNo.d1 d2 d3 b1 b2 h2

[kg] [mm]500750

1,0001,5002,000

68101113

8 10 12 14 16

17 21 26 28 30

12 13 16 18 21

19 21 26 29 33

2831364248

800 200 0 800 201 0 800 202 0 800 203 0 800 204 0

3,2504,7506,5008,5009,500

16 19 22 25 29

20 22 27 28 33

4248 57 62 69

27 32 36 43 46

43 51 58 68 74

60718495103

800 205 0 800 206 0 800 207 0 800 208 0 800 209 0

12,00013,50017,00025,00035,000

32 35 38 44 51

36 39 42 52 60

78 86 94 112135

52 576073 83

82 92 98 127 146

119133146178197

800 210 0 800 211 0 800 212 0 800 213 0 800 214 0

55,000 63 72 158 106 184 267 800 022 0

STAHLplus Info _We recommend the use of bow shackles to extend web slings and round slings.

06_0

8EN

.FM

191

High tensile Dee shackle E type pin, with cotterUS Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 with extended pin, nut and cotter. With certificate EN 10204-3.1 B if desired. High tensile forged steel, galvanised clevis, pin spray-painted blue. Stamped with safe working load and nominal size. Safety factor 6:1.


Safe working load Dimensions ItemNo.b1 b2 d1 d3 d4 h1

[kg] [mm]500750

1,0001,500

12 13 16 18

26 29 36 40

6 8 10 11

17 21 26 28

8 10 12 14

22 26 31 36

800 041 0800 042 0800 043 0800 044 0

2,000 3,200 4,750 6,500

21 27 32 36

47 59 70 80

13 16 19 22

30 42 48 57

16 19 22 25

41 51 60 71

800 120 0 800 121 0 800 122 0 800 123 0

8,5009,500 12,000 13,500

4346 52 57

93104 116 127

2529 32 35

6269 78 86

28323538

8190 100 113

800 124 0800 125 0 800 126 0 800 127 0

17,00025,00035,00055,000

607383105

136161185232

38445164

94112127152

42505570

124146171203

800 128 0800 033 0800 034 0800 035 0

85,000120,000150,000

127 133 140

279 317 348

76 89 102

200 203 226

82 95 107

216 253 250

800 045 0800 046 0800 047 0

High tensile bow shackle E type pin, with cotterUS Fed. Spec. RR-C-271 with extended pin, nut and cotter. With certificate EN 10204-3.1 B if desired. High tensile forged steel, galvanised clevis, pin spray-painted blue. Stamped with safe working load and nominal size. Safety factor 6:1.


Safe working load Dimensions ItemNo.b1 b2 b3 d1 d3 d4 h1

[kg] [mm]500750

1,0001,500

12 13 16 18

26 29 36 40

19212629

6 8 10 11

17 21 26 28

8 10 12 14

28313642

800 048 0800 049 0800 050 0800 051 0

2,000 3,250 4,750 6,500 8,500

21 27 32 36 43

47 59 70 80 93

33 43 51 58 68

13 16 19 22 25

30 42 48 57 62

16 20 22 27 28

48 60 71 84 95

800 220 0 800 221 0 800 222 0 800 223 0 800 224 0

9,500 12,000 13,500 17,00025,000

46 52 57 6073

104 116 127 136161

74 82 92 98127

29 32 35 3844

69 78 86 94112

33 36 39 4252

109 119 133146178

800 225 0 800 226 0 800 227 0 800 228 0800 036 0

35,00055,00085,000120,000

83105127 137

185232279 321

146184200232

516476 92

127152200 220

557082 95

197 267 330 374

800 037 0800 038 0800 052 0800 053 0

Shackle, stainless steel Stainless steel, material A4, rust-free, forged

Version Safe working load Dimensions ItemNo.b1 b2 d4 h1

[kg] [mm]Straight D shape 160

250375625

1,000

810121620

-----

M4M5M6M8M10

1618243240

800 039 0800 300 0 800 301 0 800 302 0 800 303 0

1,5002,7503,7504,7505,750

2532384450

-----

M12M16M20M22M24

48647688100

800 304 0800 305 0 800 306 0 800 307 0 800 308 0

Bow shape 160250375625

1,000

810121620

1215182430

M4M5M6M8M10

1620243240

800 023 0800 024 0800 025 0800 026 0800 027 0

1,5002,7503,7504,7505,750

2532384450

3648606675

M12M16M20M22M24

48648088100

800 028 0800 029 0800 030 0800 031 0800 032 0

STAHLplus Info _Shackles with cotters can be used wherever a permanent connection is required.

06_0

8EN

.FM

192

Sling accessories

Insulated anti-twist guardFor insulating hoists when welding on suspended hook. Insulation up to max. 1000 V. Connection with high-tensile chains and wire ropes ensures twist-free operation and prevents damage to sling equipment. With axial roller bearing, dust-protected and watertight; can be used in all areas without restrictions. Please consult the supplier for off-standard operating conditions.Spray-painted yellow.

Version Safe working load Dimensions Weight ItemNo.H a b g

[kg] [mm] [kg]With 2 SKT

link sectionsFig. 1

2,0003,1505,3008,00012,500

131164208241285

2226334048

-----

-----

0.91.82.95.28.6

801 084 0801 085 0801 086 0801 087 0801 088 0

With SKT link section and SKN hook

Fig. 2

2,0003,1505,3008,00012,500

193245305354411

2226334048

-----

2734424959

1.12.34.37.712.6

801 089 0801 090 0801 091 0801 092 0801 093 0

With SKT link section and

SKG master linkFig. 3

2,0003,1505,3008,00012,500

202257309364426

2226334048

50667282105

-----

1.02.03.66.210.3

801 094 0801 095 0801 096 0801 097 0801 098 0

With 2 SKG master links

Fig. 4

2,0003,1505,3008,00012,500

273350410487567

-----

50667282105

-----

1.22.44.37.212.0

801 099 0801 104 0801 108 0801 111 0801 112 0

With SKG master link and

SKN load hookFig. 5

2,0003,1505,3008,00012,500

264338406477552

-----

50667282105

2734424959

1.32.75.08.714.3

801 113 0801 114 0801 115 0801 116 0801 117 0

The particular benefits of the insulated anti-twist guard• Welding on the suspended load - safe and economical with the insulated anti-twist guard.• The current flow between sling equipment and hoist is interrupted by the insulated anti-twist

guard. Thus the crane rope and the crane electrics are protected from the high currents occurring during welding.

• Personnel and material have optimum protection.

Safety Advice _Special tools are required in some cases for the accident prevention regulation test of insulated anti-twist guards. For this reason, these tests

and repairs may only be performed by authorised personnel and the manufacturer.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2 Fig. 3

Fig. 4 Fig. 5

ha003v

Ha

b

Safe working load Dimensions Weight ItemNo.s b g d e B-

link[kg] [mm] [kg]1,4002,5004,0005,3008,000

100150200300400

190254380500600

65100130195250

2330405060

203300402592781

B8W 13B8W 16B8W 22B8W 26B8W 26

2.085.416.131.563.4

801 031 0801 032 0801 033 0801 034 0801 035 0

GH / GHW clevis hookFor lifting large stacks of sheet metal and large slabs. Use only in pairs.Recommended angle of inclination of sling: 30-45°.

Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5

193

When working with different types of goods you need to keep an eye onthe loads. Our robust load cells with integrated electronics will makeyour material handling still safer and more efficient.


07_0

8EN

.FM

194


Load cells

The practical small CH load cell offering a scale range up to 50 kg is always at hand. The built-in 100 cm tape measure is extremely useful.

The compact HCB load cell offering a a scale range up to 200 kg is attached by means of the stainless steel snap hook included in the deli-very, aperture: 15 mm.

Technical features:• Data hold function: the weight display can

be "frozen" by pressing the hold button for 5 seconds.

• Automatic switch-off function to save wear on the battery: the load cell switches off after 3 minutes without use

• Stainless steel load hook, HCB model aper-ture: 25 mm

• LCD display, digit height 11 m (CH model), 12 mm (HCB model)

• Suspension eye made of nickel-coated forged steel (non-rotating)

• Stainless steel version available on request

HCB load cell also available with fine display. Price on request.

Scale range

Model Display graduation

Dimensions(W x D x H)

Height incl. hook

Batteries Weight ItemNo.

[kg] [g] [mm] [g]0 - 150 - 500 - 50

CH 15 K 20CH 50 K 50CH 50 K 100

2050100

90x30x175 270 9 Vblock-battery

approx. 250

811 044 0811 046 0811 047 0

0 - 200 - 200 - 500 - 500 - 1000 - 2000 - 200

HCB 20 K 10HCB 20 K 50HCB 50 K 20HCB 50 K 100HCB 100 K 200HCB 200 K 100HCB 200 K 500

105020100200100500

80x45x150 290 3x 1.5 VAA

approx. 400

811 159 0811 048 0811 160 0811 049 0811 050 0811 161 0811 051 0

HUM load cells

With radio remote control.

Load cell with luminous LED digits, 25 mm high.

The range of the radio remote control is approx. 25 m. All functions can be selected with the remote control.

Technical features:• Data hold function: the weight display is

frozen by means of the HOLD button until another button is pressed

• Tare clearance possible under load• Built-in accumulator, approx. 80 hours

operating time. Charging time approx. 8 hours via mains adapter (15 V). Mains adapter for all countries available without surcharge

• Load hook made of nickel-coated forged steel on HUM 1000 and HUM 3000 (rotating)

Scale range


Dimensions(W x D x H)

Height incl. hook and eye

Weight ItemNo.

[kg] [g] [mm] [kg]0 - 600 - 1500 - 3000 - 600

HUS 60 K 20HUS 150 K 50HUS 300 K 100HUS 600 K 200

2050100200

150x140x150 350350350380

4444

811 036 0811 037 0811 038 0811 039 0

0 - 1,0000 - 3,000

HUM 1000 K 500HUM 3000 K 1000

5001000

210x228x180210x228x180

620650

1718

811 040 0811 041 0

HUS load cells

With infrared remote control.

Lightweight load cell with illuminated LCD display. Digit height 23 mm.

The range of the infrared remote control is approx. 2.5 m. All functions can be selected with the remote control.

Technical features:• Data hold function: the weight display is

frozen by means of the HOLD button until another button is pressed

• CAL calibrating programme to adjust the accuracy (on surcharge)

• Built-in accumulator, approx. 120 hours operating time, LED charge display, char-ging time approx. 8 hours via mains adapter (9 V). Mains adapter for all countries availa-ble without surcharge

• Hook with safety latch, nickel-plated forged steel, rotatable

CH

HCB

HUS

HUM

07_0

8EN

.FM

195

STAHLplus Info _ In order to make our loads cells easier to use, the DIN 1502 TSG and SKW 02 loads cells come with infrared remote control as standard.Battery charger, rechargeable batteries and infrared remote control included in the scope of delivery!

Remote control Charger

SKW 02 load cells, 2,000 - 20,000 kg

This electronic load cell quickly and accurately determines weight during crane operation. The large-format display ensures the weight is easy to read off.The suspension eye is suitable for load hooks conforming to DIN 15401. The safety hook features a universal joint suspension.These load cells cannot be calibrated.

Technical features• Accurate to ± 0.1% safe working load• Tare range = scale measuring range• Operating temperature range -10 to +55°C• Operating time per charge approx. 36 hours

(standard operation)• LED display, digit height 25 mm, red• IP 55 protection• Safety factor 5:1• The radio version is equipped with a

read-out, the weighing data are transmitted without cables

* Weight including shackle and load hook

Scale range

Display graduation

Dimensions Weight* Standard RadioItemNo.

ItemNo.

A B C D E F

[kg] [kg] [mm] [kg]0 - 2,0000 - 5,0000 - 10,0000 - 20,000

1 2 5 10

206 224 272 370

68 78 98 98

166 166 188 257

306 360 462 665

25 34 49 70

459 548 744 1085

4.2 9.9 21.5 52.0

811 010 0 811 012 0 811 014 0 811 016 0

811 152 0811 153 0811 154 0811 155 0

Electronic load cells conf. to DIN 102 TSG

Compact, easy-to-use load cell with electronic dynamometer based on DIN 1502 TSL, however with integrated load hook mounted in ball bearing. Permissible overload: 20%. Safety factor: 5:1.With infrared remote control.These load cells cannot be calibrated.

Technical features• Accurate to ± 0.1% safe working load• Electronic strain gauge made of high-alloy

steel• Functions: tare clearance, peak value and

selection of measuring unit (kg, daN, Lb, ton)• 5-digit LED display with 2 brightness

settings, height 25 mm• Rechargeable battery for approx. 36 hours

continuous operation, charger• Automatic stand-by and switch-off facility• IP 55 protection• Operating temperature range -10° to +55°C• Housing made of fibreglass reinforced

nylon, suitable for aggressive ambiences• The radio version is equipped with a

read-out, the weighing data are transmitted without cables

Scale range Display graduation Height A Weight Standard Radio

[kg] [kg] [mm] [kg]ItemNo.

ItemNo.

0 - 5000 - 1,0000 - 2,000

0.20.51.0

330330360

2.02.53.0

811 096 0811 097 0811 098 0

811 156 0811 157 0811 158 0

Read-out for radio version

N.B.:Calibratable version type MCW/MCWL up to 6 t available on request

STAHLplus Info _ Hydraulic bent-lever balance type HZKW up to 85 t availa-ble on request.

07_0

8EN

.FM

196


A

BC D

ha031v

HTS load cells

Crane load cell for inudstrial use with integra-ted ball-bearing load hook.With infrared remote control.The range of the infrared remote control is approx. 15 m. All functions can be selected.

Technical features• Data hold function: the weight display is

"frozen" by a pressing the button twice until the "C" button is pressed

• Integrated rechargeable battery with charge display. Operating time approx. 150 hours, charging time approx. 15 hours (mains adapter or charger)

• LED display with 2 illumination levels, height of digits 25 mm (< 1500 kg), 30 mm (> 3000 kg)

• Standby function after 5 minutes• Display: gross, tare, net• Functions: tare, cumulative memory,

highest value, 10 free memory locations

N.B.: The standard version cannot be calibrated. Version which can be calibrated available on request (e.g.: HTS 3T1 IPM).

TKZ and TZF load indicators

Mechanical load indicator with electronic LCD display, 20.5 mm high.Can be set to "0" and switched from net to gross load via a keypad.The scope of delivery includes the load indicator, the mains charger (3 V, 700 mA) and a storage box.Suitable shackles or load hooks for attaching the load directly can be seen from the table.

Technical features• Accurate to ±0.2% of rated load• Operating time at 20°C: approx. 200 working

hours• Display: LCD, 20.5 mm high, 4 1/2 figure• Operating temperature range -10° to +50° C,

100% rated load value• Overload warning: value displayed flashes• Integrated accumulator with charge warning• IP 54 protection• TZF with radio transmission and RS 232

interface. Weighing data can be read from the remote control

* Without shackle and hook

Scale range

Display gradua-

tion

Dimensions Weight*

Load inidcatorTKZ

Load indicatorTZF

Shackle Hook

A ØC D J K L N Q ItemNo.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.[kg] [kg] [mm] [kg]

0 - 2,5000 - 5,0000 - 10,000

1110

247250325

222748

179180213

610610690

3450105

384495

153250

315350535

2.83.44.4

811 104 0811 105 0811 106 0

811 125 0811 126 0811 127 0

811 111 0811 112 0811 113 0

811 118 0811 119 0811 120 0

0 - 20,0000 - 35,0000 - 50,0000 - 100,000

10101050

378405450640

556476100

233245264380

78010001170

-

92130140300

95114132238

70110115

-

5626657301240

7.6102541

811 107 0811 108 0811 109 0811 110 0

811 128 0811 129 0811 130 0

-

811 114 0811 115 0811 116 0811 117 0

811 121 0811 122 0811 123 0

-

Please note dimensions of balance when ordering! HTS 3 - 10 t are delivered by haulier.

Scale range


Minimum load

Case(W x D x H)

Dimensions Weight Standard version Calibrated versionA B C D Item

No.ItemNo.[kg] [kg] [kg] [mm] [mm] [kg]

0 - 1500 - 3000 - 600

0 - 1,500

HTS 150K50 IPHTS 300K100 IPHTS 600K200 IPHTS 1.5T0.5 IP

0.050.10.20.5

12410

200x204x160 45454560

30303028

435435435443

480480480505

14141414

811 138 0811 139 0811 140 0811 141 0

811 145 0811 146 0811 147 0811 148 0

0 - 3,0000 - 6,0000 - 10,000

HTS 3T1 IPHTS 6T2 IPHTS 10T5 IP

125

2040100

279x254x381 90100100

456767

735900900

81510401040

40 *65 *65 *

811 142 0811 143 0811 144 0

811 149 0811 150 0811 151 0

07_0

8EN

.FM

197

LK digital load cells

The LK digital load cells are designed to cope with tough industrial operating conditions. Accuracy class II, EC design approval to PTB-OIML R 76, up to 2500 calibration values.Model LKe is calibrated, model LK cannot be calibrated.

Technical features• Extreme accuracy to 0.03% of end reading• Incremental strain gauge load cell,

stainless steel design• Digital display: LED 7-segment, 1 display

cycle per second, digit height 50 mm, red• Switches off automatically• Ram guard fitted as standed• Voltage supply: 12 V maintenance-free

rechargeable batteries• Operating temperature range -20°C to

+90°C• Optional / retrofittable: radio transfer of

weighing data• Compound load cell for 2 hoists on request

LKe/LK 1-5 LKe/LK 10

LKe 1-2: calibrated for 2 years from delivery date / LKE 5-10: calibrated for 3 years from delivery date

Scale range

Display graduation

Model Deadweight ItemNo.

[kg] [kg] [kg]Calibration not possible

0 - 1,000 0 - 2,000 0 - 5,000 0 - 10,000

0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0

LK 1 LK 2 LK 5 LK 10

50 50 50 64

811 099 0811 100 0811 101 0811 102 0

Calibrated 0 - 1,000 0 - 2,000 0 - 5,000 0 - 10,000

0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0

LKe 1 LKe 2 LKe 5 LKe 10

50 50 50 64

811 020 0 811 021 0 811 022 0 811 023 0

07_0

8EN

.FM

198


LDN calibrated digital load cell

This calibrated digital load cell is specially designed for industrial use.Accuracy class III with EC design approval in acc. with PTB-OIML R76 up to 2500 calibration values.Optional/retrofittable: radio transmission of weighing data to additional equipment.3 year warranty on accuracy and function of the load cell.

Technical features• Large 40 mm 7-segment LED display, easily

legible from a distance of at least 35 m.• Extreme accuracy to 0.04% of end reading

(note display steps)• Measuring principle: incremental strain

gauge load cell• Fast readings• Switches off automatically• Including ram guard for 10 t / 20 t

(0.5 t to 5 t without ram guard)• Voltage supply: 6 V maintenance-free

rechargeable batteries, for at least 80 hours’ operation

• IP 54 protection

LDN 0,5 - LDN 2 calibrated for 2 years from delivery date, LDN 5 - LDN 20 for 3 years.

Scale range Model Display graduation Weight ItemNo.[kg] [kg] [kg]

0 - 5000 - 1,0000 - 2,000

LDN 0,5LDN 1LDN 2

0.20.51.0

121212

811 131 0811 132 0811 133 0

0 - 5,0000 - 10,0000 - 20,000

LDN 5LDN 10LDN 20

2.05.010.0

1835

48.5

811 134 0811 135 0811 136 0

LDN 0,5 - 2 LDN 5 LDN 10(LDN 20)

STAHLplus Info _ Other types of load cell on request.

Off-standard designs on request

STAHLplus Info _ Please state size of crane load hook when ordering. You will find a summary of load hooks in acc. with DIN 15400 on page 140.

199

STAHLplus material conveying equipment is ideal whenever loadsneed to be transported between locations. Whether the goods are small or large, it goes without sayingthat we will provide an economical and convenient solution.

Material conveying equipment

08_0

8EN

.FM

200


MKS...P DW workshop crane, collapsible

Collapsible and thus suitable for occasional use.

Technical features• Parallel chassis for fitting round Euro pallets• Telescopic jib adjustable to 4 positions• Fast lifting thanks to double-action hydraulic pump• Robust hydraulics, lowering can be precisely adjusted• Ball bearing steered wheels and large wheels for easy manoeuvring.

All wheels with foot protection• Models 1500 and 2000 with pushbar and tandem wheels

Model MKS 500 P DW

MKS 1000 P DW

MKS 1500 P DW

MKS 2000 P DW

Safe working load [kg] / at jib length [mm]

500 / 1030420 / 1130360 / 1220300 / 1320

1,000 / 1085830 / 1210670 / 1335500 / 1460

1,500 / 11301,250 / 13301,000 / 1530750 / 1730

2,000 / 13101,650 / 15201,400 / 17201,200 / 1920

La / Lb jib length S max. lifting heightS1 lowest lifting heightL chassis lengthB1 / B chassis width

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

1030-1320 2400 5701250

830 / 970

1085-146024502101742

1000 / 1140

1130-173031003002200

1000 / 1190

1310-192031503002200

1000 / 1190Weight [kg] 73 121 230 250Item No. 810 841 0 810 842 0 810 843 0 810 844 0Unit price

MKS...DW-S workshop crane, folding

Can be folded up in no time, thus space-saving and particularly suitable for occasional use.

Technical features• Spread chassis• Telescopic jib adjustable to 4 positions• Fast lifting thanks to double-action hydraulic pump• Robust hydraulics, lowering can be precisely adjusted• Ball bearing steered wheels and large wheels for easy manoeuvring.

All wheels with foot protection

Model MKS 500 DW-S MKS 1000 DW-SSafe working load [kg] / at jib length [mm]

500 / 950420 / 1070360 / 1190300 / 1310

1,000 / 1090830 / 1210670 / 1330500 / 1450

La / Lb jib length S max. lifting heightS1 lowest lifting heightL chassis lengthB1 / B chassis width

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

950-131021003101420

940 / 1095

1090-145025003001720

790 / 950Weight [kg] 73 108Item No. 810 845 0 810 846 0Unit price

MKS 1500 P DW

ha007v

MKS 500 PDWMKS 1000 PDWMKS 1500 PDWMKS 2000 PDW

MKS 500 DW-SMKS 1000 DW-S

SS1

L

LbLa

B

B1

B

B1

folded

MKS 500 DW-S

08_0

8EN

.FM

201

SITI small counterbalanced crane

The SITI small counterbalanced crane is impressive with the wide free working range in front of the wheels. Ideal for working in inaccessible places or with loads it cannot travel under or around.

Technical features• All models with 1500 mm wheelbase and counterbalance filling• Easy lifting with double hydraulic pump with extra long pump handle• Precise lowering to the millimetre by means of drain valve• Travel by pulling or pushing on the steering handle, can also be

moved under load. Steering radius approx. 180°• Automatic braking by raising the steering handle• Collapsible: pillar, hydraulics and jib are folded down onto the

chassis by removing the pins• Modern design• Foot protection• Tested with 125% overload

Model SITI 250 N SITI 350 N SITI 500 NMax. safe working loadfor jib length 925 mmfor jib length 1215 mmfor jib length 1505 mmfor jib length 1795 mmfor jib length 2085 mm

[kg] 2501651209580

350230170135110

500360265210175

Max. lifting heightOverall widthChassis length (wheelbase)Overall lengthWorking range in front of hydraulicsHeight when folded, without steering handle4 plastic wheels

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm][mm][mm]

280080015001775

465-16251020Ø150

280080015001775

465-16251020Ø150

280080015001775

465-16251020Ø150

Weight incl. counterbalance [kg] 400 435 470Item No. 810 496 0 810 497 0 810 498 0Unit price

STAHLplus Info _ We would be pleased to quote you battery-powered devices and off-standard solutions outside our standard range. Just copy page 203 and answer the questions. We will work out a crane just for you.

Technical features• Parallel chassis for moving around Europallets and box pallets• Fast-acting 4-speed precision pump: fast lifting without load, easy

lifting with load• The load can be held for days in any position• Jib adjustable to 13 positions• Precise lowering to the millimetre by means of drain valve• Travel by pulling or pushing on the steering handle, can also be moved

under load. Steering radius approx. 180°. The mechanical travel drive helps when being moved by a single person even under full load. Forwards and backwards with millimetre accuracy.

• Good running characteristics

Model SHB .... 1000FaPo 2000FaPo 3000FaPoS.W.L. max. kg / with pins set in front of hydraulics mm)

IIIIIIIVVVIVIIVIIIIXXXIXIIXIII

1,000/700820/850660/1000460/1150355/1300280/1450240/1600180/1750150/1930130/2030150/1900100/235090/2500

2,000/11001,600/12751,200/1450800/1625600/1800450/1975400/2150300/2325250/2500220/2675200/2850170/3025155/3200

3,000/11002,700/12751,900/14501,350/16251,000/1800830/1975700/2150500/2325400/2500330/2675270/2850230/3025200/3200

Lifting height max./min.Chassis width outside/insideOverall heightChassis length with wheels and handleWorking range in front of wheelsPlastic wheels, 4 pcs

[mm][mm] [mm] [mm][mm][mm]

3750/800970/830

16252000

0-1488Ø125/200

4900/5001250/1050

20002450

0-1730Ø200

4900/5001600/1400

20002500

0-1635Ø250

Weight [kg] 310 550 810Item No. 810 802 0 810 803 0 810 804 0Unit price

SHB industrial crane

New! with mechanical travel positionerer!Extremely robust and long-lasting. Able to withstand constant use in a production plant.

New

SHB 2000FaPo

SHB 1000FaPo

08_0

8EN

.FM

202



Off-standard solutions with workshop cranes

Workshop cranes for off-standard tasks and requirements Tell us what your task is - we will advise you and together we will work out the optimum solution!Please note also our enquiry sheet on page 203.

Absolutely off-standard solution for removing and adjusting car engines in an R&D department. Pillar height can be adjusted electrically, telescopic jib, slewing, folding, tray can be rotated, extremely narrow

Counterbalanced crane (500 kg S.W.L.) with winch for vertical lift.Special characteristic: extreme retraction to permit transportation in a lift

Industrial crane (500 kg S.W.L.) with winch and 270° slewing range for replacing tools in narrow aisles

Industrial crane with 1,500 kg S.W.L. and 360° slewing range

08_0

8EN

.FM

203

Fax enquiry for workshop cranes

If you are unable to solve your particular transport task with the workshop cranes illustrated here we can still help you find the right solution.

Photocopy this page and fill in the details and dimensions you require.

Then simply fax it back to us and we’ll immediately pre-pare a quote!

Simply copy - fill in - fax back

Please answer the following questions:

The most important question:Is it possible to move (drive) under or around the load? � Yes � No

(if "yes" please enter the required dimensions in sketch A, if "no" enter the dimensions in sketch B).

� What safe working load is required? ........................................... kg

� To what height do you need to lift this load (= safe working load)? .........................................mm

� At what working range? .........................................mm

What is the inner chassis width? .........................................mm

What is the outer chassis width? .........................................mm

What passage width do you have available? ........................................... m

What is the nature of the floor? � rough � smooth

� indoors � assembly bay

Should the crane also be able to swivel? � Yes � 90°� 180°� 270°� 360°

Description of application:.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................

Sketch A

Sketch B

Name/customer No.................................................................................................................................Company.................................................................................................................................................................................................Street/P.O. Box.................................................................................................................................................................................................Post code/town.................................................................................................................................................................................................Who is to be contacted if there are questions?.................................................................................................................................................................................................Department/job title.................................................................................................................................................................................................Telephone Fax.................................................................................................................................................................................................

08_0

8EN

.FM

204


An excerpt from our supply programme

This excerpt illustrates a selection of material conveying and handling equipment and lifting systems.

Are you interested!

Then just ask us!

205

Hydraulics

Our hydraulic products are indis-pensable aids wherever heavy loads need to be lifted, levelled off, equalised, inserted or balanced.

09_0

8EN

.FM

206

Hydraulics


This excerpt illustrates a selection of hydraulic products.

Are you interested!

Then just ask us!

207

Our fork-lift truck attachments turnevery fork-lift truck into a multi-functional appliance – everything ispossible from dump container toworking platform. And transporting production waste or hazardous materials is no problem.


10_0

8EN

.FM

208


MB/MB-F working platforms

MB working platforms are tested and approved in compliance with accident prevention regulations in various countries (MB-D, MB-CH, MB-A, MB-NL). They provide maximum safety for repair and maintenance work.The MB-F folding working platform is ready for use in next to no time. It takes up very little space when it is not in use.

Technical features• 2 persons permissible• Work load limit 300 kg• Fork sleeves with anti-slip device• Model MB-F: folding design, headroom when folded: 300 m• Surface spray painted blue, RAL 5012 (orange, RAL 2000)• Protective grating on truck side

Accessories• 2 steered + 2 fixed polyamide wheels Ø180 mm, one steered wheel

with parking brake, height 220 mm. Item No.: 818 174 0 • For MB-F: tool rest 745 x 150 x 100 mm (standard on MB).

Item No.: 818 342 0

Please indicate colour when ordering!

Model Outside dimensions L x W x H

Floorarea

Weight ItemNo.

[mm] [kg]MB-D

MB-D/LMB-CH

MB-CH/LMB-A

MB-NL

1115x1200x18901290x 800x18901115x1200x20901290x1000x20901115x1200x20901115x1200x1890

800x12001200x800800x12001200x800800x1200800x1200

120120125125132130

818 027 0818 340 0818 028 0818 341 0818 029 0818 037 0

MB-F 1090x1200x1890 1000x1200 120 818 039 0

Model A B C[mm]

MB-D, MB-CH, MB-A, MB-NL, MB-F 600 200 80MB-D/L 160 200 80

MB-CH/L 160 220 85

Inside dimensions of fork sleeves

Model MB-F: folding design

MB-K working platforms

The tried and tested crane working platform

Technical features• 2 persons permissible• Work load limit 300 kg• Fork sleeves with anti-slip device• Sling supplied as standard• Surface spray painted,

blue RAL 5012 orange RAL 2000

Accessories• 2 steered + 2 fixed polyamide wheels

Ø180 mm, one steered wheel with parking brake, height 220 mm. Item No.: 818 174 0

• Tool rest 745 x 150 x 100 mmItem No.: 818 342 0


Model Outside dimensionsL x W x H

Floorarea

Attachments for Weight ItemNo.

[mm] [kg]MB-K IV 800x1200x2250 800x1200 Fork-lift truck + crane 200 818 038 0

Aufnahme mit Vierstrangkette

4-leg sling attachment

Model MB-K IV

Inside dimensions of fork sleeves

MB-KA B C

[mm]600 200 80

Model MB-D, in compliance with accident prevention regulations

10_0

8EN

.FM

209

Flex drum tipper

Transporting, controlled emptying, turning and setting down steel and plastic drums of 60-220 l capacity, canisters and refuse containers of 120/240 l capacity


Model

FLEX-..

Safe working

load

Tipping with

Outside dimensions L x W x H

Fork spacing

Forkcross-section

Weight Spray painted GalvanisedItemNo.

ItemNo.

[kg] [mm] [kg]HKK

300300

Crank handleChain

1000x1000x4301000x1000x430

650650

150x60150x60

7075

818 199 0818 201 0

818 200 0818 202 0

Technical features• Sturdy frame with fork sleeves• Prism with tenter-belt and double worm gear• With crank handle or endless chain• Can be secured to prevent slipping• Safe working load 300 kg• 360° range of rotation• Pick-up attachments for fork-lift truck, wheel loader and crane• Spray painted blue, RAL 5012 (orange,

RAL 2000) or hot-dip galvanised to EN ISO 1461• Explosion-protected version on request

Model FLEX-HK with crank handle Model FLEX-K with endless chain on crane

Liftomat model L

Controlled drum emptying with a range of rotation of up to 270°.

Technical features• For 200 l steel and plastic drums such as rolling hoop and tension ring drums, plastic drums

with lids, L-ring drums etc.• Model L/E: electrohydraulic design complete with maintenance-free 12 V/88 Ah battery and

charger for 230 V connection• Model L/M: hydraulic design with hand pump• 2 steered + 2 fixed wheels made of solid rubber, both steered wheels with parking brake• Safe pick-up ensured by clamp at front and spindle holder at top• With crank handle or endless chain on a self-braking worm gear• Spray painted orange, RAL 2000 • Explosion-protected design on request

Model Version Safe work-ing load

per stroke

Liftingheight

Empty. height

Range of rotation

Steer.- Fixed- Wt. ItemNo.wheel-Ø

[kg] [mm] [degree] [mm] [kg]L/M 1300 Hydraulic 350 18 1100 1300 270 Ø175 Ø200 192 818 203 0L/E 1300 Electro-

hydraulic350 - 1100 1300 270 Ø175 Ø200 220 818 204 0

Model L/E electro-hydraul. operated lift, tipping by crank handle

FHR drum jack roller

For lifting and transporting drums safely.

Technical features• Regardless of drum diameter and height, the gripper picks up nearly all steel and plastic

drums, including open drums, safely at the rim• Suitable for charging collection troughs, hazardous materials depots, drum stacking pallets,

etc.• Rubber guard to avoid damage to drums• Steered wheels Ø180, fixed wheels Ø80 mm• Spray painted orange, RAL 2000 • Explosion-protected version on request

Model FHR 600 G

Model Safe work-ing load

Length Width Height Liftingheight

Weight ItemNo.Outside Inside

[kg] [mm] [kg]FHR 600 G 300 950 1125 850 1310 600 94 818 206 0

10_0

8EN

.FM

210



This excerpt illustrates a selection of fork-lift truck attachments and storage systems

Are you interested!

Then just ask us!

211

SlingsChain slings, chain sling components,

endless chain slings, chain sling accessories, rope slings, round and web slings, wear protectors, chain slings

r forestry application, chain slings for hot dip galvanising plants, nsion systems, sling rack Sling accessories Weld-on hooks, ransport slingeye bolts, lifting eye nuts, transport ring, carbine hooks, anti-twist guard, clevis hook, sling attachment points Weighing and

Load cells, calibrated load cells, load indicators, digital load cells Material uipment KranTrolleys, scissor-type lifting tables, flat lifting tables, pallet liftingr-type pallet liftingtrucks, machinery lifters, shifting skates, workshop cranesdraulic cylinders, hydraulic pumps, toe jacks, hydraulic lifters, spreaders, truck attachments Dump and stacking dump containers, working platforms, hingedlescopic crane jibs, Big Bag transport equipment, gas cylinder cabinets, collectiontransport equipment Crane technology Crane systems, jib cranes, gantry and small crane technology, radio remote controls, runway endstops,suspension, andling equipment, wheel blocks Hoists Chain hoists, wire rope hoists, winch, push trolleys, reel-type trolleys,adjustable beam clamps, cable winches, rope sheaves, balancers, cable reeling drums, cable pullers Explosion protec-

electric chain hoists, Ex wire rope hoists, Ex crane technology, Ex crane onents, Ex manual chain hoists, Ex pneumatic chain hoists, Ex crane loadls, Ex manual cranes, Ex manual winches, Ex pneumatic winches, Ex balancers, Ex mini-manipulator, Ex small crane systems Load

suspensionequipment Grabs, clamps, barrel tongs, suc-

Information

Information

212

Accident prevention regulations:Collection of accident prevention regula-tions of the main employers’ liability insurance association.

Air gap:Non-magnetic gap between the pole sur-face of a lifting magnet and the workpiece.This gap forms a resistance in the mag-netic circuit and reduces the number offorce lines.

Ambient influences: Ambient influences, such as e.g. tempera-ture variations, high humidity and sub-stances promoting corrosion (e.g. acidicvapours) may have a detrimental effect on the service life and safe working load of a sling.

Anti-derail device: Safety device on trolleys to prevent thetrolley and thus the load falling if a wheelshould break.

Attachment method: Different techniques (direct, looped, laidaround) for using slings to lift loads.

Bottom hook block:Multi-fall suspension of a suspension ele-ment (rope, chain…), usually via sheaves or chain sprockets with a load hook forsuspending the load.

Breaking load:The theoretical breaking load comprisesthe nominal strength of the selected material and the individual load-bearingcross-sections.

Cable lay rope: Cable lay ropes are highly flexible ropeslings consisting of several stranded ropes.

Cable sling: Cable slings are made up of several highlyflexible stranded cable cores.

CE : Symbol indicating the conformity of a pro-duct to EC Machinery Directives.

CEN : Communauté Européenne Normative,European Standards Institute.

Coating (textile): Surface sealing of webbing to improveresistance to abrasion or cutting; mainlywith polyurethane.

Coil: Sheet metal wound in the form of a hollowcylinder.

Collecting capacity: A collection device (collection trough)must be able to hold 10% of the total quan-tity stored, however at least the contentsof the largest container stored in it. Nationalregulations may specify differently.

Colour coding: Web slings and round slings conforming toDIN 61360 (EN 1492) are identified with aEurope-wide standardised colour code forfaster recognition of the safe working load(e.g. violet = 1000 kg).

Corrosion protection: Corrosion protection measures contributeto improving the actual service life of a piece of material handling equipment. The base material is protected by a high grade coating (galvanised, powder-coated…).

A

B

C

Glo

ssar

y

All around the load hook

213

Crack testing: Chain slings conforming to EN 818 must beexamined as part of every third operational safety test to ensure they arefree of cracks. This crack test must be documented.

Cross lay: A stranded rope in which the wires in theouter strands run in the opposite directionto the direction of lay of the strands in the rope.

daN:Designation of an occurring force (decanewton). 1 daN = 10 N corresponds approximately to the force generated by a suspended load of 1 kg. The precise conversion factor between mass and forceis 9.80665.

Danger zone: Danger zones are working areas that mustbe identified as such, in which a source ofdanger poses a risk to life and limb as wellas property. In compliance with accidentprevention regulations, the boundaries ofthe zones must be delimited with safety,warning and direction signs. Once a yearcompanies must correspondingly instructthe personnel employed in such zones.

Declaration of conformity: The manufacturer or his agent establishedin the Community must issue en EC decla-ration of conformity for each machine orsafety component manufactured, to certifythat the machines and safety componentsare in accordance with the stipulations ofthe EC Machinery Directive.

DIN: Deutsches Institut für Normung, German Standards Institute.

Direct lashing: Lashing method in which the lashing equip-ment is attached directly to rigid parts ofthe load or attachment points provided forthis purpose.

Dynamic friction coefficient: Coefficient for the friction between theload and the contact surface of the vehicleduring movement of the load (previouslysliding friction coefficient).

Elasticity: Ability of a material to expand to its appa-rent yielding point under load and springback without loss in strength.

Expansion: Ability of a material to behave elasticallyunder load without loss in strength. Onexceeding the elastic expansion range, the material can no longer assume its original condition and remains plasticallydeformed.

Explosion protection: Electrical systems in atmospheres witheasily ignitable gas-air mixtures must bemanufactured and tested in accordancewith a special explosion protection prin-ciple. The basis principle of explosion pro-tection is based on flameproof encapsula-tion of the electrical switchgear from theouter, easily ignitable atmosphere suchthat a switching spark or an explosionpressure wave cannot emerge from theencapsulated explosion-protected switch-gear.

from A--F

Fibre core: Fibre cores are stranded natural or synthe-tic fibre yarns and form the basis for manu-facturing wire ropes.

Finishing:Chemical surface treatment of textiles toprotect them from abrasion and damp.

Fitting: High-tensile terminal connection whichcan be laid on the hoist hook (web slingswith terminal fittings).

Fixed end:The fixed end of a lashing strap consists of belt, tensioning and connecting element(ratchet and hook).

Flemish eye: The Flemish eye conforming to DIN 3095 is a positive rope end link consisting of wire ropes with steel core and conicalsteel pressed clamp.

Freewheeling: Permits the unloaded hoist chain to be pulled through the applicance in bothdirections (lifting and lowering) to positionthe hook.

Fzul:Permissible lashing force (LC).

D

E

F

Information

214

Grade: Materials for round steel chains are classed according to grade indicating the actual rated tensile stress in abbreviatedform (e.g. Grade 8 corresponds to a mate-rial with a tensile strength of 800 N/mm).

Grommet: A cable lay grommet is an endlessly laidrope sling consisting of one or two con-tinuous ropes forming a bond of six ropesaround a rope core. The rope ends arepushed into the core so that the insertionpoint and the splice point are on oppositesides. The splice point marked in red mustnot be loaded over hooks or edges as therope ends might push out of the rope bond.

GS: Geprüfte Sicherheit. Tested safety. Safetytested by a neutral testing institute (TÜV-CERT, technical committees of employers’liability insurance associations).

Hardening and tempering: Hardening and tempering is a heat treat-ment process serving the purpose ofimproving material properties with regardto tensile stress.

Hoist: A machine serving to lift and lower freelysuspended (not guided) loads. This machine can be manually, electrically orpneumatically driven.

Hoisting speed:The speed with which the hoist hook withthe load moves upwards.

Identification tag (label): Marking conforming to standards showingpermissible safe working load(s) and otherproduct-specific information for slings and lashing equipment... Must be presentand easily legible.

Inclination angle: Inclination angles occur between the load-bearing legs of sling tackle and an imagi-nary vertical line through the attachmentpoints on the load to be transported. Theyserve as the basis for calculating the per-missible safe working load of slings.

Initial stressing force: To prevent a load slipping on the cargoarea of a vehicle lashing straps must fix the load to the cargo area with definedforces.

Initial stressing force of lashing equipment: Stressing force generated in lashing equip-ment by means of a tensioning device.

Initial stressing force (normed) STF: Residual force after the handle of the tensioning device has been released.This value is specified on the lashingequipment.

Inox:Brand name for stainless steel; also a colloquial designation for stainless steel(generic name).

Insulation: An example of electrical insulation is the separating layer between the current-carrying electric motor winding and amachine housing.

IP rating: This rating describes the protection classand group for machine housings and ismade up of code digits corresponding torequirements with regard to contact pro-tection, the penetration of dust, moistureand water (e.g. IP 54: 1st digit “5” standsfor dust-protected, 2nd digit “4” stands forsplash-water protected).

ISO: International Security Organisation.

Lashing down: Lashing method in which the friction forceis increased by initial stressing forces in the lashing equipment in addition to theweight of the load. This method of securingloads is non-positive. Due to the number of parameters involved (initial stressingforce, sliding friction coefficient, inclinationangle), it is difficult to calculate.

Lashing force LC: Maximum force in direct pull which lashingequipment must withstand in use.

Lashing point: Device on a road vehicle to which lashingequipment can be directly attached. A lashing point may be in the form of e.g.an oval link, hook, eye, lashing rail.

LC: See lashing force.

Glossary

H

I

L

G

215

Operating coefficient: Arithmetical ratio between the maximumload supported and the lifting capacity(safety factor).

Polyamide (PA): Polyamide synthetic fibres (nylon, perlon)are characterised by a high degree of expansion under load and offer goodresistance to alkalinen solutions. The high moisture absorption rate resultsin a reduction of the safe working load.

Polyester (PES): Fibres made of polyester (Hostalen, Diolen)have a linear force-expansion ratio andoffer good resistance to acids.

Powder-coating: High-quality surface treatment. Colour pigments are transferred to the surface inpowder form by means of electrostatics.

Pretension:To prevent a load slipping on the cargoarea of a vehicle lashing straps must fix the load to the cargo area with definedforces.

PuR coatings: Polyurethane coatings on round wovenfabric hoses. They serve as abrasion protection facilities for web slings andround slings.

Loader: The man at the load responsible for atta-ching it correctly. Is one of a team togetherwith the crane operator and directs him ifnecessary using standardised hand sig-nals. In the case of floor-controlled cranes,the two jobs are usually performed by asingle person.

Loading: Attaching the load to the crane or hoisthook.

Load suspension equipment: Devices for suspending loads, e.g. liftingclamps, tongs, grabs and lifting beams.

Long lay: A stranded rope in which the wires in theouter strands run in the same direction as the strand in the rope.

Loose end: The loose end of a lashing strap consists of the strap and a connecting element.

Low-tension (low-torsion): A wire rope is low-tension if its strandsand wires project from the rope body only slightly or not at all. The individualwires are pre-shaped and thus lie in the rope body practically without tension.

Low-torsion: See low-tension.

Low-twisting: Wire ropes are considered to be low-twis-ting when they rotate only slightly abouttheir own longitudinal axis on applicationof an arbitrary tensile force acting on therope axis.

Magnetic field: Occurs at the pole surfaces when the lifting magnet is switched on.

Magnetic force lines: Imaginary lines between the north andsouth poles of a magnet. Together they form the magnetic field and flowthrough the workpiece. The greater the number of force lines, the greater theclamping force.

Mechanism group: The classification of a hoist in a mecha-nism group in accordance with FEM is calculated from the average operatingtime, the load and the hoisting path per day and specifies the maximum operatingtime under full load.

Niro: Stainless steel.

Non-twisting: Wire ropes are considered to be non-twisting when they do not rotate abouttheir own longitudinal axis on applicationof an arbitrary tensile force acting on the rope axis.

from G--PM

N

Accessories direct from the hoist and crane manufacturer

O

P

Information

216

RAL: Designation for standardised colour shades (e.g. RAL 3020 traffic signal red,RAL 6018 yellow/green).

Ratchet: A tensioning element serving to generateinitial stressing force in lashing straps.Manual force is applied by means of alever and transmitted to the winding shaftor the strap by a gearwheel.

Rated strength: The rated strength is the tensile strength of a material determined by way of calcu-lation.

Replacement state of wear:The replacement state of wear describesthe technical condition of a sing such that operational safety in accordance withapplicable strength (DIN, EN) and regu-lations (BGR 500) can no longer be guaran-teed.

Rope wire: Rope wires for slings conforming to EN 13414 must have a minimum strength of 1770 N/mm and are twisted to formstrands.

Round strand rope: Round strand ropes are helical structuresconsiting of several wire strands about afibre or steel core.

Safe working load: The safe working load specifies the ratedload bearing capacity of a load suspensiondevice or sling, taking into considerationthe attachment method and the correspon-ding inclination angle.

Safe working load label: A safe working load label must be affixedto every item of standardised sling equip-ment. It serve the purpose of quickly identifying and recognising the maximumpermissible safe working load.

Sharp edge: An edge is deemed to be sharp for a slingwhen the edge radius of a load to be lifted is smaller than the rope diameter of a rope sling, the chain diameter of a chain sling or the thickness of a web sling.The sling must be equipped with edge protectors when lifting loads with sharpedges.

Single-leg loading: Single-leg loading is the result of asym-metrically slung loads as each leg musttake up the entire load.

Sliding friction coefficient: See dynamic friction coefficient.

Sling expert: A sling expert is a person who, based onhis specialist training and experience, has sufficient knowledge of slings and isfamiliar with applicable standards, technical codes and regulations.

Slings: Ropes, chains, webs and endless slings by means of which the load is directly connected to the lifting equipment (craneor hoist).

Spiral rope: Structure consisting of two or more layersof shaped or round wires laid spirally overa core wire (see also strand).

Spiral round strand rope: Is a multi-layer round strand rope, in somecases with changing directions of lay inthe individual layers. Used e.g. as a liftingrope on cranes.

Splice: Splices complying with DIN 3089 arefrictionally engaged rope terminal connections made by resplicing the looserope strands into the composite rope system.

Spread angle: The spread angle occurs between theload-bearing legs of sling tackle and mustnot be used as the basis for calculating the permissible safe working load ratingsas there is no corresponding referenceelement.

Steel core: (CW) core of a steel wire rope – consitingof steel wires (strand).

STF: See initial stressing force (normed).

Stranded rope: Structure consisting of several strands laidhelically in one or more layers over a core.

Glossary

R S


217

Vacuum: Acc. to DIN 28400, vacuum is the state of a gas whose pressure is lower than thestate of the atmosphere. For a vacuum of760 to 100 torr, the measure of underpres-sure achieved is usually given in %.Example: vacuum lifter with 250 kg S.W.L.at 60 % vacuum, i.e. when underpressure of 60 % is reached, the equipment has anS.W.L. of 250 kg.

VbF classes:VbF – Decree on Combustible Liquids. The VbF class of the medium to be storedcan be found on the manufacturer’s safetyinformation card. A means non-water-soluble, B water-solubleVbF A I (flashpoint < 21°C)VbF A II (flashpoint 21–55°C)VbF A III (flashpoint > 55°C)VbF B (flashpoint < 21°C, water-soluble).

VBG: Verband der Berufsgenossenschaften.Association of Employers’ LiabilityInsurers. Designation for an individualaccident prevention regulation (e.g. VBG 14 lifting platforms).

Visual inspection: Essentially, visual inspections are functionand condition checks with regard to theoperational safety of slings conducted inaccordance with standardised proceduresBGR 500 (VBG 9a).

Strands: Cable strands consist of multi-layer, helically twisted rope wires.

Suspended load: Raised goods to be transported are refer-red to as suspended loads in compliancewith the Accident Prevention RegulationBGR 500 (VBG 9a). No persons are permit-ted under suspended loads.

Suspension elements: Devices permanently connected to thehoist (e.g. hoist chain, crane rope, bottom hook block, crane hook...) for taking up load suspension equipment,slings or loads.

Tare range: Electronic and mechanical measuring systems can be reset to zero in the tarerange in order to be able to indicate an absolute change in the measured valuebased on this point.

Test: Accident Prevention Regulation BGR 500(VBG 9a §39 ff.) stipulates that the operatorof load suspension equipment and slings is obliged to conduct regular tests andinspections and that the operator is solelyresponsible for conducting these tests andinspections at least once a year.

Test force: Test forces refer to the forces specified by the relevant standard and must beabsorbed by a test object without problemsduring production testing.

Test logbook: In acc. with BGV D6, the operator of mate-rial handling equipment must ensure thatthe results of the prescribed annual testsare recorded in a test logbook.

Thimbles: Sheet metal or solid steel thimbles areintegrated into wire rope terminal links to protect the cable structure at the pointof load application.

TÜV: Technical Inspectorate (German institute).

Use for intended purpose: The use for which the equipment (machine)is suitable according to the manufacturer’sspecifications (operating instructions), orwhich is regarded as usual on the basis ofits design, construction and function.

Use value:The use value indicates the calculatedsafety factor of a load suspension deviceor sling (e.g. specified safe working load1000 kg, actual safe working laod withoutreserve 4000 kg with use value 4).

from R--V

T

U

V

Information

218

Water hazard classes: A substance is a water hazard if it causeslasting detrimental changes to the groundwater. The water hazard class is to be found on the manufacturer’s safetyinformation card:WGK0 (generally not water-hazardous)WGK1 (slightly water-hazardous)WGK2 (water-hazardous)WGK3 (extremely water-hazardous).

Wear zone: Sections of a sling subject to high mecha-nical material abriasion due to friction,bending or load dynamics are defined aswear zones.See also “sharp edge”.

Wheel arresters: Safety feature on trolleys/crabs, preventingit and thus the load from falling if a wheelshould break.

Wedge socket fitting: Wedge socket fittings are positively lockedwire rope links made up of the rope socketand rope wedge. The wedge effect of the rope wedge initiates selflocking powerflow between the rope and rope socket.The unloaded end of the wire rope is fittedwith a grip to serve as a slip-through safeguard.

Wire rope clamp: Wire rope clamps conforming to DIN 3093are positively locked rope terminal linksmade up of aluminium press sleeves sub-ject to stringent safety directives.

Wire rope diameter: The wire rope diameter is the basis fordetermining the safe working load and calculating the breaking load of a wire rope.

Wire ropes: Wire ropes consist of strands and a core and are manufactured in compliance with standardised design principles.

WLL: Work load limit, maximum safe workingload of load suspension equipment and/orslings.

W

Glossary W

Accessories direct from the hoist and crane manufacturer

219

Abrasion protection sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . 184Adjustable beam clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Alignment beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Aluminium _ derrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30_ gantry cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--29_ gantry cranes with power supply . . . . . 29_ gantry cranes with trolley . . . . . . . . . . . 28_ lever hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65_ light crane system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--21_ manual chain hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52_ manual chain hoists with trolley . . . . . . 56Anti-cut slings with loops . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Anti-twist guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Application examples for

chain slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149--150Articulated trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63ATEX (explanations) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Automatic brake cable winches . . . . 68--69

Balancers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--78Balancers (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Barrel grab with tipping device . . . . . . . 101Barrel rim clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Battery-operated vacuum lifters. . . . . . . 114Beam clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Big Bag spreader beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Big Bag transport device (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . 96Big Bag transport device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Block grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101BluePower chain slings . . . . . . . . . . 147--148Bolt sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Bottom hook blocks (rotating) . . . . . . . . . . 34Buffer endstop, clamp-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

C hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--137Cable drum end clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Cable pullers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Cable reeling drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Cable winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--69, 71--72Cabling for aluminium gantry cranes . . . . 29

Calibrated load cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196--198Cast metal lever hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Centre-hole cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Chain hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42--45Chain hoists (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Chain hoists with radio control . . . . . . . . 32Chain sling accessories . . 151--157, 161--167Chain slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--150, 159--160Chain spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46CLAD Boy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--107Clevis hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Coil turning hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Concrete pipe clamp lifting tackle . . . . . 103Conductor lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Connex coupling links. . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 162Control pendants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Coupling_ bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158_ hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--153, 161--162_ hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 162_ links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153, 162_ load hooks with safety latch . . . . 154,163_ master link sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152--153_ rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156_ shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Crane catwalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Crane components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Crane components (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Crane control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Crane electrics (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Crane endcarriages (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Crane equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Crane eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Crane kit for manual crane (Ex) . . . . . . . . 94Crane technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--34Crane technology (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Crane travel drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Crane weighers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194--198Cranes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4--26Crate grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Crate grab with tipping device . . . . . . . . 101Cross beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Cutaway picture of SH wire rope hoist . . 37Cutaway picture of ST chain hoist . . . . . . 43

B

C

Alph

abet

ical

inde

xfrom A--C

A

Information

220

Derrick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Digital load cell (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Digital load cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--198Double end board trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Double girder overhead travelling crane . . 8Double girder suspension crane. . . . . 21, 23Double scissor-type lifting table . . . . . . . 204Drum grippers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 210Drum jack roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Dump containers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Edge protector brackets (magnetic) . . . 184Edge protector plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Electric chain hoists . . . . . . . . . 32, 42--45, 85Electric cable winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Electric scissor-type pallet lifting truck 204Electro-hydraulic pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Electronic load cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Endcarriages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Endless chain slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Endless web slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Enquiry form for _ jib cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19_ light cranes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24_ load suspension equipment . . . . . 134--135_ suction lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Explosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--96Eye bolts -- grade 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Eye bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Eye hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 163

Festoon cable systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Fix-de-Fix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Fixed hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Flat cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Flat scissor lifting tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Flex drum tipper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Flexi-Leg chain slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Forestry chain slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Fork-lift truck attachments. . . . . . . . 207--210Four-leg master links. . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--152Frequency inverter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Fundamentals of explosion protection . . 80

Galvanised chain slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Galvanised manual hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Galvanised manual hoists with trolleys . . 55Galvanised pallet lifting truck . . . . . . . . . 204Galvanised push/reel-type

trolleys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--62Galvanised shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Gantry cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27General terms of delivery . . . . . . . . 218--219Girder profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212--217Grabs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--109Grabs (off-standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--109Grip-O-Matic hydraulic puller . . . . . . . . 206Grommets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

H spreader beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Handling equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Heavy duty pipeline web sling mats . . . 179High-tensile shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--191Hinged bottom skip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--78Hook dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154--157, 162--164, 166Hydraulic cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic hand pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic machine lifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic mini-lifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic pump sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic spreaders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulic toe jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205--206

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--223Industrial cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Information for use_ explosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--81_ of hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--48_ of lifting clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--99_ of lifting magnets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116_ of load suspension equipment . . 120--121_ of sling accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186_ of slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142--144Information plates for cranes . . . . . . . . . . 33Innovative crane technology. . . . . . . . . . . . 5INOX manual winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69INOX push trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63INOX reel-type trolleys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Inside grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Insulated anti-twist guard . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Jib cranes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--19

KT2000 small crane technology. . . . . . 22--24KTlight small crane technology. . . . . . 20--21

Lever hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--66Lifting clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--107Lifting tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Lifting trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Liftomat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Light crane systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--24Lightweight cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Load display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Load handling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Load hook selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Load hook table (DIN 15400) . . . . . . . . . . 140Load hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Load indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Load suspension equipment . . . . . . . 97--140Load suspension equipment (Ex) . . . . 95, 119Load tables . . . . . . . . . . 149, 160, 172, 177, 183

F

G

H

I

K

L

Alphabetical index

E

D

J


221

Off-standard solutions, small crane technology . . . . . . . . . . 20--21

Off-standard solutions, workshop cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202--203

Off-standard spreader beams . 127, 129--133Off-standard wire rope hoists . . . . . . . . . . 41Order form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Outsize master link sets . . . . . . . . . . 151--153Oval master link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Overhead travelling and

suspension cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Pallet lifting truck with weighing scales 204Pallet lifting trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Pancake gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Parallel coupling hook . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 164Parallel hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156, 164Permanent lifting magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Pillar jib cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--14Pipe clamp tackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Pipe hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Placement frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Plate clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Plate lifting clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Plate pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103, 104, 106Pneumatic chain hoist (Ex) . . . . . . 86--88, 96Pneumatic winches (Ex). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Pocket transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Power supply system for aluminium

gantry crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Power supply systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Profile steel grab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Profile specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Protector plates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184PU abrasion protection sleeves . . . 174--178Puller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Push trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 62--63PVC abrasion protection sleeves . . 174--178

Radio control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 32Radio receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 32Radio remote controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 32Radio transmitters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25, 32Ratchet hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--66Reel-type trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--63Ring nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Rolling clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Rope slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168--171Rotary trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Rotating bottom hook block . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Rotating cross beam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Rotating suction lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Round slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--176Round steel chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151, 161Round stock grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Runway endstops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

S.W.L. diagrams (magnets) . . . . . . . . . . . 118S.W.L. tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Safety latch sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Safety load hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154, 163Scissor-type lifting tables . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Scissor-type lifting trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . 204Screw clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Screw-on sling attachment collar

(GK10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Self-acting vacuum lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . 113SH/AS wire rope hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--41SH/AS wire rope hoists (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . 84Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--191Sheaves with supports. . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--74Short stroke cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Shortening clutches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167SHW 8 winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39SIKA hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166SIKA spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Single girder suspension crane . . . 6, 21, 23Single girder overhead travelling crane . . 7Single-acting cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Sling accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--192

Load tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 165Loading forks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--139Loading tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Machinery shifting skates . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Magnetic carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Magnets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--118Maintenance-free suspension . . . . . . . . . 34Manual chain hoist with trolley. . . 49, 54--59Manual chain hoist with trolley (Ex) . . 91--93Manual chain hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50--59Manual chain hoists (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . 89--90Manual chain hoists (off-standard) . . . . . 49Manual chain hoists

(short headroom) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 58--59Manual crane (Ex). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Manual pallet lifting truck . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Manual stacker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Manual winches . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--69, 71--72Manual winches (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Master link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Material handling and conveying

equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199--204Monorail conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 22Mounting kit for chain hoists (radio) . . . . 32MOVEit handling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Multi-purpose grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Non-marring grab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Off-standard chain hoists . . . . . . . . . . 44--45Off-standard cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Off-standard jib cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Off-standard master links . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Off-standard small crane

technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--21Off-standard solutions . 29, 41--45, 49, 69--70,

75, 108--109, 113, 118, 129--133, 137, 139,198

M

N

O

P

R

S

from D--S

VacuBoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--113Vacuum lifters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--115Vario chain hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Walking crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--17Wall-mounted jib cranes . . . . . . . . . . . 15--16Web sling coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 164Web sling hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Web slings with loops . . . . . . . . 178--179,182Web slings with terminal fittings . . . . . . 181Webbing slings with sling hooks . . . . . . 173Weighing and measuring . . . . . . . . . 193--198Weld-on hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Weld-on sling attachment collar (GK10) 188Wheel block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Wide-jaw coupling hooks . . . . . . . . 155, 164Wide-jaw hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155,164, 166WinnerPro chain sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Wire rope blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Wire rope guide sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Wire rope hoist/winch tables . . . . . . . . . . 40Wire rope reducing tackle . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Working platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Workshop cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200--203Workshop trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Worm drive manual winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Information

222

Sling equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--184Sling hook with clevis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Sling rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--176Small counterweight cranes . . . . . . . . . . 201Small crane technology . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--24Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158, 165Spreader beams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--135Spreader beam for box pallets . . . . . . . . 126Spreader beam with chain suspension . 126Spreader beam with ramshorn hooks . . 125Spreader beams (off-standard) . . . . 130--133Spreader beams with long/short hooks . 127Spreader beams with weld-on hooks . . 130Spring balancers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76--77Spur drive manual winch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Stacking dump container . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Stainless steel pallet lifting truck . . . . . . 204Stainless steel shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Steel winches (DIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Storage container system . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Supply programme of fork-lift truck

attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Supply programme of hydraulics . . . . . . 206Supply programme of material handling

and conveying equipment. . . . . . . . . . . 204Suspension cranes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--23Swarf container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Swivel load hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 163Swivel load hooks with eye . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Table trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Telescopic loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210Telescopic spreader beam . . . . . . . . . . . 129Terms of delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218--219Test data tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Thin wall magnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Transition tackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Transport rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--188Travel drives (Ex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Trigger sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Trolley for aluminium gantry crane . . . . . 28Turnover spreader beams . . . . . . . . . . . . 128TwinDriveConcept TDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

V

W

from S--W

T

Item No. Item

STAHLplus catalogue

Qty.

Fax order formCustomer No.

Company

Name

Department /job title

Street /P.O. Box

Post code/town

Telephone

Place/date

All prices net not including VAT. For orders totalling less than 50.– EUR, we reserve the right to add a handling charge of 25.– EUR.

The STAHLplus delivery service: Fast and inexpensive. We deliver virtually all items from stock within 48 hours.We hereby order the following in accordance with the terms of delivery and payment given on the cover page.

Copy _ fill in _ fax

Length/m Price per item Total price

free of charge

Fax

Signature

[email protected]

All a

roun

d th

e lo

ad h

ook

1.0. Scope of application, offers, confirmation of orders, scopeof deliveries 1.1. Any offer, sale or delivery effected by Supplier shall begoverned by these General Terms and Conditions of Sale andDelivery. Any diverging terms and conditions of Purchasershall be deemed accepted only and only insofar as expresslyaccepted and confirmed in writing by Supplier.

1.2. Contents and scope of any offer shall be construed solelyin accordance with the model description. In particular, any documentation, illustration, drawing, specifications ofweights or measurements and of similar data forming part ofan offer shall constitute mere guidelines, except whereexpressly declared binding. Supplier retains all titles, copy-right, other industrial property rights and know-how regardingany documentation provided in conjunction with an offer; suchdocumentation shall not be made available to third parties,unless Supplier consents, and may only be used by offeree aspermitted.

1.3. The scope of a delivery shall be construed in accordancewith Supplier’s written confirmation of the order, in the absence of such with Supplier’s order. This provision shall notaffect Supplier’s right to carry out technical modifications tothe delivery item, provided that its technical function is notimpaired as a result.

1.4. In case of an ongoing business relationship, the currentversion of Supplier’s General Terms and Conditions forms partof the agreement even if express reference has not beenmade any more.

2.0. Delivery period, delay, impossibility 2.1. Compliance with delivery periods is conditional uponPurchaser’s performance of its own contractual obligations.Delivery periods commence upon dispatch of the confirmationof the order, but not before all of the details concerning the execution of the order have been clarified, not beforePurchaser has supplied all documents, permissions andreleases, not before Supplier has received any down pay-ments agreed upon and not before any other requirementsagreed upon by the parties in the individual contract for theseamless execution of the order have been complied with.Otherwise the time for delivery shall be reasonably extendedexcept where Supplier is responsible for the delay.

2.2. The agreed delivery dates shall be considered as fulfilled,should the goods for delivery have left Supplier’s plant prior toits expiry or should Purchaser have been given notice that thegoods are ready for shipment. Correct and punctual supply to Supplier by its own auxiliary Suppliers is reserved. Shoulddelivery be delayed due to the occurrence of unforeseeableand/or unusual circumstances on the part of Supplier, whichcould not be avoided with due care, the delivery deadlinesshall be extended accordingly. The aforesaid applies irre-spective of whether such delay occurs in the plant of Supplier or in one of its auxiliary supplier’s plants. Such delaying circumstances are, for example, sanctions and intervention bygovernmental authorities, delayed delivery of parts from auxiliary Suppliers, difficulties in power supply or other kindsof operational disturbances. These provisions shall applymutatis mutandis in cases of strike and/or lockout. Shouldsuch delay continue for more than two months, Purchasershall be entitled to cancel the contract with respect to the partof the contract not yet performed. Any claims for damages on the grounds of an extension of the delivery period or due toa release and discharge from the obligation to deliver shall bedetermined solely in accordance with Section 5. Supplier mayonly invoke the aforementioned circumstances, if Supplier hasnotified Purchaser thereof without delay.

2.3. Should Supplier be responsible for delayed delivery and should Purchaser suffer a loss as a result, Purchaser may claim a compensation for each full week of delay in theamount of 0.5%, not exceeding, however, a total of 5% of the value of that part of the total delivery which, due to thedelay, could not be used on time or not in conformity with the contract. Any claims for compensation apart from thisshall be governed solely by Section 5. The right to terminatethe contract after ineffective expiry of a reasonable period of grace granted by Purchaser, or where the law does not require such period of grace, shall remain unaffected.

2.4. Should the entire delivery or performance of the contractbecome finally impossible for Supplier prior to the passing of risk, Purchaser may rescind the contract. Should deliveryonly become partly impossible and should Purchaser have a justified interest in refusing a partial delivery, or should

Supplier become incapable of the contractual delivery, suchcircumstances shall be deemed equivalent to an impossibility.Should Purchaser claim compensation for loss arising fromsuch impossibility, liability shall be governed by Section 5.

2.5. If shipment is delayed for reasons which are the respon-sibility of Purchaser, Purchaser will be charged for any costand expenses arising from storage beginning 10 days afternotification of readiness for dispatch; in case of storage atSupplier’s plant a minimum amount of 0,5% of the invoicevalue shall be charged for each month. Following the ineffec-tive expiry of a reasonable deadline set by Supplier, Supplieris, however, entitled to otherwise dispose of the goods for delivery and to supply Purchaser within an appropriatelyextended delivery period with the ordered goods or withgoods of the same generic product group.

3.0. Dispatch, passing of risk, acceptance of delivery3.1. Delivery shall be effected ex works (EXW Incoterms 2000)unless otherwise expressly agreed. If Supplier has to dispatchthe goods, Supplier is entitled to choose the means and routeof transportation. Supplier is a SLVS/no-client. This means that in such a case the risk of transport always is insured bySupplier.

3.2. Risk shall – even in cases of partial delivery – pass toPurchaser no later than upon dispatch or collection of thegoods, even if Supplier agreed on additional services such aspayment of the costs of transport, delivery or assembly.

3.3. Should dispatch be delayed due to circumstances,Supplier is not responsible for, risk shall pass to Purchaser 10 days after notification of readiness for dispatch; Supplier,however, has to take out the insurance cover as requested by Purchaser at Purchaser’s expense.

3.4. Without prejudice to any claims to warranty, Purchaserhas to accept the goods delivered, even if they evidence insignificant defects.

3.5. Supplier may carry out partial deliveries.

3.6. Unless otherwise agreed, packaging is arranged for by Supplier and not requested from Purchaser. Therefore, it is transport packaging. Place of performance for the return of transport packaging is at Supplier’s registered office.Purchaser shall bear the costs of the returning of the transportpackaging as well as the costs of collection incurred bySupplier. Furthermore, Purchaser has to keep the transportpackaging clean and to return it during Supplier’s regular business hours without it being intermingled with other com-ponents.

4.0. Warranty 4.1. For defects of goods delivered or of services rendered,including the absence of warranted qualities, Supplier shall beliable as follows: Only reasonably substantial impairments of the work and deliveries regarding their quality or contractual use shall constitute a defect. All parts that prove to be defective, due toa cause set prior to the passing of risk – in particular onaccount of defective engineering, poor construction materialor faulty workmanship –, within twelve months of the passingof risk shall be, at Supplier’s discretion, either repaired or replaced free of charge. Notice of the discovery of suchdefects after delivery shall be given without delay and in writing. Any parts replaced become the property of Supplier.Minor impairments within the meaning hereof do not form anobstacle for performance of the contract.

4.2. In particular, the warranty does not cover damages arisingfrom the following: incorrect or negligent use, faulty assembly and/or faulty instal-lation respectively putting into operation, either by Purchaser orby third parties, natural wear, defective or negligent handling,inappropriate production equipment and facilities or inappropri-ate operating supply items, faulty construction work, inappro-priate foundation soil, chemical, electrochemical or electricalinfluences, as long as Supplier is not liable for such reason.

4.3. Purchaser shall, after consulting with Supplier, provideSupplier with the necessary time and opportunity to carry outany repair work or replacement delivery, that seems neces-sary to Supplier in its own discretion. Otherwise, Supplier shallbe released from liability. Should industrial safety or the pre-vention of disproportionately high damages require to urgentlyremedy such defect, Purchaser shall advise so immediatelyindicating the relevant circumstances, whereupon Supplier

Gen

eral

Ter

ms

of S

ale

and

Del

iver

y

shall grant Purchaser permission in good time according tothe circumstances, but at any event after three workingdays, to remedy the defect itself or have it remedied bythird parties and to demand from Supplier compensationfor the necessary costs. If Supplier should be in default inremedying the defect, Purchaser shall have the same right irrespective of such separate permission. In case of unjustified denial of such permission, Supplier undertakesto compensate for any damage ensuing as a result.

4.4. In so far as the notification of defects proves justified,Supplier shall pay the following direct costs arising in conjunction with the repair work or replacement delivery:The costs of the replacement part including its shippingand the adequate costs of removal and installation, fur-thermore the costs of providing mechanics and auxiliarypersonnel, as may be necessary. All other costs are to beborne by Purchaser. In particular, the latter includes anycosts arising from the fact that the goods delivered havebeen moved to a different location.

4.5. This warranty shall not cover defects resulting from afaulty modification or repair work effected by Purchaser orthird parties without the prior written consent of Supplier.

4.6. Should the repair work proof unsuccessful despite a reasonable period of grace having been granted, or should Supplier refuse to remedy the defect althoughPurchaser is entitled to such and/or should a replacementnot be delivered, Purchaser may reduce the purchaseprice or cancel the contract using its own discretion.

4.7. The warranty period concerning repair work carriedout and replacements delivered is six months and beginsafter the finishing of the repair work or the delivery of the replacement. The warranty period shall, however, end no later than upon expiry of the initial warranty periodapplicable in relation to the original goods delivered.

5.0. Liability 5.1. Purchaser shall not be entitled to assert any claims fordamages or for compensation of expenses (hereinafter:claims for damages) arising from a breach of contractualduties or tort, save as otherwise provided herein below.

5.2. Purchaser shall be entitled to claims for damages onthe grounds of mandatory liability (in particular under the German Product Liability Act), in cases of death, injuryor detriment of health, in cases of wilful damage or grossnegligence, in conjunction with breaches of cardinal obli-gations also in cases of ordinary negligence, in cases ofmalicious non-disclosure of defects and on the grounds ofa guarantee. In such cases Supplier is liable for its legalrepresentatives and executive employees and in conjunc-tion with breaches of cardinal obligations also for otherpersons employed in performing its obligation. Apart fromliability on grounds of intent/gross negligence or cases ofdeath, injury or detriment of health, liability in conjunctionwith breaches of cardinal obligations is limited to the fore-seeable damage typical of the type of contract.

5.3. Supplier has taken out sufficient worldwide insurancefor third party product liability to cover for personal injuryand property damage. Claims for compensation of propertydamage based on product liability are therefore limited to the amounts owned by the insurance. As far as legallypossible, Supplier assigns these insurance claims toPurchaser.

5.4. These provisions shall not affect the distribution of theburden of proof in legal action.

5.5. Purchaser’s claims for damages shall elapse after 12 months. Liability under the Product Liability Act or ongrounds of intent or fraudulent misrepresentation shall betime-barred in accordance with the statutory period oflimitation.

6.0. Prices and payment 6.1. Unless otherwise agreed, prices shall be ex works(EXW Incoterms 2000) plus the statutory value added taxpayable at the time. Additional costs such as packaging,freight, insurance, customs duties and the installationcosts shall be charged separately.

6.2. Unless otherwise agreed, payments shall be made in cash within ten days of the date of invoice without anydeductions, free at Supplier’s payment office.

6.3. Should Purchaser fall into arrears with payments, interest at a rate 8 percentage points above the respectivebase interest rate shall be charged. Interest on arrears is to be charged at a higher rate should Supplier provefurther legal entitlement for higher interest rates.

6.4. Purchaser may not exercise a right of retention and/orset off counterclaims, unless such counterclaim is un-disputed or has been adjudicated by non-appealable judgement. Furthermore, the said shall not apply to claimsbased on defective delivery. If the delivery is divisible, thelatter exception only relates to the part of the partial performance affected. In the case of a minor impairment,this exception does not apply, however, to that part of thepayment exceeding the amount representing the loss ofvalue of the goods delivered.

6.5. Supplier may suspend performance of delivery andservice, should after formation of the contract it transpiresthat Purchaser will not fulfil a considerable part of its obligation due to its considerably impaired credit-worthiness. Should Supplier suspend the performance of the contract, Supplier shall communicate so to Purchaserimmediately and continue the performance, shouldPurchaser provide adequate security for the performanceof its own obligations.

6.6. With regard to business transacted overseas, Suppliermay also suspend performance of delivery, should foreignexchange turbulences result in currency disadvantages forSupplier of more than 10%. Such currency disadvantageshall only have occurred after formation of the contractand before the first contractual delivery.

7.0. Retention of Ownership 7.1. Ownership of the goods delivered, that is title to andright of disposal of, does not pass onto Purchaser untileach and every claim of Supplier against Purchaser on thebasis of the delivery contract have been duly fulfilled.Supplier also claims the extended reservation of title underGerman law. Should the parties have agreed on the draftsand cheques payment procedure and should Supplier beliable to third parties, in particular to a bank, due to suchbill of exchange, Purchaser’s obligations shall not be con-sidered fulfilled until such liability of Supplier out of saidbill of exchange has finally ceased.

7.2. Pending final and due fulfilment of each and everyclaim of Supplier against Purchaser on the basis of thedelivery contract, Purchaser shall not give the goods delivered in pledge or as security, resell these goods orassign rights to third parties that relate to these goods.

7.3. Should Purchaser resell the goods delivered in violationof this agreement or with the consent of Supplier, Purchasernow already assigns to Supplier each and every claim arising from such sale. Supplier accepts this assignment.Supplier may collect such claim against such third partydirectly. Supplier may also invoke its extended reservationof title to the goods delivered. In such a case, Purchasershall inform Supplier of the claim assigned to Supplier andof the debtor, provide all information necessary for the collection of such claim, deliver to Supplier all of therespective documentation and inform the debtor of suchassignment.

7.4. Any mixture, combination or adjunction of the goodsdelivered with other goods, shall always only be effectedin the name of Supplier. Should the goods delivered be connected in such way with goods not belonging to Purchaser, Supplier shall be entitled to joint ownership in the new product in the ratio of the value of the goodsdelivered and the other goods’ value. Should, due to such processing, mixing or combination, Supplier’sownership cease and Purchaser’s new product be theprincipal product, it shall be deemed agreed thatPurchaser assigns to Supplier proportionate joint owner-ship in this product. Should the goods delivered be permanently connected with land and/or buildings,Purchaser also assigns to Supplier the claim(s) arisingfrom or in connection with such connection as a furthersecurity for Supplier’s claims against Purchaser.

7.5. If the behaviour of Purchaser is in breach of contract,in particular in case of not inconsiderably delayed payment, pledging or assigning the goods delivered assecurity or other assignment to third parties, Supplier has the right to recover the goods delivered; Purchaser

is obliged to surrender possession. The recovery bySupplier of the goods delivered does not constitute rescis-sion of the contract.

7.6. In cases of seizure or other interventions by third par-ties, Purchaser shall inform Supplier in writing immediatelyin order to enable Supplier to file legal action in accor-dance with Section 771 of the German Code of CivilProcedure (ZPO). Should such third party be unable toreimburse Supplier including its in and out of court costs of such action pursuant to Section 771 ZPO, Purchaser isliable to Supplier for the respective costs and expenses.

7.7. Supplier undertakes to release, at the request ofPurchaser, its securities insofar as their value in terms ofcollection of such exceeds the secured claim by more than 10%.

7.8. During the duration of the retention of title, Suppliermay insure the goods delivered at Purchaser’s expenseagainst theft, breakage, fire, water and other damage,unless Purchaser proves to have taken out sufficient insurance cover to such effect itself. At Supplier’s request,Purchaser shall provide such prove by producing theactual insurance policy to Supplier.

7.9. In case of a delivery to a foreign Purchaser, the foreignPurchaser shall secure Supplier’s ownership of the goodsto be delivered in accordance with the statutory provisionsof the delivery country and shall also assist where and to what extend may be necessary to secure Supplier’sretention of ownership. In addition, such foreign purchasershall also comply with German Law.

8.0. Place of performance, applicable law, venue, dataprotection, confidentiality, written form and partial invalidity 8.1. Place of performance both regarding payment anddelivery is at the registered office of Supplier.

8.2. These General Terms of Sale and Delivery and the entire legal relationships between Supplier and Purchasershall be governed solely by German law with the appli-cation of the UN Convention on the International Sale ofGoods (CISG) excluded.

8.3. In the event of any dispute arising from the contractualrelationships between the parties, venue shall be Stuttgart.However, Supplier may choose to bring an action againstPurchaser at the statutory venue of Purchaser.

8.4. The following provisions shall apply to the contractualrelationships in the following priority:

a) Individual contractual Agreements entered into between the parties.

b) These General Terms of Sale and Delivery. c) Statutory law, in particular the German Commercial

Code (HGB) and the German Civil Code (BGB).

8.5. Purchaser is advised, in accordance with Section 33 of the German Federal Data Protection Act (BDSG), thatSupplier saves the contractual data in machine-readableform and processes these data as required according to the purpose of the contractual relationship. All datashall be kept in confidence. Both Purchaser and Suppliershall keep in confidence any information, of which it becomes aware of in the course of carrying out this contract, that is not known to the public and emanatesfrom the other party’s sphere.

8.6. Additional agreements, provisos, amendments andsupplements require written confirmation by Supplier inorder to be effective.

8.7. Should any of the provisions of these General Terms of Sale and Delivery or any other provision in connectionwith other stipulations be invalid or become invalid, thevalidity of all other provisions or stipulations shall remainunaffected.

Lifting technology | Drive technology | Control technology

Tradition and innovation _ Over 130 years of tradition, over 130 years of practical approach, com-

petence and experience, always fl exible and market-orientated. Profi t from our expertise as one of

the world’s leading manufacturers of crane components for overhead transport. STAHL CraneSystems

offers you the most comprehensive product spectrum of wire rope and chain hoists covering all

load ranges and heights of lift. Drive technology to meet the highest requirements and technically

mature electronics complete our portfolio. We look forward to answering your questions. STAHL

CraneSystems GmbH, 74653 Künzelsau, Germany, +49 7940 128-0 or [email protected]

STAHL CraneSystems GmbHDaimlerstr. 6, 74653 Künzelsau

F-KA

-10-

EN-0

2.09

-vis

ID

-Nr.

990

037

0

[email protected]

All around the load hook - O.P.O · 2 678 cally and successfully intensifies this development....

Documents

Transcript of All around the load hook - O.P.O · 2 678 cally and successfully intensifies this development....